Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
WTR2703214_9
City of Renton BID PROPOSAL, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR: Hazen Reservoir City of Renton 1055 So. Grady Way Renton, Washington 98055 Phone: (425) 235-2631 Contact: Tom Malphrus P. E. Project No. WTR-27-3214 Volume 1 of 2 Spring 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc A proved --=-�rtment of V�yr 12100 NE 195" Street, Suite 100 Bothell, Washington 98011 Phone: (425) 951-5376 Contact: Mark Miller, P.E. RE EIVED APR 13 2007 DEPARTMEN I OF HEALTH NW DRINKING WATER City of Renton BID PROPOSAL, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR: Hazen Reservoir Project No. WTR-27-3214 Volume 1 of 2 Spring 2007 THE CONTENT OF THIS DOCUMENT, AS A MEANS OF PROFESSIONAL SERVICE, IS PROTECTED BY 17 U.S.C. § 101. ET SEQ, AS SUCH, IT SHALL NOT BE USED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT OR PURPOSE WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM THE OWNER OR RH2 ENGINEERING. © 2006 RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. 4-1 � ti��«� W A S �� f 16727 /rJF R�•GISTER���4S EXPIRES 8/2/08 ��Il V. WASIyl 38613 ��GIST01F���at~ SSfON-A .............. EXPIRES 7,15107 RECEIVED APR 13 2007 DEPAH I MLN I OF HEALTH NW DRINKING WATER CITY OF RENTON HAZEN RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS Division1 General........................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 Project Description........................................................................................................ 1-1 1.2 Contractor's Responsibility.......................................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Owner Inspector's Responsibility............................................................................... 1-1 1.4 Special Inspection Scheduling..................................................................................... 1-2 1.5 Standard Specifications................................................................................................. 1-2 1.6 Permits and Licenses..................................................................................................... 1-2 1.7 Toxic Spill or Release Contact Requirements.......................................................... 1-3 1.8 Pre -Construction Conference...................................................................................... 1-3 1.9 Submittal and Shop Drawings.................................................................................... 14 1.10 Substitutions................................................................................................................... 1-5 A. Prior to Bid Opening.................................................................................................... 1-5 B. After Contract Execution............................................................................................. 1-6 1.11 Site Control..................................................................................................................... 1-6 A. Surveying Requirements for Reservoir Site............................................................... 1-7 1.12 Owner Standard Locks and Keys................................................................................ 1-7 1.13 Temporary Traffic Control.......................................................................................... 1-7 1.14 Waste Material Control................................................................................................ 1-7 1.15 Hazardous Asbestos Materials..................................................................................... 1-8 1.16 Hazardous Lead Materials............................................................................................ 1-9 1.17 Temporary Facilities and Utilities.............................................................................. 1-9 1.18 Contractor Conducted Progress Meetings..............................................................1-11 1.19 General Roles of Owner and Engineer....................................................................1-11 1.20 Schedule of Values.......................................................................................................1-13 A. General...........................................................................................................................1-13 B. Preliminary Schedule of Values.................................................................................1-13 C. Detailed Schedule of Values.......................................................................................1-13 D. Change to the Schedule of Values............................................................................1-13 1.21 Testing, Startup and Operation.................................................................................1-14 A. Schedule.........................................................................................................................1-14 i J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON HAZEN RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS B. Contractor's Responsibility........................................................................................1-14 C. Testing............................................................................................................................1-14 D. Reservoir Disinfection................................................................................................1-15 E. Steel Reservoir Leakage Requirements.....................................................................1-15 1.22 Operation and Maintenance Manuals.....................................................................1-16 1.23 Application for Payment............................................................................................1-17 A. Preparation of Application........................................................................................1-17 B. Submittal Procedures...................................................................................................1-17 C. Substantiating Data.....................................................................................................1-17 1.24 Scheduling and Reporting..........................................................................................1-21 A. General...........................................................................................................................1-21 B. Schedule Submittals.....................................................................................................1-21 C. Change Orders..............................................................................................................1-23 D. Project Status Reporting.............................................................................................1-23 1.25 Modification Procedures............................................................................................1-23 A. Summary........................................................................................................................1-23 B. Submittals......................................................................................................................1-24 C. Documentation............................................................................................................1-24 D. Change Procedures......................................................................................................1-24 E. Execution of Change Orders.....................................................................................1-25 F. Correlation of Contractor Submittals.....................................................................1-25 1.26 As -Constructed and Warranty Records....................................................................1-25 1.27 Warranty........................................................................................................................1-25 1.28 Project Closeout...........................................................................................................1-26 A. General...........................................................................................................................1-26 B. Final Cleanup...............................................................................................................1-26 C. Closeout Timetable......................................................................................................1-26 D. Closeout Procedures....................................................................................................1-26 E. Maintenance and Guarantee......................................................................................1-29 F. Bond...............................................................................................................................1-29 Division2 Sitework......................................................................................................................... 2-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 11 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON HAZEN RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS 2.1 General.............................................................................................................................2-1 2.2 Submittals........................................................................................................................2-1 2.3 Special Inspections for Site Grading.......................................................................... 2-1 2.4 Geological, Hydrogeology and Geotechnical Issues................................................2-2 2.5 Erosion and Sedimentation Control..........................................................................2-2 2.6 Dewatering.......................................................................................................................2-3 2.7 Contractor Provided Certified Erosion and Sedimentation Control Lead ........ 2-4 2.8 Stormwater Discharge................................................................................................... 2-4 2.9 Construction Access...................................................................................................... 2-4 2.10 Tree Protection............................................................................................................... 2-5 A. Fencing.............................................................................................................................2-5 B. Automatic Vehicle Access Gate System......................................................................2-5 C. Existing Trees to Be Removed.....................................................................................2-5 D. Existing Trees to Remain............................................................................................. 2-6 E. Excavation Around Trees............................................................................................. 2-6 F. Guarantee.........................................................................................................................2-6 2.11 Clearing and Grubbing........................................................................................ 2.12 Excavation....................................................................................................................... 2-6 2.13 Trench Safety and Shoring............................................................................... 2.14 Hazardous Content of Fill Material.......................................................................... 2-7 2.15 General Fill......................................................................................................................2-8 2.16 Structural Fill..................................................................................................................2-8 2.17 Pipe Bedding...................................................................................................................2-8 2.18 Trench Backfill...............................................................................................................2-9 2.19 Gravel Backfill for Drains............................................................................................2-9 2.20 Gravel Base Course........................................................................................................2-9 2.21 Gravel Top Course.......................................................................................................2-10 2.22 Geotextile Fabric.......................................................................................................... 2-10 2.23 Cement Concrete Pavement.......................................................................................2-10 2.24 Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) / Asphalt Concrete Pavement(ACP).........................2-10 2.25 Import Quantity Evaluation......................................................................................2-10 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 111 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON HAZEN RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS 2.26 Landscaping.................................................................................................................. 2-11 A. General...........................................................................................................................2-11 B. Submittals......................................................................................................................2-11 C. Delivery, Storage, and Handling...............................................................................2-11 D. Tests and Inspections.................................................................................. ....... 2-11 E. Protection...................................................................................................................... 2-11 F. Quality Assurance........................................................................................................2-12 G. Project Conditions.......................................................................................................2-12 H. Landscape Grading......................................................................................................2-12 I. Materials........................................................................................................................ 2-12 J. Topsoil...........................................................................................................................2-13 K. Soil Amendments.........................................................................................................2-13 L. Potted Plant and Tree Preparation........................................................................... 2-13 M. Potted Plant and Tree Installation....................................................................... 2-14 N. Hydroseed......................................................................................................................2-14 O. Western Washington Hydroseed Mixes...................................................................2-15 P. Erosion Control Matting........................................................................................... 2-16 Q. Landscape Accessories................................................................................................. 2-16 R. Inspection...................................................................................................................... 2-16 S. Plant Establishment Period........................................................................................2-16 T. Acceptance.....................................................................................................................2-17 U. As -built Records for Landscaping.............................................................................2-17 V. Cleaning.........................................................................................................................2-17 W. Plantings for Landscape Warranty .......................................................................2-17 2.27 Chain -Link Fencing.....................................................................................................2-18 2.28 Automatic Vehicle Access Gate System....................................................................2-18 2.29 Temporary Construction Security Fence.................................................................2-19 2.30 Construction Fence Perimeter Signs........................................................................ 2-19 Division3 Concrete.........................................................................................................................3-1 3.1 General.............................................................................................................................3-1 3.2 Submittals........................................................................................................................3-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc Iv 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON HAZEN RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS 3.3 Inspection........................................................................................................................ 3-1 3.4 Testing..............................................................................................................................3-1 3.5 Concrete Materials......................................................................................................... 3-2 A. Foundation Concrete.................................................................................................... 3-3 B. Concrete for Thrust Blocks, Driveways, Curb and Gutter, and Sidewalks ......... 3-3 C. Controlled Density Fill(CDF)....................................................................................3-4 3.6 Formwork........................................................................................................................3-4 3.7 Reinforcing Steel............................................................................................................ 3-5 3.8 Pre -Cast Concrete........................................................................................................... 3-5 3.9 Cast -In -Place Concrete................................................................................................... 3-6 3.10 Embedded Items............................................................................................................. 3-7 3.11 Non -Shrink Grout......................................................................................................... 3-7 3.12 Concrete Finishing........................................................................................................ 3-9 A. Ordinary Wall Finish.................................................................................................... 3-9 B. Monolithic Finish..........................................................................................................3-9 Division 4 Masonry Not Used This Contract............................................................................ 4-1 Division 5 Fabricated Metalwork and Structural Plastics........................................................ 5-1 5.1 General.............................................................................................................................5-1 5.2 Submittals........................................................................................................................5-1 5.3 Quality Assurance.......................................................................................................... 5-1 5.4 Contractor or Manufacturer Designed Components - Requirements ................. 5-1 5.5 Seismic Restraint and Anchorage - General.............................................................. 5-2 5.6 Structural Steel................................................................................................................ 5-2 5.7 Galvanized Steel.............................................................................................................5-2 5.8 Stainless Steel..................................................................................................................5-2 5.9 Aluminum.......................................................................................................................5-3 5.10 Structural Connectors................................................................................................... 5-3 5.11 Concrete Anchors.......................................................................................................... 5-3 5.12 Fabrication...................................................................................................................... 54 5.13 Installation...................................................................................................................... 54 5.14 Ladders - General........................................................................................................... 54 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc v 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON HAZEN RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS Division 6 Carpenty Not Used This Contract........................................................................... 6-1 Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection Not Used This Contract ............................... 7-1 Division 8 Doors and Windows Not Used This Contract...................................................... 8-1 Division9 Finishes.......................................................................................................................... 9-1 9.1 General.............................................................................................................................9-1 9.2 Submittals........................................................................................................................9-1 9.3 Surface Preparation and Application......................................................................... 9-1 A. Shop and Field Coating Application Documentation ........................................... 9-2 B. Relationship between Owner, Coating Inspector, Coating Applicator and Shop Applicator................................................................................................................................. 9-2 C. Environmental Protections.......................................................................................... 9-2 9.4 Applicator's Quality Assurance................................................................................... 9-3 9.5 Waste Products............................................................................................................... 9-3 9.6 Substitutions................................................................................................................... 94 9.7 Coating Quality............................................................................................................. 94 9.8 Color................................................................................................................................ 9-4 9.9 Coating and Color Schedule....................................................................................... 9-4 FINISHSCHEDULE.................................................................................................................. 9-4 SPECDIVISION......................................................................................................................... 9-4 COLOR......................................................................................................................................... 9-4 9.10 Materials.......................................................................................................................... 9-5 A. Aluminum and Stainless Steel Items.......................................................................... 9-5 B. Metals (Wet Interior Conditions/Non-Submerged)................................................ 9-5 C. Metals Exterior (Wet Conditions).............................................................................. 9-5 D. Metals Interior (Dry Conditions)............................................................................... 9-5 E. Mild Steel and Iron In Contact With Drinking Water .......................................... 9-5 F. Stainless Steel In Contact With Drinking Water ..................................................... 9-6 G. Galvanized Iron and Non Ferrous Metal (non -immersion) .................................. 9-6 H. Concrete Vault................................................................................................................ 9-6 I. Ductile Iron Pipe (Exposed)........................................................................................ 9-6 J. New Welded Steel Reservoir........................................................................................ 9-7 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc v1 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON HAZEN RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS 9.11 Inspection........................................................................................................................ 9-9 9.12 Field Quality Control.................................................................................................9-10 9.13 Compatibility of Coating........................................................................................... 9-11 9.14 Acceptance.....................................................................................................................9-11 9.15 Warranty ........................................................................................................................9-11 Division10 Specialties..................................................................................................................10-1 10.1 General...........................................................................................................................10-1 10.2 Submittals......................................................................................................................10-1 10.3 Fire Extinguisher..........................................................................................................10-1 10.4 First Aid Kit..................................................................................................................10-1 10.5 Horizontal Lifeline......................................................................................................10-2 10.6 Lifeline Attachment Eyebolt......................................................................................10-2 Division 11 Equipment Not Used This Contract...................................................................11-1 Division 12 Furnishings Not Used This Contract..................................................................12-1 Division 13 Special Construction...............................................................................................13-1 13.1 RH2 Engineering Designed Welded Steel Water Tank.........................................13-1 A. Design Criteria.............................................................................................................13-1 B. Shop Drawings.............................................................................................................13-1 C. Materials........................................................................................................................13-1 D. Construction.................................................................................................................13-1 E. Inspections and Testing..............................................................................................13-1 13.2 Pre -Cast Concrete Above Grade Utility Building..................................................13-3 A. Description....................................................................................................................13-3 B. Materials........................................................................................................................13-4 C. Construction Requirements.......................................................................................13-5 D. Finishing and Fabrication..........................................................................................13-6 E. Testing............................................................................................................................13-7 F. Installation....................................................................................................................13-7 Division 14 Conveying Systems Not Used This Contract.....................................................14-1 Division15 Mechanical................................................................................................................15-1 15.1 General...........................................................................................................................15-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc Vll 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON HAZEN RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS 15.2 Submittals......................................................................................................................15-1 15.3 Pipe, Valve and Conduit Seismic Restraint and Anchorage................................15-1 15.4 Pipe and Pipe Fittings.................................................................................................15-2 A. General...........................................................................................................................15-2 B. Pressure Rating.............................................................................................................15-2 C. Ductile Iron Pipe.........................................................................................................15-2 D. Ductile Iron Fittings....................................................................................................15-3 E. Welded Steel Pipe.........................................................................................................15-3 F. Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings................................................................................15-4 G. Copper Pipe and Fittings...........................................................................................15-4 H. PVC Pipe and Fittings For Stormwater Application.............................................15-4 I. Underdrain Pipe...........................................................................................................15-5 J. Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe....................................................................................15-5 15.5 Buried Water Main Installation................................................................................15-5 15.6 Mechanical Pipe and Related Equipment Joining.................................................15-5 15.7 Expansion Joint............................................................................................................15-6 15.8 Isolation Valves and Appurtenances.........................................................................15-6 A. Eccentric Valves............................................................................................................15-7 B. Resilient Wedge Gate Valves......................................................................................15-8 C. Seismic Shutoff Valve System....................................................................................15-8 15.9 Check Valves and Appurtenances...........................................................................15-9 A. Reservoir Inlet, Outlet, Overflow and Pond Inlet Check Valves ........................15-9 15.10 Hydraulic Control Valves and Appurtenances................................................15-10 A. Altitude Valve.............................................................................................................15-10 15.11 Valve Box - Trench Adapter................................................................................15-11 15.12 Fire Hydrant Assembly.........................................................................................15-11 15.13 Flow Meters............................................................................................................15-11 A. Electromagnetic Flowmeters....................................................................................15-11 15.14 Ductile Iron Water Pipe Inspection and Testing............................................15-12 A. General.........................................................................................................................15-12 B. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing....................................................................................15-12 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc Vlll 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON HAZEN RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS C. Ductile Iron Water Pipe Cleaning..........................................................................15-12 D. Water Main Disinfection and Flushing.................................................................15-12 E. Valve Testing...............................................................................................................15-12 15.15 Submersible Level Transmitter (Water Applications).....................................15-13 Division 16 Electrical ........................ 16.1 General...........................................................................................................................16-1 16.2 Submittals................................................................................................................. 16-1 16.3 Codes and Standards...................................................................................................16-2 16.4 Identification of Listed Products..............................................................................16-2 16.5 Permits and Fees...........................................................................................................16-2 16.6 Minor Deviations.........................................................................................................16-3 16.7 Job Conditions.............................................................................................................16-3 A. Operations.....................................................................................................................16-3 B. Construction Power.....................................................................................................16-3 16.8 Record Plans.................................................................................................................16-3 16.9 Nameplates and Identification..................................................................................16-3 16.10 Location....................................................................................................................16-4 A. General...........................................................................................................................16-4 B. Definitions of Type of Locations ................................ 16.11 Service and Metering..............................................................................................16-4 A. Description of Work...................................................................................................16-4 B. Utility Responsibilities................................................................... C. Contractor's Responsibilities.....................................................................................16-5 D. Standards and Codes................................................................................................... 16-6 E. Utility Meter Enclosure..............................................................................................16-6 16.12 Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor.....................................................................16-6 16.13 Branch Circuit Panelboard....................................................................................16-7 16.14 Protective Devices and Switches...........................................................................16-7 A. Materials........................................................................................................................16-7 B. Installation....................................................................................................................16-8 16.15 Raceways....................................................................................................................16-8 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 1X 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON HAZEN RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS A. Materials........................................................................................................................16-8 B. Location Schedule......................................................................................................16-10 C. Installation..................................................................................................................16-10 D. Wireway Installation..................................................................................................16-11 16.16 Outlet and Junction Boxes..................................................................................16-11 16.17 Pull Boxes and Vaults...........................................................................................16-12 16.18 Watertight Enclosures...........................................................................................16-12 16.19 Low Voltage Wire and Cable...............................................................................16-12 A. Materials......................................................................................................................16-12 B. Installation..................................................................................................................16-13 16.20 Wiring Devices.......................................................................................................16-15 A. Materials......................................................................................................................16-15 B. Installation..................................................................................................................16-16 16.21 Signal Cable............................................................................................................16-16 A. Materials......................................................................................................................16-16 B. Installation..................................................................................................................16-17 16.22 Electrical Grounding............................................................................................16-18 A. General.........................................................................................................................16-18 B. System Components..................................................................................................16-18 C. Installation..................................................................................................................16-19 D. Testing..........................................................................................................................16-19 16.23 Lighting Fixtures....................................................................................................16-19 A. General.........................................................................................................................16-19 B. Lamps...........................................................................................................................16-19 C. Fixtures.........................................................................................................................16-19 D. Ballast...........................................................................................................................16-19 E. Acceptable Manufacturer's.......................................................................................16-20 16.24 Motion Detector....................................................................................................16-20 16.25 Photoelectric Smoke Detectors...........................................................................16-20 A. General.........................................................................................................................16-20 B. Features........................................................................................................................16-20 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc x 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON HAZEN RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS C. Testing..........................................................................................................................16-20 D. Acceptable Manufacturer's.......................................................................................16-20 16.26 Wall -Mounted Cooling Thermostat...................................................................16-21 A. General.........................................................................................................................16-21 B. Features........................................................................................................................16-21 C. Installation..................................................................................................................16-21 D. Acceptable Manufacturer's.......................................................................................16-21 16.27 Intrusion Alarm Switch........................................................................................16-21 A. General.........................................................................................................................16-21 B. Features........................................................................................................................16-21 C. Installation..................................................................................................................16-21 D. Acceptable Manufacturer's.......................................................................................16-21 16.28 Keyed Switch Box..................................................................................................16-22 A. General.........................................................................................................................16-22 B. Features........................................................................................................................16-22 C. Installation..................................................................................................................16-22 D. Acceptable Manufacturers........................................................................................16-22 16.29 Liquid Level Switches............................................................................................16-22 A. General.........................................................................................................................16-22 B. Features........................................................................................................................16-22 C. Installation..................................................................................................................16-22 D. Acceptable Manufacturers........................................................................................16-22 16.30 High Level Backup Float Switch........................................................................16-22 16.31 General Installation...............................................................................................16-23 A. Materials......................................................................................................................16-23 B. Installation..................................................................................................................16-23 16.32 Electrical Site Work..............................................................................................16-25 16.33 Testing.....................................................................................................................16-25 A. Requirements..............................................................................................................16-25 B. Coordination and Results........................................................................................16-26 Division 17 Automatic Control..................................................................................................17-1 J:\data\REN\105.049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc xi 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON HAZEN RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS 17.1 General...........................................................................................................................17-1 17.2 Definition of Terms....................................................................................................17-1 A. General...........................................................................................................................17-1 B. Definitions....................................................................................................................17-1 17.3 Scope of Work..............................................................................................................17-1 A. General...........................................................................................................................17-1 B. Document Structure....................................................................................................17-2 C. Contractor's Responsibilities.....................................................................................17-2 D. System Integrator/Programmer's Responsibilities (Not part of this contract).17-2 17.4 System Integrator.........................................................................................................17-3 A. Integrators List..............................................................................................................17-3 17.5 Testing and Startup.....................................................................................................17-3 Division 18 Measurement and Payment....................................................................................18-1 18.1 Payment.........................................................................................................................18-1 Bid Item No. 1 - Mobilization, Demobilization, Site Preparation and Clean-up ......... 18-1 BidItem No. 2 - Site Work.....................................................................................................18-1 Bid Item No. 3 - Landscaping and Irrigation......................................................................18-1 Bid Item No. 4 - Reservoir Site Utilities...............................................................................18-1 Bid Item No. 5 - Reservoir Earthwork..................................................................................18-2 Bid Item No. 6 - Unscheduled Excavation...........................................................................18-2 BidItem No. 7 - Backfill..........................................................................................................18-3 Bid Item No. 8 - Unscheduled Backfill.................................................................................18-3 BidItem No. 9 - Dewatering...................................................................................................18-3 Bid Item No. 10 - Reservoir Foundation..............................................................................18-3 Bid Item No. 11 - Reservoir Floor, Shell and Roof............................................................18-3 Bid Item No. 12 - Reservoir Stairs and Landings................................................................18-4 Bid Item No. 13 - Environmental Control..........................................................................18-4 Bid Item No. 14 - Reservoir Mechanical...............................................................................18-4 Bid Item No. 15 - Electrical.....................................................................................................18-4 Bid Item No. 16 - Automatic Control...................................................................................18-4 BidItem No. 17 - Shoring.......................................................................................................18-4 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc xll 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON HAZEN RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS Bid Item No. 18 - 12 Inch Ductile Iron Pipe.......................................................................18-5 Bid Item No. 19 - 12 Inch Gate/Isolation Valve ................................ ...........18-5 ...................... Bid Item No. 20 - Fire Hydrant Assembly............................................................................18-5 Bid Item No. 21 - Compaction Testing................................................................................18-5 Bid Item No. 22 - Crushed Surfacing Base Course.............................................................18-5 18.2 Bid Item No. 23 - Select Class B Gravel Backfill...................................................18-6 18.3 Bid Item No. 24 - Gravel Borrow............................................................................18-6 Bid Item No. 25 - Connection to Existing Water Main....................................................18-6 Bid Item No. 26 - Highlands Reservoir................................................................................18-6 Bid Item No. 27 - Hydroseed and Revegetation..................................................................18-6 Bid Item No. 28 - As-Builts................................... J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc xlll 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RI-12 Engineering, Inc. Division 1 General 1.1 Project Description The Hazen Reservoir consists of the construction of a 4.2 MG welded steel tank, site work including excavation, grading, construction of a detention pond, reservoir access road, landscaping and wetland mitigation, site fencing and utilities including storm water conveyance system, control valve vault, flow meter vault, 16" DI water main and 12" DI water main. The installation of an altitude valve and vault at the City's Highland Reservoir is also part of this project. 1.2 Contractor's Responsibility The work included in this contract is shown on the contract plans and described in these project specifications. All work incidental and necessary to the completion of the work described and shown shall be performed by the Contractor. In submitting a bid for this project, the Bidder warrants that they are an expert in this and related work, that they understand the process and functions shown, and that various work and processes not shown but necessary for the successful operation of this project will be provided by the Contractor. Damage to existing utilities or property shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the discretion of the Owner. The Contractor and each of the Subcontractors are responsible for coordinating the required inspections. There are specific requirements for inspection responsibilities and the advance notice that must be given to minimize construction delays. It is the Contractor's responsibility to be familiar with these requirements, include the coordination necessary in this estimate of project costs and schedule, and to comply with the requirements during construction. Failure to follow proper inspection and notification procedures may result in on -site work stoppages and removal or demolition of unapproved structures or systems, all at the Contractor's expense. Do not start work on this project or on any public or private right-of-way or easement until clearance is given by the owner. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of any permit for the project. Do not hinder private property access without a 24-hour notice to the private property owner, and do not hinder access for more than an 8-hour period. Do not disrupt emergency aid access to private property. The Contractor is solely responsible for all elements of site safety. Inspections performed by the Engineer are only to monitor that project plans and specifications are being complied with and construction is consistent with the design intent. 1.3 Owner Inspector's Responsibility The Owner may elect to have an inspector on site to monitor and observe construction progress. It is the owner's inspector's responsibility to verify construction is meeting the design intent and is being constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is not the responsibility of Owner's inspector to monitor or direct 1-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 1 - General City of Renton Hazen Reservoir safety issues on site. The Owner's inspector does not have the authority to stop work if unsafe conditions are observed. 1.4 Special Inspection Scheduling Unless otherwise noted on the plans or within these specifications, 24-hour prior notice shall be given to the Engineer for all inspections required for the construction of the project. 48-hour notice is defined as 2 complete working day notice. Time is not counted on weekends and holidays (inspections required on a Monday or the day after a holiday shall be scheduled a minimum of 48 hours in advance not including the holiday hours or weekend hours.) For information regarding inspection responsibilities and coordination, contact the Owner. 1.5 Standard Specifications Work under this contract shall be performed in accordance with applicable sections of the current Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, Washington State Chapter, American Public Works Association, and Washington State Department of Transportation, hereafter referred to as the Standard Specifications. Certain other referenced standards used in this specification are from the latest editions of: • IBC International Building Code 2003 • IPC International Plumbing Code • IMC International Mechanical Code • NEC National Electrical Code • AWWA American Water Works Association • ANSI American National Standards Institute • ASA American Standards Association • ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1.6 Permits and Licenses The Owner will secure and pay for the following permits: • Building Permit • Conditional Use Permit • SEPA Permit Right -of Way/Utility Construction Permit The Contractor shall acquire and pay for all other necessary permits which may include: • Business License (City of Renton) • Electrical Permit 1-2 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir • Disposal Permit • Wage and Hour Permit • Mechanical Permit • Transportation Permit Spring 2007 Division 1 - General A copy of the Owner -acquired permits are available at the Owner's office for examination by bidders. Conform to the requirements of these permits and all other permits issued for this project. 1.7 Toxic Spill or Release Contact Requirements During construction, if there is any toxic substance spill or release discharged into the environment, report the location, quantity, date and time of the spill or release to Washington State Emergency Management at 1 (800) 258-5990 and the Owner's representative. Spills shall be monitored, contained, and cleaned up to applicable codes at the Contractor's expense. 1.8 Pre -Construction Conference The Owner will schedule a general pre -construction conference not more than 14 days after the notice to proceed is issued. The following personnel must attend the Conference: • The person representing the Contractor with contract authority • The project site superintendent • Major subcontractor site superintendents • The Owner and their representative shall be present The Owner may require that some subcontractors attend a pre -construction conference prior to beginning work on this project. In the event that subcontractors have not been selected prior to the general pre -construction conference, or various subcontractors do not attend the general pre -construction conference, a second pre -construction conference will be scheduled for these subcontractors. If requested, a subcontractor may not begin work until attending a pre -construction conference. At the Pre -construction Conference, the Contractor shall submit the following items to the Engineer for review. 1. A 60-day plan of operation bar chart. 2. A project overview bar chart preliminary detailing the schedule of the project to completion. 3. A preliminary Schedule of Values to be used for pay requests. This format will be adjusted in an agreed format to pay the Contractor accurately for work done per month. 4. A preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing, Sample, and proposed Substitutes, or "Or 1-3 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 1 - General Hazen Reservoir Equal" submittals. A preliminary list of required submittals by specification section is listed per specification division. 5. A list of all permits and licenses the Contractor shall obtain indicating the agency required to grant the permit and the expected date of submittal for the permit and required date for receipt of the permit. 1.9 Submittal and Shop Drawings Shop drawing submittals are required for all items installed on this contract. Contractor shall submit one (1) copy to the Owner (Owner's copy will not be returned). The Contractor shall send two (2) more copies to the engineer than the Contractor wants returned. Address of Owner and Engineer respectively are as follows: City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way, 5th Floor Renton, WA 98055 Attn: Mr. Tom Malphrus, P.E. RH2 Engineering, Inc. 12100 NE 195th St., Suite 100 Bothell, WA 98011 Attn: Tony Pardi, P.E. Submittal data for each item shall contain sufficient information on each item to determine if it is in compliance with the contract requirements. Items that are installed in the work that have not been approved through the shop drawing process shall be removed and an approved product shall be furnished, all at the Contractor's expense. Shop drawing review will be limited to general design requirements only, and shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions, or responsibility for consequences due to deviations from the contract documents. No changes may be made in any submittal after it has been reviewed except with written notice and approval from the Owner. Shop drawings shall be submitted on 81/2" x 11", 11" x 17", or 22" x 34" sheets and shall contain the following information: 1. Project Name as it appears on the Document Cover. 2. Prime Contractor and Applicable Subcontractor. 3. RH2 Engineering. 4. Owner's Name. 5. Applicable Specification and Drawings Reference. 6. A stamp showing that the Contractor has checked the equipment for conformance with the contract requirements, coordination with other work on the job, and dimensional suitability. 1-4 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir 7. A place for the Engineer to stamp. Spring 2007 Division 1 - General Submittals that do not comply with these requirements may be returned to the Contractor for re -submittal. Acceptable submittals will be reviewed as promptly as possible, and transmitted to the Contractor not later than 20 working days after receipt by the Engineer. Revise and submit as necessary. Delays caused by the need for re - submittal shall not be a basis for an extension of contract time or delay damages. Three sets of shop drawings will be returned to the Contractor after review. Shop drawings and submittals shall contain the following information for all items: 1. Shop or equipment drawings, dimensions, and weights. 1. Catalog information. 2. Manufacturer's specifications. 3. Special handling instructions. 4. Maintenance requirements. 5. Wiring and control diagrams. 6. List of contract exceptions. By approving and submitting shop drawings and samples, the Contractor warrants that they have determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and have checked and coordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the work and of the contract documents. The Owner will pay the costs and provide review services for a first and second review of each submittal item. Additional reviews shall be paid by Contractor by withholding the appropriate amounts from each payment estimate. The Contractor is responsible for identifying the shop drawings and submittals required for this project. Items that are installed but have not been approved through the submittal process may be rejected and must be removed and replaced with an approved product. Specific submittal requirements are listed in each section of these specifications. Contractor shall keep a complete and up to date copy of all submittals and review responses at the job site readily available to the Engineer and Owner for inspection. 1.10 Substitutions Any product or construction method that does not meet these specifications will be considered a substitution. Substitutions must be approved prior to their installation or use on this project. A. Prior to Bid Opening Before opening bids, the Owner may consider written requests from product suppliers or prime bidders for substitutions. All requests for substitution must be received by Owner and the Engineer a minimum of 7 working days prior to bid opening. Requests 1-5 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc Spring 2007 Division 1 - General City of Renton Hazen Reservoir shall be accompanied by drawings and specifications in sufficient detail to allow the Owner to determine whether or not the substitute proposed is equal to that specified. All requests shall include a listing of any significant variations in material or methods from those specified. If there are no variations, a statement to that fact shall be included in the request for approval. The determination as to whether or not a proposed substitute is acceptable shall rest solely with the Owner. Approval of substitutions will be only by addendum. The bidder shall include, in the proposal, all costs for any modifications required to adopt the substitute. B. After Contract Execution Within 30 days after the date of the contract, the Owner shall consider formal requests from the Contractor for a substitution of products in place of those specified. Submit two copies of each request for a substitution. Data shall include the necessary change in construction methods, including a detailed description of the proposed method and related drawings illustrating the methods. An itemized comparison of each proposed substitution with product or method specified shall be provided. In making a request for a substitution, the Contractor represents that they have investigated the proposed product or method and has determined that it is equal or superior to the product specified. The Contractor shall coordinate the installation of accepted substitutions into the work, making changes that may be required for the work to be completed. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to substitutions. 1.11 Site Control The Contractor shall be responsible for surveying and staking and will stake out the locations of the permanent easements, temporary easements, rights -of -way, and all major facilities shown on the Plans and establish bench marks at locations designated by the Contractor. The Contractor shall protect all stakes and marks in their original conditions. If stakes and markings are destroyed or defaced before their use is ended, the cost of replacing them will be at the Contractor's expense. All stakes, points, and marks, shall be administered and approved by a registered professional land surveyor licensed in the State of Washington. Provide approved and stamped survey notes, and control points to the Owner for as -built purposes. Replace all damaged survey monuments in accordance with RCW 332-120. The Contractor shall not perform work activities, store materials or equipment, move equipment through, or disturb in any way the areas outside the "Building Construction Limits", "Utility Construction Limits" and "Landscaping Construction Limits", shown unless approved by the Owner in writing. Building construction limits may be occupied throughout the duration of the contract. Utility construction limits may be occupied throughout the duration of the contract. Landscaping construction limits have been defined to provide additional working area for backfilling, grading, compacting, and landscaping construction activities that are to be performed in conjunction with the project. The Contractor shall relocate erosion 1-6 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 1 - General control fencing, surface covering, and provide a sediment trap for storm -water runoff as shown on the plans prior to beginning any work activities within this area. A. Surveying Requirements for Reservoir Site The Contractor shall locate a benchmark a minimum of 100 feet and maximum of 500 feet from the reservoir shell. Prior to placement of any foundation form work, the subgrade elevation shall be surveyed by a licensed Professional Surveyor hired by the Contractor to confirm the subgrade is at the proposed elevation as shown on the plans. The reservoir subgrade shall be within a tolerance of plus or minus one inch (+/- 1"). Provide written results of the elevation confirmation to the Owner prior to formwork and rebar placement of the reservoir foundation. If tolerance exceeds the limits specified, the Contractor shall regrade the subgrade to within these limits at their expense. Contractor shall permanently mark four places on the top of the reservoir foundation at quarterpoints. Contractor shall hire a licensed Professional Surveyor to survey the elevation of the four reservoir foundation marks relative to the benchmark before and after filling the reservoir. Contractor shall issue a report to the Owner describing the location of the benchmark and reservoir foundation marks with an accurately scaled vicinity map and the results of the survey. The Contractor may perform the surveying in lieu of a Professional Surveyor only if approved by the Owner 1.12 Owner Standard Locks and Keys All devices requiring locks, including but not limited to doors, gates, access hatches, convenience hatches, etc. shall have locks provided and cored to match Owner standard lock and keys. If construction cores are utilized during the project, Contractor shall provide Owner with construction key(s) for all temporary locks. 1.13 Temporary Traffic Control Any traffic control activities required during construction shall be consistent with the Uniform Traffic Control Manual, latest addition and applicable local codes. The contractor shall limit delay of traffic to 4 minutes. If flaggers are used, orientation meetings per WAC 296-155-305 shall be held each time a new flagger is introduced to the site or if site conditions change significantly. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling such meetings. 1.14 Waste Material Control Adhere to all requirements of federal, state, and local statutes and regulations dealing with pollution. Permit no public nuisances. Use only dump sites that are approved by the regulatory agency having jurisdiction, and present proof of approval upon request. At all times, keep the construction area clean and orderly and upon completion of the work, leave buildings broom clean and all parts of the work clean and free of rubbish and excess material of any kind. Leave fixtures, equipment, walls, and floors clean and 1-7 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 1 - General City of Renton Hazen Reservoir free of stains, paint or roofing splashes, or other marks or defects. Upon completion, restore site of all work or equipment and material storage areas to their original conditions. Remove all miscellaneous unused material resulting from work and dispose of it in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. The site, through the progress of construction, shall be kept as clean as possible and in a neat condition. The Contractor shall follow all requirements and guidelines of the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency (PSAPCA) and other associated agencies. Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, or other methods to limit dust and dirt from rising and scattering in the air. Surface water runoff that is contaminated with site debris, silt, or other material that adversely affects water quality shall be collected and cleaned prior to discharge. On site collection ponds may not be used to keep silt laden water from entering the storm water collection system. Do not use water to control dust when its use may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice formation, flooding, and pollution. The Contractor shall minimize the amount of dust and other airborne particles caused by any demolition, excavation, stockpiling, or removal activities. Dust control measures shall be implemented by the Contractor prior to the beginning of work activities. Exposed soil may be wetted with water or covered to minimize dust creation. Water runoff from the wetting procedure shall be accumulated and cleaned prior to disposal. Water runoff accumulation shall be removed from the site prior to project completion. The Contractor shall take precautions to warn, protect, and prevent the public from all hazards that exist on site due to any demolition or construction operations. Stockpiled debris shall be surrounded with yellow warning tape attached to lath, stakes, poles, or fencing to warn the public of any potential hazard. 1.15 Hazardous Asbestos Materials Unless noted otherwise on the project plans or specifications, the Owner is not aware of any hazardous asbestos containing materials on or in the project site. If the Contractor discovers hazardous asbestos materials, they shall notify the Owner as to where hazardous asbestos materials are located. Due to the OSHA Right to Know Laws, the Owner is required to notify the Contractor that hazardous asbestos materials exist or if not known but discovered, the Owner is required to mitigate the removal of the hazardous asbestos materials. Abandon asbestos cement piping in place. If the plans or specifications herein dictate known locations of hazardous asbestos materials, they shall be removed and properly disposed of. If hazardous asbestos materials are discovered by the contractor, the Owner shall mitigate the removal of the hazardous material. The Contractor shall follow all requirements and regulations for hazardous waste removal and disposal. The Contractor shall meet the following qualifications to be eligible to be selected to perform asbestos demolition or disposal work for this project: 1. Possess a Certified Asbestos Abatement Contractors' license or retain the services of 1-8 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technica]s.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir a Certified Asbestos Abatement Contractor. Spring 2007 Division 1 - General 2. Have performed Asbestos Abatement of a similar nature within the last year. 3. Not have received a citation from the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency related to asbestos abatement within the last year. 4. Possess occurrence based liability insurance coverage. 1.16 Hazardous Lead Materials Unless noted otherwise on the project plans or specifications, the Owner is not aware of any hazardous lead containing materials on or in the project site. If the Contractor discovers hazardous lead materials, they shall notify the Owner as to where hazardous lead materials are located. Due to the OSHA Right to Know Laws, the Owner is required to notify the Contractor that hazardous lead materials exist or if not known but discovered, the Owner is required to mitigate the removal of the hazardous lead materials. If the plans or specifications herein dictate known locations of hazardous lead materials, they shall be removed and properly disposed of. If hazardous lead materials are discovered by the contractor, the Owner shall mitigate the removal of the hazardous material. The Contractor shall follow all requirements and regulations for hazardous waste removal and disposal. The Contractor shall meet the following qualifications to be eligible to be selected to perform asbestos demolition or disposal work for this project: 1. Meet State and Local OSHA and WSHA requirements for lead abatement. 2. Meet State hazardous removal requirements (Department of Ecology). 3. Not have received a citation from the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency related to asbestos abatement within the last year. 4. Possess occurrence based liability insurance coverage. 1.17 Temporary Facilities and Utilities The Contractor shall be responsible for construction and location of all field offices, all necessary water for construction -related fire protection, all necessary gates and barricades, fences, handrails, guard rails, and securities required by this contract, or by laws and regulations. Sanitary facilities adequate for all workers shall comply with all codes and regulations. there shall be shelters and dry facilities for the workers as required. The Contractor shall insure that all guards, marks, shields, protective clothing, rain gear, and other equipment required by law, ordinance, labor contracts, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations, and other regulations for the maintenance of health and safety be supplied. First aid kits and equipment as required by law shall also be supplied. At the close of this contract, the Contractor shall pay all utility bills that are outstanding, remove all temporary electrical, sanitary, gas, telephone and water facilities, and any other temporary service equipment that may remain. In addition, the 1-9 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 1 - General City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Contractor shall arrange for the transfer of electrical and water accounts to the Owner's name. Provide a work area in the contractor's office trailer for exclusive use by the owner's field inspection personnel. The work area for the owner's field personnel is to be a minimum of 8 feet wide, 10 feet long, and provide a minimum of 8 feet interior height. Office furniture shall be provided for the owner's field personnel. This furniture shall consist of one office desk, one desk chair, and one metal file cabinet. The metal desk shall have a hard, flat, level writing surface that is 30 inches by 60 inches and have three desk drawers for the storage of miscellaneous office supplies. The desk chair shall be capable of supporting a 300 pound person comfortably. The metal file cabinet shall have four individual drawers capable of supporting letter and legal -sized file folders. The contractor is to provide a telephone, fax machine, computer with internet connection, and copier for the use of the owner's field personnel and engineer. These items can be shared with the contractor's personnel. The contractor shall pay for all costs associated with the use of this equipment. Telephone calls will be limited to local calls. ., „ **F ', , ,r .r:F:F,r.r:F:F:F ****.,— .r.. .. „ r:F:F.. „•:F:F:F:, ....., .r>F:F.r„ **;c :, ,r,r '`SECOND OPTION'`"" " Provide one office trailer for exclusive use by the owner's field inspection personnel. This office trailer is to be installed on site at the construction location shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The office trailer is to be delivered, leveled, and securely blocked in position by the end of the first week that the Contractor mobilizes to the site. The office trailer is to remain on site until final acceptance of the project or earlier if directed by the Engineer. The office trailer is to be a minimum of 8 feet wide, 10 feet long, and provide a minimum of 8 feet interior height. The floors, walls, and ceiling shall be built to provide secure, rigid protection from environmental conditions and unauthorized personnel. The office trailer shall be constructed and installed to meet the State Department of Factory Assembled Structures Standards and all other State and local building standards. There shall be stable stairs provided at the entrance. There shall be one door with a dead bolt lock and round design opening handle. The floor covering shall provide non-skid hard flat surface that is easily cleaned. There shall be two 3 foot by 3 foot windows and screens capable of being opened. The windows shall be located on the walls with the longer dimension to provide cross ventilation and visual sight of the project site. There shall be two fluorescent switched light fixtures capable of providing adequate lighting for the interior of the office trailer. The office trailer shall be insulated and equipped with electric heating and cooling units to provide sufficient heating and cooling capability to maintain a temperature of 68 degrees Fahrenheit. Two 120-volt electrical outlet shall be provided with power. One telephone jack and connection wiring shall also be provided, and telephone service installed. The owner will pay for telephone service of this trailer. The contractor is to provide a telephone, fax machine, computer with internet connection, and copier for the use of the owner's field personnel and engineer. Telephone calls will be limited to local calls. 1-10 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\dat2\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 1 - General Office furniture shall be provided with the office trailer. This furniture shall consist of one metal office desk, two desk chairs, one drafting table, one drafting stool, and one metal file cabinet. The metal desk shall have a hard, flat, level writing surface that is 30 inches by 60 inches and have three desk drawers for the storage of miscellaneous office supplies. The drafting table shall have a hard, flat, adjustable sloping writing surface that is 30 inches by 60 inches. Each desk chair and drafting stool shall be capable of supporting a 300 pound person comfortably. The metal file cabinet shall have four individual drawers capable of supporting letter and legal -sized file folders. OF OPTIONS'` � �:::: w � �: � � �::: � � :1**:: *****,* 1.18 Contractor Conducted Progress Meetings The Contractor shall schedule and hold regular on -site progress meetings at least twice a month and at other times as requested by the Owner or as required by progress of the work. The Contractor, Engineer, and all Subcontractors active on the site must attend each meeting. Agenda: a. Review minutes of previous meetings. b. Review of work progress. c. Field observations, problems, and decisions. d. Identification of problems that impede planned schedule. e. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. f. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. g. Maintenance of progress schedule. h. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. i. Planned progress during succeeding work period. j. Coordination of projected progress. k. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 1. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. in. Safety issues relating to work. n. Other business relating to work. 1.19 General Roles of Owner and Engineer The duties, responsibilities and limitations of the Owner and Engineer are set forth in the Standard Specifications and herein. In general, the Engineer will be available to the Owner throughout the bidding and construction period to assist the Owner. Such assistance will include: • Clarifications and interpretation during the bidding period. 1-11 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 1 - General Hazen Reservoir • Participation in Prebid and Preconstruction Conferences. • Review and coordinate submittal review. • Make interpretations and clarifications of Contract Documents during the construction period. • Attend regular on -site coordination meetings. • Participation in change order preparation. • Together with the Owner provide site inspections during the construction period. • Review construction payment applications and make recommendations for payment to the Owner. • Review change order proposals and make recommendations to the Owner. • Accept Contractor deliverables such as as -built data and O&M information and manuals. • Other Project Tasks assigned by Owner. The Owner will: • Issue Contract Documents. • Issue Addenda, if necessary. • Participate in the Prebid and Preconstruction Conferences. • Participation in interpretations and clarifications of Contract Documents during the construction period. • Together with the Engineer, provide site inspections during the construction period. • Approve and process all construction payment applications, change orders, and other Contract modifications. 1-12 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 1 - General 1.20 Schedule of Values A. General This Section defines the process whereby the Preliminary and Detailed Schedule of Values are developed. B. Preliminary Schedule of Values The Contractor shall submit a preliminary Schedule of Values for the major components of the Work in each Bid Schedule item at the Preconstruction Conference. The listing shall include, at a minimum, the proposed value for the major work components. The Contractor, Owner and Engineer shall meet and jointly review the preliminary Schedule of Values and make any adjustments in value allocations if, in the opinion of the Engineer and Owner, these are necessary to establish fair and reasonable allocation of values for the major work components. "Off loading" will not be permitted. The Engineer may require reallocation of major Work components from items in the above listing if in the opinion of the Engineer such reallocation is necessary. This review and any necessary revisions shall be completed within 15 days from the date the schedule is submitted by the Engineer. C. Detailed Schedule of Values The Contractor shall prepare and submit a detailed Schedule of Values for each Bid Schedule item to the Engineer within 20 days from the date of the preconstruction meeting. The detailed Schedule of Values shall be based on the accepted preliminary Schedule of Values for major work components. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of acceptable numbers, details and description of values established. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, a greater number of Schedule of Values items than proposed by the Contractor is necessary, the Contractor shall add the additional items so identified by the Engineer. D. Change to the Schedule of Values Changes to the schedule which add activities not included in the original schedule but included in the original work (schedule omissions) shall have values assigned as approved by the Engineer. Other activity values shall be reduced to provide equal value adjustment increases for added activities as approved by the Engineer. In the event that the Contractor and Engineer agree to make adjustments to the original Schedule of Values because of inequities discovered in the original accepted detailed Schedule of Values, increases and equal decreases to values for activities may be made. Contractor shall update the schedule of values within 10 days of the final execution date of any change order. 1-13 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 1 - General 1.21 Testing, Startup and Operation A. Schedule City of Renton Hazen Reservoir The placing of all improvements in service shall consist of three parts: "testing", "startup", and `operation ". Not less than 30 days before the anticipated time for beginning the testing, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, a complete plan for the following: 1. Schedules for tests 2. Detail schedule of procedures for startup 3. Complete schedule of events to be accomplished during testing 4. An outline of work remaining under the contract that will be carried out concurrently with the operation phases B. Contractor's Responsibility The Contractor shall conduct all testing and startup. Testing and startup shall not be a cause for claims for delay by the Contractor and all expenses for testing and startup shall be incidental to this contract. The Contractor shall make arrangements for all materials, supplies, and labor necessary to efficiently complete the testing, startup, and operation. C. Testing The Contractor may periodically request preliminary testing for items that must be covered or tested before other work can proceed. In these cases, the work shall not be tested or covered up without timely notice to the Owner of its readiness for testing. Should any work be covered up without notice, approval, or consent, it must, if required by the Owner, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense. Where work is to be tested, all necessary equipment shall be set up and the work given a preliminary test so that any and all defects may be discovered and repaired prior to calling out the Owner for the test. Final testing shall consist of individual tests and checks made on equipment intended to provide proof of performance of unit and proper operation of unit control together with necessary tests to show system operation. Assure proper alignment, size, condition, capability, strength, proper adjustment, lubrication, pressure, hydraulic test, leakage test, and all other tests deemed necessary by the Engineer to determine that all materials and equipment are of specified quality, properly situated, anchored, and in all respects, ready for use. Any certificates required by these specifications by the manufacturer's representatives shall be supplied to the Engineer prior to startup. All piping shall be tested as required by specifications and applicable codes. Tests on individual items of equipment, such as pipelines, structures, controls, and other items shall be as necessary to show proper system operation. Testing will be done by the Contractor in the presence of the Owner. During testing, the Contractor shall correct any defective work discovered. Startup shall not begin until all tests required by these 1-14 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir specifications have been completed and approved by the Owner. D. Reservoir Disinfection Spring 2007 Division 1 - General The reservoir shall be thoroughly disinfected in accordance with AWWA C652 Chlorination Method 2 before being placed in service. All interior surfaces, including piping, columns and stairs, shall be hosed down with a chlorine solution containing not less than 200 PPM of chlorine. Chlorine solution may be recirculated during disinfection but not less than 5,000 gallons of solution shall be used during operation. All valves shall be opened and closed several times during the chlorination. Liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite, or calcium hypochlorite may be used for disinfection purposes. Disinfected surfaces shall remain in contact with the strong chlorine solution for at least 30 minutes. After the disinfection has been accomplished, the entire reservoir shall be completely flushed and then filled. The Contractor shall exercise special care in flushing to avoid damage to surrounding properties. Water with a chlorine residual shall be stored and aerated or otherwise neutralized until it can be safely disposed of in accordance with all applicable regulations. All disposal shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Water containing a chlorine residual shall not be disposed of into the water system, stormwater system, or any surface watercourse. After disinfection has been completed and the reservoir has been filled, a water sample shall be taken by the Owner from the reservoir. A laboratory, certified by the Washington State Health Department, will be retained by the Owner to perform a bacteriological test of the sample. The reservoir shall not be placed in service until passing test results have been received and approved by the engineer and the necessary documents have been submitted to the Washington State Health Department. The Owner will provide water for the initial testing of the reservoir at no cost to the Contractor. Should the initial test not pass or the water is allowed to sit in the reservoir and become unusable, the costs for additional water and tests shall be the responsibility of the contractor. E. Steel Reservoir Leakage Requirements A leakage test of the completed tank installation shall be performed by the Contractor. It is the intent of the specifications for the Owner to receive a watertight tank installation. There shall be no acceptable leakage rate of the tank specified herein. Any water appearing at tank seams, bolts, foundation/wall junction, appurtenances, or under the foundation shall not be accepted. If any leaks, running water, wet spots, etc., appear within the warranty period, the Contractor shall be responsible for correcting any and all deficiencies in the final product. The Owner will provide water for the initial testing of the tank delivered through the tank inlet piping at no cost to the Contractor. The Contractor will be charged for additional water at the Owners unit rate for service. Disposal of test water, if required, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1-15 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 1 - General 1.22 Operation and Maintenance Manuals City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Prior to the receipt of payment for more than 90 percent of the work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer 5 sets of acceptable manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions covering mechanical and electrical equipment and systems installed on the Project requiring operational and/or maintenance procedures and for any additional items indicated by the Engineer, including coatings furnished under this contract. Each set of instructions shall be bound into multiple volumes; each volume to be complete with an index and bound in a suitable, hard -covered binder. Binders shall be of hard back construction with metal hinge. Capacity shall be 3" or 4" as appropriate for the quantity of O&M documentation. More than one binder may be required for large projects. Binders shall be equal to Avery models 87784, 98983, or 98984. Manuals shall be assembled and indexed so that information on each coating and piece of equipment can be readily found. The operating and maintenance instructions shall include, as a minimum, the following data for each coating and item of mechanical and electrical equipment: System Design 1. Equipment Identification including brand name, model number and serial numbers. 2. Date of manufacture and date of installation on job site. 3. Complete as -built elementary wiring and one -line diagrams. 4. Complete parts list, by generic title and identification number, complete with exploded views of each assembly. Maintenance 5. Recommended spare parts. 6. Lubrication schedule including the applicable lubricant designation available from the Standard Oil Company of California. 7. Recommended preventive maintenance procedures and schedules. Schedule shall be provided for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually and annually maintenance. 8. Disassembly and re -assembly instructions including parts identification and a complete parts breakdown for all equipment, 9. Weights of individual components of each item of equipment weighing over 50 pounds, 10. Name, location, and telephone number of the nearest suppliers and spare parts warehouses. 11. All manufacturers' warranties. Include name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer's representative to be contacted for warranty, parts, or service information, 1-16 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\I05-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 1 - General 12. Cleaning, repair, and maintenance instructions for each coating system. 13. Provide videotapes, video CDs or DVDs utilized in the manufacturer's instruction program for the owner. General manuals which describe several items not in the contract will not be accepted unless all references to irrelevant equipment are neatly eradicated or blocked out. All O&M manuals shall be provided in hard copy. A duplicate CD copy may be provided but shall not substitute a hard copy unless approved by the Owner. Progress payments for the total contract work in excess of 90 percent completion may not be made until the operation and maintenance manual has been delivered and approved by the Engineer, at the discretion of the Owner. 1.23 Application for Payment A. Preparation of Application • Present required information in typewritten form. • Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. • Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide percent complete and dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed. Additional breakdown of the work contained in the contract may be required (and initiated during the preconstruction conference) in an agreed format between the Contractor, Owner and Engineer. • List each authorized Change Order as an extension on continuation sheet, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of work. B. Submittal Procedures • Before submitting, meet with the Engineer and reach agreement on amount of progress made on each pay item covered by the proposal invoice as determined by the Schedule of Values. • Submit three copies of each Application for Payment. • Submit an updated progress schedule with each Application for Payment. • Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Contract. C. Substantiating Data • When Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. • Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show Application number and date, and line item by number and description 1-17 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST FOR PAYMENT Spring 2007 Division 1 - General TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR TO BE COMPLETED BY ENGINEER IF OWNER: ADJUSTMENT RECOMMENDED CONTRACTOR: NO.: PERIOD: PROJECT: CONTRACT NO.: PAGE OF W.O. # ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT $ $ AMOUNT OF APPROVED CHANGE ORDERS $ AUTHORIZED TOTAL CONTRACT AMOUNT $ $ BID ITEMS COMPLETED TO DATE $ $ CHANGE ORDERS COMPLETED TO DATE OF MATERIALS ON HAND TOTAL AMOUNT COMPLETED TO DATE $ $ LESS: RETAINED % OF ($ ($ ) AMOUNT % OF PLUS: SALES % OF $ TAX % OF 1-18 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM - )07 R' .- — ineer' City of Renton Hazen Reservoir TOTAL AMOUNT DUE TO DATE $ LESS PREVIOUS PAYMENTS $ AMOUNT REQUESTED THIS PERIOD $ WE I IEREBY REPRESENT THAT THE ABOVE IS A TRUE ESTIMATE OF WORK COMPLETED UNDER THE ABOVE CONTRACT TO DATE AND HEREBY RELEASE THE OWNER FROM ANY CLAIMS FOR MATERIALS OR LABOR FURNISHED OR EXPENSE INCURRED TO DATE WHICH IS NOT INCLUDED IN REQUESTS FOR PAYMENT TO DATE, EXCEPT FOR INTEGRATED UNITS OF CONSTRUCTION PARTIALLY COMPLETED FOR WHICH NO REQUEST FOR PAYMENT HAS BEEN MADE. I CONTRACTOR: By TITLE: PAYMENT APPROVED $ NO. OWNER'S OFFICIAL: I TITLE: DATE: DATE: 1-19 Spring 2007 Division 1 - General PROJECT ENGINEERING MANAGER RECOMMENDED FOR PAYMENT: J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. Spring 2007 Division 1 - General OWNER City of Renton TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR NO. PERIOD PROJECT WTR-27-3214-Hazen Reservoir CONTRACT NO. PAGE OF TO BE COMPLETED BY ENGINEER (amounts recommended) Schedule of Values Item Description Contract Breakdown Previously Approved This Application Total to Date This Application Total to Date Dollars % Dollars % Dollars % Dollars % Dollars % Dollars Total 1-20 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM '107 R"' " ;ineec . 1.24 Scheduling and Reporting A. General 1. The scheduling of the work under the Contract shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Where submittals are required hereunder, the Contractor shall submit 2 copies, one each to the Engineer and Owner. B. Schedule Submittals The Contractor shall submit two schedule documents at the Preconstruction Conference which shall serve as the Contractor's Plan of Operation for the initial 60 day period of the Contract Time and to identify the manner in which the Contractor intends to complete all work within the Contract Time. The Contractor shall submit (1) a 60 day Plan of Operation bar chart, and (2) a project overview bar chart type plan for all work as indicated below. 1. 60 Day Plan of Operation Bar Chart: During the initial 60 days of the Contract Time, the Contractor shall conduct Contract operation in accordance with the 60 day bar chart Plan of Operation. The bar chart so prepared and submitted shall show the accomplishment of the Contractor's early activities (mobilization, permits, submittals necessary for long lead equipment procurement, initial site work and other submittals and activities required in the first 60 days). 2. Project Overview Bar Chart: The overview bar chart shall indicate the major components of the project work and the sequence relations between major components and subdivisions of major components. The overview bar chart shall indicate the relationships and time frames in which the various components of the Work will be made substantially complete and placed into service in order to meet the project milestones. It shall show planned mobilization of plant and equipment, sequence of early operations, and timing of procurement of materials and equipment. The construction schedule produced and submitted shall indicate a project completion date on or before the contract completion date. Sufficient detail shall be included for the identification of subdivisions of major components of construction. Planned durations and start dates shall be indicated for each work item subdivision. Each major component and subdivision component shall be accurately plotted on time scale sheets not to exceed 34-inch by 60-inch in size. Not more than four sheets shall be employed to represent this overview information. The Engineer and the Contractor shall meet to review and discuss the 60-day plan of operations and project overview bar chart within 5 days after they have been submitted to the Engineer. The Contractor shall make corrections to the schedules necessary to comply with the Contract requirements and shall adjust the schedules to incorporate any missing information requested by the Engineer. Within 15 days of the initial project schedule review meeting, the Contractor shall have revised the original project overview bar chart schedule submittal to address all review comments from the original schedule review meeting and resubmit a revised project overview bar chart for the Engineer's review. The Engineer, within 14 days from the 1-21 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 1 - General City of Renton Hazen Reservoir date that the Contractor submitted his revised schedule will either (1) accept the schedule and cost loaded activities as submitted, or (2) advise the Contractor in writing to review any part of parts of the schedule which either do not meet the Contract requirements or are unsatisfactory for the Engineer to monitor the project's progress and status or evaluate monthly payment requests by the Contractor. The Owner reserves the right to require that the Contractor adjust, add to, or clarify any portion of the schedule which may later be insufficient for the monitoring of the Work or approval of partial payment requests. No additional compensation will be provided for such adjustments or clarifications. A schedule which has been accepted by the Engineer becomes the current project construction schedule. The acceptance of the Contractor's schedule by the Engineer and Owner will be based solely upon the schedule's compliance with the Contract requirements. By way of the Contractor assigning activity durations and proposing the sequence of the Work, the Contractor agrees to utilize sufficient and necessary management and other resources to perform the work in accordance with the schedule. Upon submittal of a schedule update, the updated schedule shall be considered the "current" project schedule. Submission of the Contractor's progress schedule to the Owner or Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of total responsibility for scheduling, sequencing, and pursuing the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, including adverse effects such as delays resulting from ill-timed work. Following the acceptance of the Contractor's schedule, the Contractor shall monitor the progress of the Work and adjust the schedule each month to reflect actual progress and any changes in planned future activities. If at any time the Engineer considers the completion date to be in jeopardy because of any portion of the work falling behind schedule the Contractor shall provide a revised construction schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule shall show how the Contractor intends to accomplish the Work to meet the completion date. The form and method employed by the Contractor shall be the same as for the Initial Construction Schedule. Each schedule update submitted must be complete including all information requested in the original schedule submittal. Each update shall continue to show all work activities including those already completed. These completed activities shall accurately reflect the "as built" information by indicating when the work was actually started and completed. Neither the submission nor the updating of the Contractor's original schedule submittal nor the submission, updating, change or revision of any other report, curve, schedule or narrative submitted to the Engineer by the Contractor under this Contract, nor the Engineer's review or acceptance of any such report, curve, schedule or narrative shall have the effect of amending or modifying, in any way, the Contractor's obligations under this Contract. Only a signed, fully executed change order can modify these contractual obligations. The monthly schedule update submittal will be reviewed with the Contractor during a monthly construction progress meeting held each month. The goal of these meetings is to enable to Contractor and the Engineer to initiate appropriate remedial action to minimize any known or foreseen delay in completion of the Work and to determine the amount of Work completed since the previous month's schedule update. The status 1-22 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc rcc 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 1 - General of the Work will be determined by the percent completion of each activity shown on the schedule. These meetings are considered a critical component of the overall monthly schedule update submittal and the Contractor shall have appropriate personnel attend. As a minimum, these meetings shall be attended by the Contractor's Project Manager and General Superintendent. Within seven (7) working days after the monthly progress meeting the Contractor shall submit the Project Status Report as defined by D of this Section and the Contractor's Application for Payment. Within five (5) working days of receipt of the above noted revised submittals, the Engineer will either accept or reject the monthly update will be the basis for the Application for Payment to be submitted by the Contractor. If rejected, the update shall be corrected and resubmitted by the Contractor before the Application for Payment for the update period can be processed. C. Change Orders Upon approval of a change order as specified in Section 1.16, Modification Procedures, or upon receipt by the Contractor of authorization to proceed with additional work, the change shall be reflected in the next submittal of the schedule by the Contractor. D. Project Status Reporting The Contractor shall prepare and submit monthly an updated Overview Bar Chart schedule of the major project components. It shall be limited to not more than four sheets which shall not exceed 34-inch by 60-inch (alternatively the contractor may submit a Microsoft Project mpp file with the required information). The major project components shall be represented as time bars which shall be subdivided into various types of work including demolition, carpentry, structural, mechanical, plumbing, electrical and instrumentation installations. Each major component and subdivision shall be accurately time scale plotted consistent with the project overview bar chart specified above. In addition, a percent completion shall be indicated for each major component and subdivision. The Contractor shall amend the overview schedule to include additional detail required by the Engineer. The Contractor shall include additional information requested by the Engineer during construction. The Contractor may include any other information pertinent to the status of the project. The Contractor shall include additional status information requested by the Engineer. 1.25 Modification Procedures A. Summary 1. Submittals. 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time. 3. Change procedures. 4. Execution of Changes Orders. 1-23 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 1 - General 5. Correlation of Contractor submittals. B. Submittals City of Renton Hazen Reservoir 1. Submit name of individual authorized to receive change documents and to inform other parties concerned with changes in the work. C. Documentation 1. Maintain detailed records of work done on a Cost of the work basis. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes in the work. 2. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. 3. On request, provide additional data to support computations, including: • Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. • Taxes, insurance and bonds. • Contractor's fee. • Justification for any change in Contract Time. • Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 4. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a Cost of the work basis with additional information: • Origin and date of claim. • Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. • Time records and wage rates paid. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. D. Change Procedures 1. The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time. 2. The Engineer may issue a proposal request which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit an estimate within 10 days. 3. The Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to the Engineer, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time with full documentation and, if appropriate, a statement describing the effect on work by separate or other Contractors. 1-24 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir E. Execution of Change Orders Spring 2007 Division 1 - General 1. Execution of Change Order: Owner will issue Change Orders for signature of parties as provided in the Standard Specifications. F. Correlation of Contractor Submittals 1. Promptly revise Schedule of Values section and Application for Payment forms section to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. 2. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub -schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. 3. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.26 As -Constructed and Warranty Records Prior to receiving final payment for the work, the Contractor shall deliver a complete set of acceptable "As -Constructed" records to the Owner. Plans shall be made on clean, unmarked prints for this project in accordance with the following standards: elbow markings or highlights = deleted items red markings = new or modified items blue markings or highlights = items that are consistent with the design plans (not changed) The Contractor shall provide "as -built" information on all items and work shown on the plans showing details of the finished product including dimensions, locations, outlines, changes, manufacturers, etc. The information must be in sufficient detail to allow the Owner's personnel to locate, maintain, and operate the finished product and its various components. The Contractor shall secure and deliver to the Owner all equipment warranties and other warranties and guarantees required for all equipment and processes. Delivery shall be done at one time covering all major and minor equipment warranties. Copies of the warranties shall be included in each O & M Manual. See Warranty Section in this Division for details regarding required warranties for specific components. Failure to provide acceptable documents will result in non-payment of the appropriate bid item in the schedule of prices. 1.27 Warranty The Contractor shall warrant all products used in the construction of this project for a period of 1 year following project acceptance except for those components and listed warrantees below. The date of project acceptance is defined as the date the final payment is sent to the Contractor from the Owner. 1-25 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 1 - General Hazen Reservoir Warranty does not cover damage due to misuse by the Owner or "Acts of God" as defined under the General Conditions. Warranties in addition to this warranty are listed with landscaping, man -doors, access hatches and steel reservoir coating systems. 1.28 Project Closeout A. General Final clean-up and project closeout (demobilization) shall be an element in the schedule of values. B. Final Cleanup The Contractor shall promptly remove from the vicinity of the completed work, all rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms, construction equipment, and temporary structures and facilities used during construction. Final acceptance of the work by the Owner will be withheld until the Contractor has satisfactorily complied with the foregoing requirement for final cleanup of the project site. C. Closeout Timetable The Contractor shall establish dates for equipment testing, acceptance periods, and on - site instructional periods (as required under the Contract). Such dates shall be established not less than one week prior to beginning any of the foregoing items, to allow the Owner, the Engineer, and their authorized representatives sufficient time to schedule attendance at such activities. D. Closeout Procedures Substantial Completion: 1. Submit the following: a. A written certification to the Owner that the project or designated portion of the project is substantially complete. b. A list of items to be completed or corrected. 2. The Owner will make an inspection after receipt of Contractor's certification. 3. If it appears to the Owner that work is substantially complete: a. The Owner may request of and the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner, a list of items to be completed or corrected as determined by the inspection. b. If the Owner then considers the work to be substantially complete, the Owner may issue a certificate of substantial completion, with appropriate conditions, accompanied by a list of the items to be completed and corrected, as verified and amended by the Owner. Omission of any item from the list shall not relieve the Contractor 1-26 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 R112 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 1 - General from responsibility to complete all the work in accordance with the Contract. c. The Contractor shall complete all the work within the time designated in the certificate, or if not so designated, within a reasonable time. 4. Should the Owner consider the work is not substantially complete: a. He shall notify the Contractor, in writing, stating reasons; and b. Contractor shall complete work and send second written notice to the Owner certifying that project or designated portion of project is substantially complete. 5. Warranty periods begin with the date of final acceptance. However, in connection with any specific equipment certified by the Owner as completed and its use or operation thereof for its intended purpose is assumed by the Owner, the warranty period for such equipment shall begin with the beginning date of such use or operation. Final Inspection: 1. Submit written certification that: a. Contract Documents have been reviewed. b. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. C. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operation. d. The project is completed, and ready for final inspection. 2. The Owner will make a final inspection within a reasonable time after receipt or certification. 3. Should the Owner consider that work is complete in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents, he shall request the Contractor to make project closeout submittals. 4. Should the Owner consider that work is not complete: a. He shall notify the Contractor, in writing, stating reasons, and listing specific items requiring correction. b. The Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send second written notice to the Owner certifying that work is complete. C. The Owner will re -inspect work. Re -inspection Costs: If the Owner is required to perform second inspections because of failure of work to comply with original certifications of the Contractor, the Owner will charge the Contractor for the costs incurred by the Owner, including consultant fees and they shall be paid by the Contractor. 1-27 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 1 - General Closeout Submittals: 1. Project Record Documents 2. Warranties required by these specifications. 3. Owner's Manuals, as required by these specifications. 4. Delivery of spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 5. At the close of the Contract, the Contractor shall: a. Pay all utility bills; and City of Renton Hazen Reservoir b. Remove all electrical, sanitary, gas, telephone, water, offices, and any other temporary service equipment that may remain. Release of Liens or Claims. No Contract will be finalized until satisfactory evidence of release of liens has been submitted to the Owner as required by the Renton Standard Specifications. Final Adjustment of Accounts: 1. Submit final statement of accounting to the Owner. 2. Statement shall reflect all uncompleted adjustments: a. Additions and deductions resulting from: (1) Previous Change Orders (2) Unit Prices (3) Other Adjustments (4) Deductions for Uncorrected work (5) Deductions for Liquidated Damages b. Unadjusted sum remaining due. Final Application for Payment: The Contractor shall submit final application in accordance with requirements of Renton Standard Specifications. Final Certificate for Payment: 1. The Owner will issue final certificate in accordance with provisions of General Conditions. 2. Should final completion be materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, the Owner may issue a final certificate for payment, in accordance with provisions of the Renton Standard Specifications and existing laws. Post -Construction Period: 1. Prior to expiration of one year from date of final acceptance, the Owner may 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM 1-28 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 1 - General make visual inspection of the project in company with the Contractor to determine whether correction of work is required, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Renton Standard specifications. E. Maintenance and Guarantee The Contractor shall comply with the maintenance and guarantee requirements contained in the standard specifications. Replacement of earth fill or backfill, where it has settled below the required finish elevations, shall be considered as a part of repair work where required, and any repair or resurfacing constructed by the Contractor which becomes necessary by reason of such settlement shall likewise be considered as a part of such repair work unless the Contractor shall have obtained a statement in writing from the affected or public agency releasing the Owner from further responsibility in connection with such repair or resurfacing. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written order from the Owner. If the Contractor fails to make such repairs or replacements promptly, the Owner reserves the right to do the work and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable to the Owner for the cost thereof. F. Bond The Contractor shall provide a bond to guarantee performance of the provisions contained in Paragraph "Maintenance and Guarantee" above, and the requirements of the standard specifications. 1-29 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 2 Sitework 2.1 General This division covers that work necessary for providing materials and performing all sitework as described in these specifications and as shown on the plans. 2.2 Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: 1. Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan 2. Erosion Control Fence Fabric 3. De -watering Plan 4. Shoring Plan and Calculations 5. Dump Site Permits 6. General Fill 7. Structural Fill 8. Pipe Bedding 9. Trench Backfill 10. Gravel Backfill for Drains 11. Gravel Base Course 12. Crushed Surfacing 13. Paving 14. Plants 15. Hydroseed 16. Planting Schedule 17. Fencing 18. Automatic Access Gate System 2.3 Special Inspections for Site Grading Special inspections including visual and compaction effort (nuclear densometer) are required for the following locations: 1. Trench backfill crossing roads and site access road and parking areas 2. Access road and parking area fill and native subgrade 3. Native subgrade of Reservoir 4. Finished excavation of detention pond (prior to hydroseed) 2-1 J:\dat2\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 2 - Sitework City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Areas where fill (either native or non-native) is being placed shall be tested for compaction compliance by a special inspector. The owner will pay for the initial testing. If tests indicate failure of compaction requirements, the contractor shall pay for subsequent tests until tests indicate compliance with the specifications. Areas of native undisturbed subgrade shall be visually inspected by the engineer prior to placement of any material overtop. Contractor shall coordinate with the engineer a minimum of 48 hours prior to inspection being needed. 2.4 Geological, Hydrogeology and Geotechnical Issues An exploration of subsurface soil and groundwater conditions at the project site were performed by GeoEngineers. The results of the investigation are included in this document as an appendix. 2.5 Erosion and Sedimentation Control All erosion/sedimentation control systems including; fencing, earth berms, grasses, straw, mulch, culverts, drain pipe, outfalls and other items required by for this project, must be installed prior to any clearing, grubbing, excavation, or grading work or other work that could result in off -site stormwater or material flows. Erosion/sedimentation controls systems must remain in place throughout the duration of the construction activities. The systems may be relocated to complete utility, excavation, grading, and landscaping activities if their location impedes the associated work. If the systems are relocated to complete any work they must be reinstalled to protect the construction and surrounding areas prior to commencing work on other portions of the project. The erosion/sedimentation control (ESC) plans shown on the construction plans are the minimum requirements for the anticipated site conditions. The Contractor shall add additional ESC facilities or processes as necessary to ensure that erosion and sedimentation problems do not occur. The Contractor shall inspect the ESC facilities daily and maintain the systems as necessary to prevent off -site damage. Stabilized construction entrances and wash pads shall be installed at the beginning of construction activities and shall be maintained for the duration of the project. Wash pads shall be kept clean to prevent the transport of sediment onto adjoining roads. Straw or mulch shall be applied to any exposed surfaces to minimize erosion and filter surface water runoff. Where straw or mulch is required for erosion control, it shall be applied to a minimum thickness of two inches. Earth berms shall be installed as necessary to prevent the migration of surface water into excavations or off of the project site. Surface water that is intercepted by earth berms shall be routed to an approved stormwater conveyance system. The Contractor shall ensure that the concentration of surface water at the earth berm does not erode the adjoining or downstream properties. Sediment deposited against the earth berm shall be removed to ensure that surface water can flow freely. The earth berm shall not be removed before the stabilization of the surface downhill from the berm. A filter fabric fence shall be installed to allow the collection and passage of surface water to occur through the fabric before discharge off site. When joints are necessary, 2-2 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 2 - Sitework filter fabric shall be spliced together at a support post with a minimum overlap of six inches. Both ends of the fabric shall be securely fastened to the post. The filter fabric fence shall be installed to follow the contours of the existing grade where feasible. The fence posts shall be driven securely into the ground a minimum of 30 inches and spaced apart at a maximum of six feet. A wire mesh support fence shall be fastened securely to the uphill side of the posts using heavy-duty wire staples at least one inch long, tie wires, or wire rings. The wire shall extend into the trench a minimum of four inches and shall not extend more than 36 inches above the existing surface. An 8 inch by 12 inch trench shall be excavated on the uphill side of the fence for securely burying the lower edge of the fabric fence. At least 20 inches of the filter fabric fence shall continuously extend into the trench. The filter fabric fence shall extend above the existing grade 36 inches. The filter fabric placed in the trench shall be secured with backfill material of three-quarter inch washed rock. The backfill material shall placed in the trench and on either side of the fence as shown on the construction plans. Filter fabric fence shall be inspected by the Contractor immediately after each rainfall and at least once daily during periods of prolonged rainfall. The Contractor shall repair or replace sections of the filter fabric fence that are not filtering surface water. The filter fabric fence may be removed after the threat of off -site contamination has passed. 2.6 Dewatering A site specific geotechnical report has been provided. The Contractor is to determine the scope, type, size, quantity, method of installation, operation, and removal of the dewatering system necessary to keep all excavations de -watered to an elevation below the base of the excavation sufficient to stabilize the soils in the excavation and the surrounding areas, and to prevent flotation of partially completed structures. Any dewatering systems must be positioned away from all building and utility construction so as to not become a part of the permanent facility. The Contractor shall control groundwater and surface water to prevent the softening of the bottom of excavations, or formation of quick conditions or boils during excavation. Ground water shall be lowered to 3 feet below the base of the excavation at all times. Determination of unsuitable soil conditions for supporting the improvements shall be determined by the Engineer. Determination of unsuitable soil conditions for performing work, placing materials, and proceeding with construction activities shall be determined by The Contractor. When the dewatering system does not meet the specified requirements, and as a consequence there is a loosening or disturbance of the foundation soils, instability for the slopes, or damage to the foundation or structures occur, the Contractor shall at its own expense, supply all materials, labor, and equipment, and perform all work required for the restoration of foundation soil, slopes, or structure to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall prepare a detailed dewatering system plan and submit it to the Engineer for review prior to the installation of any dewatering system. This plan shall include, as a minimum, the scope, type, size, quantity, method of installation, operation, and removal of all dewatering systems to be used. 2-3 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 2 - Sitework City of Renton Hazen Reservoir The Contractor shall furnish, install, and operate all necessary machinery, appliances, and equipment to meet these water control requirements, and shall dewater and dispose of the water so as not to cause injury to public or private property or to cause a nuisance to the public. The Contractor shall maintain sufficient pumping equipment and machinery in good working condition for all ordinary emergencies, including power outages, and shall have available at all times competent workmen for the operation of the pump equipment. The dewatering system shall not be shut down between shifts, on holidays or weekends, or during work stoppages. The quality of all surface and ground water discharged from the site shall meet all State and local requirements. The Contractor shall employ all means necessary to remove suspended solids, oils, trash, and other deleterious materials from surface and ground water prior to discharging. All dewatering wells installed by the Contractor shall be removed and backfilled in accordance with applicable Federal and State regulations. 2.7 Contractor Provided Certified Erosion and Sedimentation Control Lead The Contractor shall provide a Certified Erosion and Sedimentation Control Lead (CESCL) as part of their regular work force for the project. This person shall be a site superintendent, project manager or site laborer regularly on the project site during earthwork operations. Washington State Department of Ecology Certification shall be valid and up to date for this person throughout the duration of the earthwork operations of the project. 2.8 Stormwater Discharge The Contractor shall be responsible for meeting all construction stormwater discharge water quality requirements including State of Washington (WAC 173-201A-200), Construction Stormwater Permit requirements and local requirements regardless of weather conditions. 2.9 Construction Access The Contractor shall provide for all temporary site access and shall maintain vehicular site access at all times. Wherever construction vehicle access routes intersect paved roads, provisions must be made by the Contractor to minimize the transport of sediment onto the paved road. The Contractor shall remove all dirt, mud, rocks, vegetation, or other deleterious material from all construction equipment prior to leaving the site. This may include spray washing, sweeping, or other physical methods as necessary to remove materials. If sediment or other debris is transported onto a paved road surface, the road shall be cleaned thoroughly by the end of the work day. Debris shall be removed from roads by shoveling or sweeping. Street washing shall be allowed only after debris has been removed and only if it can be demonstrated that turbid wash water is captured in roadside ditches and does not flow to May Creek or it's tributaries. 2-4 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc `c^ ' 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir 2.10 Tree Protection A. Fencing Spring 2007 Division 2 - Sitework Protect trees and other existing vegetation to remain with temporary 6'-0" chain link fencing as indicated on the plans. No work can commence until complete erosion control and temporary fencing is in place and approved by Owner's Representative. After construction, chain link fencing shall be removed from site by contractor. Fencing shall be constructed and located to protect vegetation from physical or chemical damage, flame, smoke, heat, and damage to, or compaction of roots. Construction access, vehicle or equipment parking, material storage or material disposal will not be allowed within drip lines of existing trees to remain. B. Automatic Vehicle Access Gate System Provide and install an automatic -locking access sliding gate. The access gate shall be constructed of chain -link fencing with height to match proposed site fencing. Install barbed wire, if applicable, along top of gate to match proposed site fencing. Access gate shall have a self-locking mechanism to prevent using such means as a vehicle to push the gate open. Gate to auto -close after keypad use. Access gate control system shall be equal to Hy -Security brand 222-SS hydraulic slide gate operator. The gate control system shall be enclosed in an outdoor rated enclosure and pad mounted. Provide concrete pad as required by the manufacturer. Access keypad panel shall be equal to Doorking 1506-080. Access keypad shall have 10 number/letter push buttons, lighted display, and be mounted in an outdoor rated (NEMA-3 or better) stainless steel enclosure. Access keypad to provide minimum 10 programmable 4-digit code memory. Install photo eye sensors (sender -receiver style, no reflector) on gate posts and connect to gate operator system per manufacturer's instructions. Gate should remain open if an obstruction breaks the beam. Install Knox switch per manufacturer's instructions to allow emergency vehicle access. Cylinder to be keyed to local fire department key. Proposed PVC power conduit for gate control system shall be buried with 24-inches of cover and routed as indicated on plans. Gate/operator motor is rated at 1 horsepower, 4 Amp, 120 VAC, single-phase power for sliding gates. Provide conductors as required by manufacturer, as well as necessary fittings. All electrical installations shall be per the current National Electrical Code (NEC). C. Existing Trees to Be Removed Trees which are to be removed as indicated on plans shall be removed completely including roots, stumps, branches, and stems, or as directed by Owner's Representative unless shown otherwise on the plans. 2-5 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 2 - Sitework D. Existing Trees to Remain City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Protect root systems from smothering. Restrict vehicular traffic to prevent any compaction of soil over root systems. Individual trees and areas shown to remain shall be protected by six (6) foot high chain link fence. Install fencing before site preparation, grading and clearing and grubbing operations. Under no circumstances shall the contractor remove existing trees designated to remain for convenience or ease of construction. Prior to installation, stake the location of protection fencing for approval by the Engineer and Owner's Representative and Owner's Representative or Owner's Representative. Location stakes or marking shall be placed not greater than 20 (twenty) feet on center. E. Excavation Around Trees Excavate within drip line of trees only where shown. Where trenching for utilities is required within drip line, tunnel under or around roots by hand digging. Do not cut main lateral roots or tap roots. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Owner's Representative and Owner's Representative prior to cutting roots over 4 inches in diameter. Treat cut roots over 1-inch in diameter with asphaltic pruning paint. F. Guarantee Trees which are protected within fencing that become damaged or die within one year of acceptance shall be repaired or replaced at the discretion of the Owner with trees of the same species and equal size. 2.11 Clearing and Grubbing Clearing and grubbing shall be performed by the Contractor to remove and dispose of unwanted debris, vegetative matter, and other items noted on the plans within the construction limits and shall conform to Section 2-01 of the Standard Specifications. 2.12 Excavation The Contractor shall excavate as necessary to construct the improvements shown. Excavation shall include the digging, scraping, and removing existing native material, abandoned or interfering utilities, abandoned or interfering structures and any other obstacles necessary for the construction of the improvements shown on the plans. Excavation includes utility excavation, structural excavation, and grading excavation. Utility excavation shall be performed to the depths necessary to complete the utility construction work shown. Structural excavation shall be performed to the limits shown and established by the Engineer. The base of the excavation shall extend laterally a minimum of 3 feet beyond the structure unless specified otherwise on plans. The in -situ earth at the base of excavations supporting structures shall be evaluated by an engineering geologist representing the Owner to determine if it is suitable for backfilling. The engineering geologist will evaluate the composition, texture and structure of the in -situ earth to determine if it is consistent with conditions predicted in 2-6 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 2 - Sitework the HWA report and that it is stable and capable of bearing the design loads without further modifications. If organic material, loose earth, slip planes or other unsuitable site conditions are discovered, additional site preparation will be required. Excavation required by the Owner's representative that is beyond the depth shown on the plans shall be performed by the Contractor at the direction of the Engineer. The Contractor will be reimbursed for additional excavation as specified in Division 18, "Measurement and Payment". All excavated material shall be removed from the project site unless approved as backfill by the Engineer. Approval of material as backfill will be made the moment before placement of the material as backfill. Weather conditions may make previously excavated material unsuitable for backfill requiring the material to be removed from the project site. Excavated material that is not used as backfill shall be disposed off -site. All permits for the disposal of excavated material shall be obtained by the Contractor. A copy of all permits and the locations of each disposal site shall be submitted to the Engineer. 2.13 Trench Safety and Shoring Where shoring, sheet piling, sheeting, bracing, lagging, or other supports are necessary to prevent cave-ins or damage to existing structures, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to design, furnish, place, maintain, and remove supports in accordance with applicable laws, codes, and safety requirements including Chapter 296-155 of WAC, "Safety Standards for Construction Work, Part N, Excavation, Trenching, and Shoring". Design, planning, installation, and removal of sheeting, shoring, sheet piling, lagging, and bracing shall be accomplished in such a manner as to maintain the undisturbed state of soil below and adjacent to excavation. Where the Contractor is required to provide the shoring design, it shall be prepared by a competent person as defined by WAC 296-155. Before beginning any excavation that is governed by the shoring requirements, the Contractor shall submit his stamped shoring plan and calculations to the Owner for approval. The stamp must be present on all plans and calculations, and all submittals must be approved by the Owner prior to starting work. 2.14 Hazardous Content of Fill Material All imported fill material shall be free of hydrocarbons (e.g. gasoline, diesel, oil, etc.), pesticides, herbicides and other hazardous volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and synthetic organic chemicals (SOCs). The contractor shall provide certification to the owner that the fill is free of these chemicals. The contractor shall provide test data from an independent testing laboratory, insuring the imported fill to be within the regulatory limits set by the Department of Health and Department of Ecology. This will include VOC and SOC tests on imported fill at random intervals averaging every 75 cubic yards. Imported fills found not to be compliant with regulatory standards shall be hauled off site and disposed of properly, at the sole expense of the contractor. 2-7 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 2 - Sitework Hazen Reservoir 2.15 General Fill All fill required for this project that is not specifically defined as another type shall be "General Fill". General fill shall be soil free of organics, debris, and other deleterious materials with no individual particles having a maximum dimension larger than 5 inches. General fill shall conform to Section 9-03.14(3) Common Borrow of the Standard Specifications. The moisture content of the material and weather conditions at the time of placement will be used to determine the suitability of native materials for backfill as general fill. All general fill shall be compacted in uniform layers not exceeding 12 inches in loose thickness and compacted to at least 90 percent maximum dry density based on the ASTM D-1557 test procedure. 2.16 Structural Fill All fill placed below, beside and against building components, building structures, vaults, manholes, handholes, slabs, sidewalks, and drives shall be "Structural Fill". The structural fill material has been selected to support the weight of the structure in combination with the existing native material and to prevent adverse movement during an earthquake. The Contractor must take particular care to maintain the integrity of the design by using structural fill where shown. Structural fill shall be soil free of organics, debris, and other deleterious materials with no individual particles having a maximum dimension larger than 6 inches.. Where free draining material for use as structural fill is required as indicated on the plans, it shall conform with Section 9-03.12(2), "Gravel Backfill for Walls" of the Standard Specifications. Structural fill for foundation subgrades or where free drainage is not required through the structural fill shall conform with 9-03.9(1) "Ballast" of the Standard Specifications. The Engineer shall determine if native on -site materials are suitable for use as structural fill. The moisture content of the material and weather conditions at the time of placement will be used to determine the suitability of native materials for backfill as structural fill. Structural fill shall bear on firm base and be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 6 inches in loose thickness. The backfill area must be free of standing water and the subgrade soils must be stable. Each layer of structural fill shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of its maximum dry density based on the ASTM D-1557 test procedure. 2.17 Pipe Bedding All fill placed below and around buried utilities shall be "Gravel Backfill for Pipe Bedding". The pipe bedding material has been selected to support the weight of the utility by distributing the load so that the completed utility and backfill system does not weigh more than the native material. In addition, the grain size has been selected so that the bedding will not migrate into the bottom of the trench. The Contractor must 2-8 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 2 - Sitework take particular care to maintain the integrity of the utility design by using the appropriate pipe bedding material where shown. Bedding material shall surround the pipe and conduits to the limits shown on the plans and provide uniform support along the entire length without allowing concentrated loading at joints or bells. All bedding material shall bear on firm subgrade and be compacted to firm and unyielding condition. For Ductile Iron, Steel, or Concrete Pipe larger than 4" diameter: Bedding material shall conform with Section 9-03.12(3) "Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding" of the Standard Specifications except all shall pass a I" sieve. For PVC Sewer and Storm Piping, CPEP regardless of diameter and Conduit, Side Service Lines, and all other piping 4" in diameter or less: Bedding shall conform with Section 9-03.13 "Backfill for Sand Drains." 2.18 Trench Backfill All fill placed above the pipe bedding in a trench shall be "Trench Backfill'. The trench backfill material has been selected to distribute surface loads over the utility. In addition, the grain size has been selected so that the trench backfill will not migrate into the pipe bedding or trench walls. The Contractor must take particular care to maintain the integrity of the utility design by using the appropriate trench backfill material where shown. Trench backfill shall be placed and compacted above the pipe bedding to finished grade elevations in unrestored areas or to subgrade elevations in restored areas. Trench backfill shall consist of materials conforming to Section 9-03.19 "Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill" of the Standard Specifications. In unimproved or landscaped areas trench backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not to exceed 24 inches in loose thickness. Each lift is to be compacted to at least 85 percent of its maximum dry density based on the ASTM D-1557 test procedure (modified proctor). In areas where the trench will support roadways or vehicle access areas, trench backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not to exceed 12 inches in loose thickness. Each lift is to be compacted as specified in the construction details. 2.19 Gravel Backfill for Drains All fill placed around drain pipes in a trench shall be "Gravel Backfill for Drains". Gravel backfill for drains shall provide drainage for stormwater runoff. Gravel backfill for drains shall conform with Section 9-03.12(4) of the Standard Specifications. 2.20 Gravel Base Course ' All fill placed under paving, foundations or structures and next to native material shall be "Gravel Base Course" unless otherwise called out on the plans. Aggregate for gravel base course under structures, and foundations shall conform to 2-9 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 2 - Sitework Section 9-03.10 Aggregate for Gravel Base of the Standard Specifications. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Aggregate for gravel base course under roadways, paved areas, sidewalks and gravel areas shall conform to Section 9-03.9(3) Crushed Surfacing Base Course of the Standard Specifications. 2.21 Gravel Top Course Gravel surface paving as shown on the plans shall be "Gravel Top Course". Aggregate for gravel top course shall conform to Section 9-03.9(3) Crushed Surfacing Top Course and Keystone of the Standard Specifications. 2.22 Geotextile Fabric Geotextile Fabric shall be chosen by the contractor to meet the requirements based on place of use. For geotextile fabric called out on the plans to separate drain rock or French drains from surrounding soils, it shall be equal to Mirafi 140N. For geotextile fabric called out to drain behind a wall without the use of drain rock, it shall be equal to Mirafi G100W. For Embankment stabilization, if a geotextile fabric is called out, it shall be equal to Mirafi Miramat TM8. All fabrics shall be shipped, stored, placed, overlapped and secured based on manufacturer requirements. Other locations may require a specialized geotextile fabric and if so shall either be identified in the plans or geotechnical report. 2.23 Cement Concrete Pavement Cement concrete pavement, sidewalks, curb and gutter shall meet the requirements of Division 3. Construction shall comply with Section 5-05 of the Standard Specifications. 2.24 Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) / Asphalt Concrete Pavement (ACP) The plans and specifications may call out Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) or Asphalt Concrete Pavement (ACP). The terms are synonymous. Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) shall comply with Section 5-04 of the Standard Specifications. All HMA shown on the plans shall be Commercial HMA unless otherwise noted. Furnish, place, spread, and compact HMA to the thickness shown on the construction drawings. 2.25 Import Quantity Evaluation In order to document the quantities and amounts to be paid on monthly billing statements, the contractor shall provide the Engineer or Owner with copies of all trucking tickets indicating quantities of materials delivered to complete the contract. A 2-10 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 2 - Sitework representative of the hauling company shall sign the truck tickets. The scales used to weigh materials shall be calibrated and certified on a quarterly basis. Certifications of such calibrations shall be given to the Engineer or Owner. One shall be sent prior to beginning of the project and as construction progresses on a quarterly basis. 2.26 Landscaping A. General This section includes labor, equipment, and materials necessary for the landscaping as shown on the Plans. B. Submittals Contractor shall submit samples of compost, plant fertilizers, and written maintenance instructions recommending proper procedures for maintenance of plant materials. Provide plant material record drawings legibly recording actual construction indicating horizontal and vertical locations, referenced to permanent surface improvements. Identify field changes of dimension and detail any changes. The Contractor shall submit the data for topsoil to be used as determined by an approved testing lab. Data shall include percentage of organic content as determined by incineration process and recommendations on type and quality of additives required to establish satisfactory pH factor, organic content, and supply of nutrients to bring the soil to a satisfactory level for planting. The Contractor shall submit a planting schedule, indicating approximate planting date. C. Delivery, Storage, and Handling Deliver fertilizers in original, unopened and undamaged containers that list weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Store in such a manner as to prevent wetting and deterioration. Take all precautions customary in good trade practice in preparing plants for transplanting. Spray deciduous plants in foliage with an approved "Anti - Desiccant" immediately after digging to prevent dehydration. Dig, pack, transport, and handle plants with care to ensure protection against injury. If plants cannot be planted immediately upon delivery, properly protect them with soil, wet peat moss, or in a manner acceptable to the Owner. Water plantings as necessary to keep them alive and in healthy condition. Provide dry, loose topsoil for planting bed mixes. D. Tests and Inspections The Contractor, with the approval of the Owner will select a qualified testing laboratory to test and inspect operations under this Section at the Contractor's expense. Notify testing laboratory of times for inspections. Notify Owner if any undesirable conditions are met during construction so that supplemental recommendations can be made. E. Protection Prevent damage to existing features, pavement, utility lines, areas to receive planting and other features remaining as part of final landscaping and/or site improvements. 2-11 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 2 - Sitework F. Quality Assurance City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Comply with all applicable federal, state and local codes and safety regulations. Comply with sizing and grading standards of the latest edition of "American Standard for Nursery Stock." A plant shall be dimensioned as it stands in its natural position. All plants shall be nursery grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the project locale for a minimum of 2 years or transplanted from on -site. All potted plants shall be grown in the containers in which they are sold for a minimum of one year. Stock furnished shall be at least the minimum size indicated. Larger stock is acceptable, at no additional cost, providing that the larger plants will not be cut back to size indicated. Provide plants indicated by two measurements so that only a maximum of 25% are of the minimum size indicated and 75% are of the maximum size indicated. G. Project Conditions Notify Owner's Authorized Representative at least 7 working days prior to installation of plant material. A complete list of plants, including a schedule of sizes, quantities and other requirements is shown on the plans. In the event that quantity discrepancies or material omissions occur in the plant materials list, the planting plans shall govern. H. Landscape Grading Perform fine grading within Contract limits, including adjacent transition areas, to new elevations, levels, profiles and contours indicated. Provide subgrade surfaces parallel to finished surface grades, unless specified otherwise. Provide uniform levels and slopes between new elevations and existing grades. All fills required to achieve subgrades shall be compacted per requirements of the fill type as noted above. For landscaping areas, all fill shall be compacted to 85% of modified proctor (ASTM D-1557) unless noted otherwise on the plans. Perform grading, within branch spread of existing trees scheduled to remain, by hand methods to elevations indicated. Cut roots cleanly to depth 3 inches below proposed finish grade. Treat cut roots over 1-inch in diameter with asphaltic pruning paint. I. Materials Provide plants typical for their species or variety with normal, densely developed branches and vigorous, fibrous root systems. Provide only sound, healthy, vigorous plants free from defects, disfiguring knots, sun scald injuries, frost cracks, abrasions of the bark, plant diseases, insect eggs, borers and all forms of infestation. All plants shall have a fully developed form without voids and open spaces. Bare root stock shall be dug and the earth removed without injury to fibrous root system necessary for full recovery of plant. Cover roots with thick mud coating by puddling and /or wrapping in wet straw, moss or other suitable packing material immediately after digging. Keep plant protected until planted. Plants planted on rows shall be matched in form. 2-12 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 2 - Sitework No pruning wounds shall be present with a diameter of more than 1 inch and such wounds must show vigorous bark on all edges. Evergreen trees shall be branched to the ground; double trunk trees are not acceptable. J. Topsoil Topsoil shall be naturally occurring surface soil with a minimum sand content of 60 percent. Topsoil shall have no evident rocks or debris over 1/2 inch Acidity pH range shall be between 5.0 and 6.5. Organic matter content shall be 10 by dry weight. Add dolomite limestone, if required, to obtain pH. Limestone, if used, shall be finely ground, passing a minimum of 90% through the U.S. Standard No. 8 sieve and 20% through the U.S. Standard No. 100 sieve. Add approved nutrients, if required, to bring nutrients to a satisfactory level for planting as recommended by a qualified testing laboratory (exclude nitrogen, potassium and phosphorus). Soil from excavated planting pit shall be mixed with organic compost in a ratio of 1/3 organic compost to 2/3 sandy loam. Excess soil shall be disposed of as per Owner's Authorized Representative's instructions. K. Soil Amendments Commercial Fertilizer Each tree and shrub shall receive "AgSafe Tabs" (or equal) plant tablets at the time of planting at the following rate: Plant Size Tablet Size No. of Tablets Ga. 10 gram 1-2 Gal. 21 gram 2-3 Cal. Inch of tree 21 gram 2 per inch Ht. Of tree 21 gram 2 per ft. of ht. For application to tree/shrub/groundcover beds 3 months after initial planting: Provide fertilizer with not less than 18 percent total nitrogen, 8 percent available phosphoric acid and 9 percent total potash. P and K to come from Controlled Release Polymer Coated -based nitrates. L. Potted Plant and Tree Preparation Time of planting Evergreen material.• Plant evergreen material between September 1 and December 1 or in the spring before new growth begins. If project requirements require planting at other times, plants shall be sprayed with anti -desiccant prior to planting operations. Deciduous materiah Plant deciduous materials in a dormant condition. If deciduous trees are planted in- 2-13 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 2 - Sitework City of Renton Hazen Reservoir leaf, they shall be sprayed with an anti -desiccant prior to planting operations. Bare root material.• Plant bare root material between November 1 and March 1. Planting shall be performed only by experienced workers familiar with planting procedures under the guidance of a certified landscape contractor with a minimum of 5 years of experience. Locate plants as indicated or as approved by the Owner's Authorized Representative in the field after staking by the Contractor. If obstructions are met that are not shown on the plans, do not proceed with planting operations until alternative plant locations have been selected or approved by the Owner's Authorized Representative. M. Potted Plant and Tree Installation Set plant material in the planting pit to proper grade and alignment, as shown on the planting details. Set plant material 2-3 inches above the finish grade. Filling will not be permitted around trunks. Backfill planting pit with topsoil. Form a ring of soil around the edge of each planting pit to retain water, except on slopes greater than 2 to 1. Provisions shall be made to allow drainage of excess water from ponding in planting pits to an approved source, if soil conditions are such that free drainage is not possible. After plants are set, muddle planting soil mixture around bases of balls and fill all voids. Remove all wrapping from the tops of root balls. Remove completely all non - biodegradable wrapping from root balls. Mulch all planting beds with nutramulch to a depth of 4 inches or approved equal in areas with slopes 2 to 1 greater and 2 inches in all other areas with stockpiled shredded plant waste. N. Hydroseed All disturbed surfaces within the project not otherwise covered by asphalt, gravel, quarry spalls, concrete, or other plant material/landscape items as indicated on Plans shall be hydroseeded, except ditches and swales may have seed applied by hand. Apply seed prior to installing erosion control blankets. The optimum seeding windows for Western Washington are April 1 through June 30 and September 1 through October 1. Seeding that occurs between July 1 and August 30 will require irrigation until 75 percent grass cover is established. Seeding that occurs between October 1 and March 30 will require a mulch or plastic cover until 75 percent grass cover is established. Areas that will be seeded must have 2-inches of topsoil installed on the disturbed areas if no native top soil is present. The seedbed should be firm and rough. All soil should be roughened regardless of slope. If compaction is required, slopes must be track walked before seeding. Backblading or smoothing of slopes greater than 4:1 is not permitted if they are to be seeded. Hydroseed applications shall include a minimum of 1,500 pounds per acre of mulch with 3 percent tackifier. Mulch may be made up of 100 percent: cottonseed meal; fibers 2-14 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 2 - Sitework made of wood, recycled cellulose, hemp, and kenaf; compost; or blends thereof. Tackifier shall be plant -based, such as guar or alpha plantago, or chemical -based such as polyacrylamide or polymers. Any mulch or tackifier product used shall be installed per manufacturer's instructions. Mulch is required for seeding. Any areas that have seed applied by hand shall have a minimum two-inch thick layer of mulch or topsoil. Slow -release fertilizers shall be used. Fertilizer shall not be agitated more than 20 minutes in the hydromulch machine before it is to be used. On 2:1 slopes and steeper, Bonded Fiber Matrix (BFM) or Mechanically Bonded Fiber Matrix (MBFM) products shall be used. BFM/MBFM products are applied with approximately 10 percent tackifier. BFM/MBFM shall be allowed to cure 24-36 hours before rainfall and shall not be installed on wet or saturated soils. The aforementioned specifications are the minimum requirements for the anticipated conditions. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure seeded areas establish ground cover and to provide any additional measures necessary to establish ground cover in seeded areas. Any seeded areas that fail to establish at least 80 percent cover (100 percent cover for areas that receive sheet or concentrated flows) shall be reseeded at no additional cost to the Owner. O. Western Washington Hydroseed Mixes Install seed, fertilizer, and mulch for hydroseed mix at the following application rates: Seed 180 pounds per acre Fertilizer 90 pounds per acre, 104-6 Nitrogen -Phosphorus -Potassium (N-P-K) Mulch 1,500 pounds per acre BFM/MBFM 3,000 pounds per acre (for 2:1 slopes and steeper) Ditch/Pond Seed Mix Proportion Percent Percent Name by Weight Purity Germination Tall or meadow fescue 75-80% 98% 90% Seaside/Creeping bentgrass 10-15% 92% 85% Redtop bentgrass 5-10% 90% 80% All Other Areas Seed Mix Proportion Percent Percent Name by Weight Purity Germination Redtop or Oregon bentgrass 120% 92% 85% 2-15 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 2 - Sitework Hazen Reservoir Red fescue 70% 98% 90% White dutch clover 10% 98% 90% P. Erosion Control Matting All areas disturbed during construction with final slopes at 2H : 1V or steeper as shown on the plans including, swales and storm drainage pond surfaces shall be covered with an erosion control blanket. Blanket shall be installed per the manufacturer's written recommendations including the use of landscape nails as necessary. Contractor shall submit erosion control blanket information for approval by the engineer prior to shipment of product to the job site. Hydroseeding shall be applied prior to the application of the erosion control matting. Disturbed areas with slopes 2H : 1V to 1.5H : 1V shall be equal to Curlex I. Disturbed areas with slopes steeper than 1.5H : 1V shall be equal to Curlex II. Swales and storm drainage ponds shall be covered with Curlex I, or equal. Erosion control blanket shall be equal to that manufactured by American Excelsior Company, Arlington, Texas. Quick -grass type blanket shall be supplied if existing vegetation on the surrounding site or area is green. Q. Landscape Accessories Stakes and guys shall be made from new hardwood, treated softwood or redwood, free of knot holes and other defects. Provide wire ties and guying hose as shown on plans and as specified for evergreen trees. Provide guying for deciduous trees as shown on the plans. Anti -Desiccant: Protective film emulsion providing a protective film over plant surfaces, permeable to permit transpiration; mixed and applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. R. Inspection Examine proposed planting areas and conditions of installation. Do not start planting work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected and approved by the Owner's Authorized Representative. S. Plant Establishment Period The plant establishment period shall be 365 days in duration. Maintenance of landscaping installed as part of this contract is fully the responsibility of the contractor during the plant establishment period. During the plant establishment period, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure the continued growth of all plant materials. This care shall include, but not be limited to, the following: labor and materials necessary for removal of foreign materials, weeds, dead or rejected plant materials and lawn; the replacement of all unsatisfactory 2-16 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 2 - Sitework plant materials planted under this Contract in kind and size; and fertilizing to maintain a healthy growing condition and visually pleasing site. All dead plant materials shall be replaced within thirty (30) days of discovery. Re -set settled plants to proper grade and position. Restore planting saucer and adjacent material and remove dead material. Tighten and repair guy wires and stakes as required. Correct defective work as soon as possible after deficiencies become apparent and weather and season permit. Water trees, plants and groundcover beds within the first 24 hours of initial planting, and in sufficient amounts thereafter to keep plant materials in a healthy growing condition. Provide maintenance reports to Owner's Authorized Representative monthly, indicating procedures, fertilizing, defective material, etc. T. Acceptance Final inspection to determine acceptance of planted areas will be made by the Owner's Authorized Representative, upon Contractor's request. Provide notification at least 10 working days before requested inspection date. Planted areas will be accepted, provided all requirements, including maintenance, have been complied with and plant materials are alive and in a healthy, vigorous condition after final acceptance of the project. 2. Upon one year after Substantial Completion, the Owner will assume plant maintenance. U. As -built Records for Landscaping Provide plant material record plans legibly recording actual construction indicating horizontal and vertical locations, referenced to permanent surface improvements. Identify field changes of dimension and detail any changes. V. Cleaning During landscape work, keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove from site all excess materials, soil, debris and equipment as instructed by Owner's Authorized Representative. Repair damage resulting from planting operations. W. Plantings for Landscape Warranty Warrant trees, shrubs and ground cover for the period as stated in the Warranty section of Division 1 against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from negligence by Owner, abuse or damage by others or unusual phenomena or incidents beyond the Contractor's control. Replace, in size and kind and in accordance with the plans and Specifications, all plants that are dead or, as determined by the Owner's Authorized Representative, in an 2-17 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 2 - Sitework Hazen Reservoir unhealthy or unsightly condition, or have lost their natural shape due to dead branches or other causes due to the Contractor's negligence. Such replacement(s) will be at Contractor's expense. Warranty shall not include damage or loss of trees, plants, or ground covers caused by fires, unusual floods, freezing rains, lightning storms, winds over 75 miles per hour or other "Acts of God". Winter kill caused by extreme cold and severe winter conditions not typical of planting area, unanticipated acts of vandalism or negligence on the part of the Owner and damage caused by wildlife, shall not be covered under this warranty. 2.27 Chain -Link Fencing Chain -Link (woven wire fabric) fencing shall be as detailed on the plans and in accordance with Section 8-12 of the 2006 WSDOT Standard Specifications with the exceptions as detailed in the construction drawings. If no detail is shown on the plans, the fence shall be a WSDOT Chain Link Type 3 Fence. The fence shall be installed such that the clear distance between the bottom of the fence and the finished grade is not more than 2 inches. Contractor shall provide an Owner standard lock at each gate shown on the plans. Each lock shall be keyed to match the Owner's key. The main entrance to the site shall be provided with an motorized gate and key pad as specified on the plans. 2.28 Automatic Vehicle Access Gate System Provide and install an automatic -locking access sliding gate. The access gate shall be constructed of chain -link fencing with height to match proposed site fencing. Install barbed wire, if applicable, along top of gate to match proposed site fencing. Access gate shall have a self-locking mechanism to prevent using such means as a vehicle to push the gate open. Gate to auto -close after keypad use. Access gate control system shall be equal to Hy -Security brand 222-SS hydraulic slide gate operator. The gate control system shall be enclosed in an outdoor rated enclosure and pad mounted. Provide concrete pad as required by the manufacturer. Access keypad panel shall be equal to Doorking 1506-080. Access keypad shall have 10 number/letter push buttons, lighted display, and be mounted in an outdoor rated (NEMA-3 or better) stainless steel enclosure. Access keypad to provide minimum 10 programmable 4-digit code memory. Install photo eye sensors (sender -receiver style, no reflector) on gate posts and connect to gate operator system per manufacturer's instructions. Gate should remain open if an obstruction breaks the beam. Install Knox switch per manufacturer's instructions to allow emergency vehicle access. Cylinder to be keyed to local fire department key. Proposed PVC power conduit for gate control system shall be buried with 24-inches of cover and routed as indicated on plans. Gate/operator motor is rated at 1 horsepower, 2-18 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 2 - Sitework 4 Amp, 120 VAC, single-phase power for sliding gates. Provide conductors as required by manufacturer, as well as necessary fittings. All electrical installations shall be per the current National Electrical Code (NEC). 2.29 Temporary Construction Security Fence The contractor shall provide a 6-feet tall temporary construction fence surrounding the construction site. Fence posts shall be spaced at a maximum of 12 feet on center. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining fence during construction and securing fence after each workday. Posts shall be securely installed directly into the ground or set in temporary concrete base blocks. Chain link shall be securely attached to the fence posts. Chain link shall be 13-gauge minimum. Top and bottom wire shall be used for fencing with posts directly driven into the ground. Top and bottom rail shall be used for modular fencing using concrete block bases. All vehicle access gates shall be locked with a padlock provided by the contractor. Extra keys shall be provided to the Owner and Engineering inspector prior to construction. The construction fence may be used in combination with the permanent fence provided that the fence is continuous around the site perimeter. Clearing limit identification fencing shall not be considered a Temporary Construction Security Fence. 2.30 Construction Fence Perimeter Signs During Construction, if construction site is to be partially or completely enclosed, signs stating "Construction Area, Keep Out" shall be placed so that at any location around the construction site within 100' a sign can be read from that distance. Signs shall be made of polyethelene and be 1/8" thick minimum. Sign shall have a white background with construction orange print. Font shall be readable from 100'. Upon removal of temporary construction fencing, remove signs from fencing and deliver to owner's shops. 2-19 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 3 Concrete 3.1 General This division covers that work necessary for furnishing and installing all concrete as described in these specifications and as shown on the plans. 3.2 Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: 1. Concrete mix design including aggregate gradation and substantiating strength data. 2. Admixture Data 3. Rebar placement shop drawings 4. Precast concrete items 5. Grouts 6. Form Release agent 7. Curing Compound (If allowed) Concrete mix designs shall be submitted to the engineer for approval a minimum of two weeks prior to placing any concrete. The mix design shall include the amounts of cement, fine and coarse aggregate, water and admixtures, as well as the water cement ratio, slump, concrete yield, aggregate gradation, and substantiating strength data in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5. A batch plant inspection may be required, the cost of which shall be paid by the Contractor. Review of mix submittals by the engineer of record indicates only that information presented conforms generally with contract documents. Contractor or supplier maintains full responsibility for specified performance. 3.3 Inspection See Statement of Special Inspections on the Drawings for Special Inspection requirements. All formwork and reinforcing steel must be inspected and approved by the Special Inspector as required by Chapter 17 of the IBC prior to placing any concrete. Concrete placement shall be inspected by the Special Inspector as required by Chapter 17 of the IBC. Provide 48-hour notice to Owner prior to needing the required inspections. Contractor shall meet all permit conditions related to inspections by the Building Official. The contractor shall repair, replace or modify, as appropriate, any deficient items noted in the Special Inspector's or Building Official's inspection. 3.4 Testing Concrete strength tests shall be performed per section 1905.6 of the IBC and per the requirements noted herein. The Owner will provide and pay all costs of concrete testing. 3-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 3 - Concrete Hazen Reservoir The Engineer shall be furnished with copies of all inspection reports and test results. The Contractor will coordinate all concrete testing with the testing agency. Costs will be paid by the Owner. Give the Owner and the testing agency 48 hour notice prior to concrete placement. If Contractor fails to provide the required notice, the Owner may elect to cancel the affected concrete placement. Contractor shall be responsible for costs and delays due to improper notification. If the Contractor schedules a concrete placement and does not notify the Owner and testing agency of a cancellation within 24 hours of the scheduled placement, the Contractor shall pay the testing agency's costs for an unnecessary trip. If the Contractor fails to provide the testing agency with adequate notification and the testing agency cannot attend the concrete placement, Contractor shall reschedule placement. Contractor shall be responsible for all associated delays. The Contractor shall provide all assistance and cooperation necessary to testing personnel to obtain the required concrete tests. Contractor and Owner will have access to testing results as soon as they are available. The testing agency shall take a minimum of four samples for every 50 yards of concrete placed (and a minimum of four per pour); one for a 7 day test, two for 28 day tests, and one for backup testing in case the other two samples do not meet minimum design strength. Additional samples may be taken to verify strength prior to form removal at the Contractor's expense. 3.5 Concrete Materials Concrete shall be mixed, conveyed, and proportioned in accordance with IBC section 1905. The concrete mix shall include the amount of cement, fine and coarse aggregate, including aggregate gradations, water, and admixtures as well as water cement ratio, slump, concrete yield, and sustaining strength data in accordance with these specifications, the requirements of the International Building Code Section 1905, and the requirements of ACI 318. Materials shall conform to the following standards: Cement - ASTM C-150 Coarse aggregate - ASTM C-33 Fine aggregate - ASTM C-33 Admixtures - ASTM C494 Air -entraining admixtures - ASTM C-260 Fly Ash - ASTM C-618 Nominal maximum size for aggregates is the smallest standard sieve opening through which the entire amount of aggregate is permitted to pass. Provide intermediate aggregate grades as required to achieve a well graded mix. Water used in concrete shall be potable. 3-2 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 3 - Concrete Fly ash may be substituted for up to 15% of the required cement. Air content shall be as measured out of the truck. A. Foundation Concrete All concrete as shown on the plans for the reservoir and building foundations. Use water reducers for all concrete. Use super-plasticiers to achieve required slump. 28 day strength - 4000 psi minimum Water/cement ratio - .36 maximum Nominal maximum aggregate size - 1 1/2 inch Combined Grading Limits: Limits shown are for all course aggregates and sand combined. Sieve Combined Grading Limits Sizes 1-1/2" Max. 2" -100 1-1/2" 95 - 100 1" 65 - 85 3/4" 55 -75 1/2" - 3/8" 40 - 55 No. 4 30 - 45 No. 8 23 - 38 No. 16 16 - 30 No. 30 10 - 20 No. 50 4 - 10 No. 100 0-3 No. 200 0-2 Entrained air ratio - 4.5% minimum to 7.0% maximum Slump - Maximum 8 inches, otherwise as desired for placement. B. Concrete for Thrust Blocks, Driveways, Curb and Gutter, and Sidewalks All concrete for non-structural applications including thrust blocks, driveways, and sidewalks. Hydraulic or Other Structural Concrete may be substituted. 28 day strength - 4000 psi minimum Water/cement ratio - .45 maximum Nominal maximum aggregate size - 1/4 inch Entrained air ratio - 5.5% minimum to 7.5% max 3-3 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 3 - Concrete C. Controlled Density Fill (CDF) City of Renton Hazen Reservoir CDF as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer shall be proportioned to be flowable, non -segregating, and excavatable, and shall conform to the following requirements: • Maximum Compressive Strength 300 (psi). • Minimum 28-day compressive strength 100 (psi). • Pounds of cement per cubic yard (approx.) 50. • Pounds of fly ash per cubic yard (approx.) 250. • Pounds of dry aggregate per cubic yard (approx.) 3,200. If air containing or water reducing admixture is used for flowability, total water and aggregates may be adjusted for yield. Weights may be adjusted for flowability and pumpability. Revisions to the mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall protect CDF for at least 24 hours after placement or for as long as necessary to prevent displacement by construction equipment or traffic. CDF placment may be started if weather conditions are favorable, when the temperature is a minimum of 34 ° F and rising. At the time of placement, CDF must have a temperature of at least 40°F. Placing shall stop when the temperature is 38°F or less and falling. CDF shall not be placed on frozen ground. 3.6 Formwork Concrete forms shall be sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of concrete or mortar and shall be properly braced or tied together to maintain desired position and shape until removed. Form construction for surfaces covered with backfill shall be made of steel, plywood, or dressed, matched lumber. Form construction for exposed surfaces shall be made of new plywood or steel without surface markings. Unless otherwise directed, coat contact surface of forms with colorless, non -staining, mineral oil that is free from kerosene, or other approved suitable material, to permit satisfactory removal of forms without concrete damage. Protect all conduit and pipe embedded in concrete in accordance with Section 1906 of the IBC. Forms shall remain in place until the concrete has developed sufficient strength to withstand imposed loads without damage or deflection. Do not allow water to flow through areas where forms are to be placed. During form construction and prior to placement of concrete, keep footings and floor slab areas free of standing water. After form removal, remove all fins and projections and fill all holes and imperfections. Variations from plumb, specified grade, conspicuous lines, and walls shall not exceed plus or minus 1/4- inch in any 10-foot length, and shall not exceed one inch over the 3-4 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 3 - Concrete entire length. Variations from dimensions shall not exceed plus or minus 1/2-inch. Closer tolerances shall be achieved by the Contractor as necessary to accommodate equipment and other permanent materials. 3.7 Reinforcing Steel Reinforcing steel requirements are listed below and detailed in the plans. Grade - ACI A615-81A, Grade 60 Detailing - AC1318-99 and ACI 315-92 Lap requirements - See schedule on plans Tie wire - 16 gauge minimum Reinforcing steel shall be detailed in accordance with ACI 315-92 and 318-95 and as shown on the plans. Lap all reinforcements in accordance with "the reinforcing splice and development length schedule". Provide corner bars at all wall and footing intersections. Bar supports shall conform to "Bar Support Specification," CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, MSP-1-80. Provide Class 1, plastic protected bar supports. Use pre -cast concrete blocks to support bars off ground. Bar supports in water holding and buried structures shall be non-metallic. Reinforcing steel shall be free of rust and loose scale at time of concrete placement. Bars with kinks, improper bends, or reduced cross-section due to any cause will not be used. Bars shall not be field bent. Bars may not be tack -welded or otherwise heated. 3.8 Pre -Cast Concrete All concrete structures identified on the plans as being pre -cast, prefabricated, or not specifically detailed with reinforcing steel shall be pre -cast concrete. Pre -cast concrete manholes shall conform to ASTM C478. The rubber gasket joint shall conform to ASTM C443. Additional reinforcement shall be provided within the pre -cast concrete structure at all penetrations, openings, joints, and connections. The additional reinforcement shall be provided to prevent damage during shipping, handling and installation. All damaged units shall be rejected. Pre -cast vaults shall conform to ACI 318-99 and be constructed to the equivalent dimensions and functional characteristics of the specific product identified on the plans. Pre -cast vaults shall be constructed to withstand anticipated construction loads that occur during transport, handling, and placement as well as the anticipated design loads. Design loads shall include the anticipated soil pressures, hydrostatic loads, and H-20 vehicular load rating. 3-5 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 3 - Concrete 3.9 Cast -In -Place Concrete City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Contractor shall schedule and attend a Concrete Placement meeting at least one week prior to placing concrete. The following shall attend: Owner Engineer Contractor Testing Laboratory Representative Concrete Supplier The following shall be discussed at the meeting: Safety (Contractor's sole responsibility) Batching and Delivery, Adjustments to Mix; Site Dosing Placement Rates and Anticipated Schedule of Placing and Finishing Site Layout -Holding Area; Pump Truck Location; Truck Wash -out Area; Parking area Equipment - Pumps and Appurtenances; Vibrators; Spare Equipment Concrete Testing Procedures Curing Placement shall be in accordance with 2003 IBC, Section 1905. Place no concrete when air temperature is below 40 degrees during the 28-day curing period unless a low temperature concrete mix has been approved by the Owner. Provide adequate equipment for heating materials and protecting concrete during freezing or near freezing weather. Keep materials, reinforcement, forms, and ground in contact with concrete free from frost at time of placement. Heat mixing water as required. Use no materials containing ice. Place no concrete when air temperature exceeds or is expected to exceed 85 degrees during the 28-day curing period unless a high temperature placement plan has been approved, and unless adequate precautions are taken to protect work. Cool ingredients prior to mixing. Flake ice or crushed ice of a size that will melt completely during mixing may be substituted for all or part of water. Cool forms and reinforcing prior to placing concrete. Concrete shall be transported in a truck mixer to the jobsite and discharged within 1.5 hours after cement has been added to water or aggregates. Rejected concrete will be at Contractor's expense. Do not place concrete during rain, sleet, or snow until water and freezing protection is provided. Before beginning placement of concrete, remove hardened concrete and foreign materials from inner surface of mixing and conveying equipment. Before depositing concrete, remove debris from space to be occupied by the concrete. Secure reinforcement in position to prevent movement during concrete placement. 3-6 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 3 -Concrete Handle concrete from mixer, ready -mixed truck, or from transporting vehicle to place of final deposit by methods which prevent separation or loss of ingredients. Under no circumstances shall concrete that has partially hardened be deposited. Place concrete in maximum lifts of 3 feet. Deposit concrete continuously so that no concrete will be deposited on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams and planes of weakness within the section. If a section cannot be placed continuously, locate and reinforce construction joints at points as provided for in the Plans or as approved by the Owner. Maximum concrete drop shall be 5 feet. Consolidate concrete by vibration, supplemented by hand spading, rodding, forking, or tamping. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement, around embedded items, and into corners of forms to eliminate air or rock pockets which may cause honeycombing, pitting, or planes of weakness. Insert and withdraw internal vibrators at points approximately 18 inches in each direction and extend into the lower concrete lifts. At each insertion, the duration shall be sufficient to consolidate the concrete; but not sufficient to cause segregation. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete within forms. Consolidate slabs by utilizing vibrating screeds, roller pipe screeds, internal vibrators, or other approved methods. Have a spare vibrator available at jobsite during concrete placing operations. After form removal, remove all fins and projections, fill all form tie holes, and finish in accordance with the Finish Schedule. Repair all rock pockets and other defective concrete immediately after form removal. Remove all defective concrete to sound concrete. Apply approved bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations prior to placing fresh concrete. At construction joints, thoroughly clean surface of existing concrete to remove laitance. Roughen existing concrete surface to expose aggregate uniformly and apply approved bonding agent to existing concrete in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Prior to placing fresh concrete, dampen joint and coat with grout mixture in accordance with ACI 301, Section 8.5. At patches, repairs, and other areas requiring bonding of new to existing concrete, apply an approved bonding agent to existing concrete in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All concrete shall be water -cured unless approved in advance by the Owner. If approved, curing materials shall conform to ASTM C-171 and liquid membrane - forming compounds shall conform to ASTM C-309. 3.10 Embedded Items Position embedded items accurately, and support against displacement or movement during placement. Fill voids in sleeves, insets, anchor slots, etc., temporarily with readily removable materials to prevent entry of concrete into voids. 3.11 Non -Shrink Grout General Purpose Non -Shrink Grout: General Purpose Non -shrink grout shall meet the compressive strength and nonshrink 3-7 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Spec\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 3 -Concrete City of Renton Hazen Reservoir requirements of CRD-C 621, Grades B and C; Corp or Engineers Specification for Non - shrink grout; and ASTM C 1107, Grades B and C. General Purpose Non -shrink grout shall be Masterflow 713 Plus or Embeco 636 Plus or approved equal. Curing Compounds: As recommended by the grout manufacturer. General: Stockpile grout to prevent contamination from foreign materials and store admixtures to prevent contamination or damage from excess temperature change. Water to be used in mixing the grout shall be potable. Surface Preparation A. Mechanically remove unsound concrete within the limits of the grout placement. B. Remove at least 1/4 in. (6mm) of existing concrete facing and continue removal as required to expose sound aggregate. C. Thoroughly clean the roughened surface of dirt, loose chips, and dust. Maintain substrate in a saturated condition for 24 hours prior to grouting. Surface should saturated surface dry at time of grouting. Metal Preparation A. Clean baseplates and other metal surfaces to be grouted to obtain maximum adhesion. Remove loose rust and scale by grinding or sanding. Formwork A. Comply with grout manufacturer's recommendations for form construction. Construct forms to be liquid tight. Mixing A. Comply with grout manufacturer's recommendations for mixing procedures. B. Adjust water temperature to keep mixed grout temperature in the range of 45' F (7° C) and 90' F (32' C) minimum/maximum. 1. Use cold or iced water to extend working time in hot weather or in large placements. 2. Use warm water in cold conditions to achieve minimum as mixed temperatures. Installation A. Place grout mixture into prepared areas from one side to the other. Avoid placing grout from opposite sides in order to prevent voids. Work material firmly into the bottom and sides to assure good bond and to eliminate voids. B. Ensure that foundation and baseplate are within maximum/minimum placement temperatures. Shade foundation from summer sunlight under hot conditions. Warm foundation when foundation temperature is below 45 ° F (7 ° C). 3-8 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Curing Spring 2007 Division 3 - Concrete Wet cure exposed shoulders for 48 hours followed by two coats of curing compound for best results. The minimal requirement is to wet cure until grout has reached final set, followed by two coats of curing compounds. 3.12 Concrete Finishing Do not place concrete which requires finishing until the materials, tools, and labor necessary for finishing the wet concrete are on the job and acceptable to the Owner. Cut out and patch defects in concrete surfaces as specified herein. After removal of forms, chip out imperfections, rock pockets, holes from form ties, and other defects to solid concrete. Surface of the cavity to be patched shall be thoroughly wet before patching mixture is applied. Where pull-out type ties are used, fill holes as recommended by manufacturer of ties, and as approved by the Owner. The finish schedule is shown below: Foundation (exterior) - Ordinary Wall Foundation Slab - Monolithic Finish Each concrete area that requires finishing shall conform to one of the following requirements: A. Ordinary Wall Finish Ordinary Wall Finish requires the use of like -new forms and linings that will produce a uniform surface. After points have set sufficiently, grind or fill form marks and pointings to give a smooth surface even with flat wall surface. Fill all air holes greater than 1/4-inch with 1:2 mortar floated to an even, uniform finish. B. Monolithic Finish Finish by screeding and floating with straight edges to bring surfaces to required elevation shown on the Plans. While concrete is still green, but sufficiently hardened to bear the finisher's weight without 1/8" imprint, float it to a true, even plane with no coarse aggregate visible. Use sufficient pressure on floats to bring moisture to surface. After surface moisture has disappeared, hand trowel concrete to produce a smooth, impervious surface, free from trowel marks. Give additional trowelling to surface for the purpose of burnishing. Do not use dry cement or additional water in trowelling. 3-9 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 4 Masonry Not Used This Contract 4-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20.08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc Division 5 Fabricated Metalwork and Structural Plastics 5.1 General All work associated with the tank, tank appurtenances and anchorage is covered under Division 13, except where Division 5 is specifically referenced therein. 5.2 Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: 1. Shop Drawings showing details of Fabricated Metalwork including connections and welding 2. FRP Data Sheets verifying specification Requirements Concrete Anchors. 5.3 Quality Assurance Only prequalified welds (as defined by AWS) shall be used. Fabricator shall be registered and approved to perform shop fabrication without special inspection. Submit certificate of compliance to the Owner at the completion of fabrication. Owner will forward this to the Building Official. If fabricator is not registered and approved, or the certificate of compliance is not received, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for all Special Inspections required by the IBC on shop fabricated items. The Contractor shall also reimburse the Owner for all Special Inspections required by the IBC for field welding not specifically shown on the plans. Contractor shall alert Owner at least 30 calendar days in advance if such Special Inspections will be required in order to procure the services of a testing lab. Special Inspection by the Owner does not relieve the contractor of responsibility of performing his own inspections and testing to ensure that all items are properly constructed. Specific special inspections related to metal fabrications, placement and welding shall be subject to 48-hour notice to the Engineer prior to the inspection time. 48-hour notice is defined in Division 1, Contractor Responsibility. 5.4 Contractor or Manufacturer Designed Components - Requirements Design of Contractor- or Manufacturer -designed components or assemblies shall meet the specific component requirements as provided here -in, as well as all applicable state and federal codes. Design shall include gravity loads and seismic loads in accordance with Section 1621 of the IBC. Design criteria shall be as provided herein for components, and as provided on the plans. Contractor -designed components and assemblies shall be shop welded and field bolted if possible. Field welding will NOT be allowed unless specifically shown, or there is no reasonable alternative. 5-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 5 - Metals 5.5 Seismic Restraint and Anchorage - General City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Contractor shall furnish seismic restraint to all components of the project. Seismic restraint shall be designed to meet ASCE 7, Chapter 15 requirements. The following design values shall be used in calculating seismic forces: S1 = 0.466 Sds = 0.801 Sd1= 0.377 I = 1.5 A complete seismic restraint system shall be provided including struts, straps, bolts, nuts, washers, etc. as required for securely attaching component systems to ceilings, walls, equipment pads, floors, and/or walls. Contractor shall install restraints in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements as applicable. Seismic restraint systems shall be designed so as not to interfere with normal operations and maintenance of the equipment and other components as shown on the plans. All materials and fabrication shall be as required in these specifications. Drilled -in anchors for non -rotating equipment shall be concrete anchors unless otherwise specified. Contractor shall submit calculations showing that the seismic restraint assembly meets the design criteria given above. Contractor shall submit this information to the Engineer for review prior to fabrication and installation. 5.6 Structural Steel Structural steel shall conform to the following requirements: Plates, shapes, angles, rods - ASTM A36, FY >_ 36 ksi Special Shapes, Plates - ASTM A572, Fy >_ 50 ksi Pipe Columns - ASTM A53, Grade B Type E or S, Fy >_ 35 ksi Structural Tubing - ASTM A500, Grade B, Fy >_ 46 ksi Finish - Mill finish 5.7 Galvanized Steel Base metal shall be as specified for Mild Steel. Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A 924/A 924M. For pieces that will NOT be painted, galvanize with zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A 653/A 653M For pieces that WILL be painted, galvanneal with zinc/10% iron coating in accordance with ASTM A 653/A 653M 5.8 Stainless Steel Stainless steel shall be type 304 (non -welded) or type 304L (welded). All stainless steel shall have a standard mill finish where concealed or No. 4 finish where exposed and shall be cleaned of all foreign matter before delivery to the job site. 5-2 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 5 -Metals Plates - ASTM A240 Fasteners - ASTM F593 Extruded Structural Shapes - ASTM A276 Pipe - ASTM A240 (larger than 6" diameter); ASTM A312 (6" diameter and smaller) 5.9 Aluminum Aluminum materials in contact with concrete or other metals or other masonry materials shall have surfaces coated per Division 9. Plates - ASTM B209, Type 6061-T6 Extruded Shapes - ASTM B308, Type 6061-T6 Pipe - ASTM B210 Type 6061 Architectural Applications - ASTM B210, Type 6063 5.10 Structural Connectors All materials to be joined together shall be connected as shown on the plans, specifications, as recommended by the manufacturer, or as required by standard industry practices if not otherwise specified. Under no circumstances shall the fasteners be of lesser strength or higher corrosive potential than the materials being connected. Connection bolts, nuts and washers for all materials in wet conditions including process rooms shall be Stainless Steel. Minimum grade 304 in raw domestic or treated domestic water. Minimum grade 316 in treatment process and sewage applications. Minimum grade 317 for acidic transport. Bolts and nuts shall meet ASTM F593 and F594. Steel Fabrications: Connection bolts for dry conditions may be A307 galvanized bolts. Aluminum and Structural Plastic Fabrications: Connection bolts shall be Stainless Steel. Bolts into concrete and CMU shall be Concrete Anchors as specified herein. For mechanical pipe (non structural) connections, see Division 15, Mechanical, "Mechanical Pipe and Related Equipment Joining". 5.11 Concrete Anchors Concrete Anchors shall be Hilti HY-150 Adhesive Anchors. Install in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. Special Inspection in accordance with IBC, Section 17, must be provided. Concrete anchors shall not be used to resist tension or fatigue loading without Owner's evaluation and approval. Use threaded rod or reinforcing bar as shown on the drawing, and meeting Manufacturer's recommendations. Threaded rod shall be SST in exterior and wet conditions. Provide minimum embedment as shown. Holes shall be drilled with carbide -tipped drill bit. Holes shall be cleaned of dust and debris. Adhesive shall be inserted with a mixing nozzle. 5-3 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 5 -Metals 5.12 Fabrication City of Renton Hazen Reservoir All welding shall be in accordance with AISC and American Welding Society (AWS) standards and shall be performed by Washington Association of Building Officials (WABO) certified welders using electrodes to match base material. All shop welds shall be ground smooth. Any shop paint on metal surfaces adjacent to joints to be field welded shall be wire brushed to remove the paint film prior to welding. Where steel items to be welded are galvanized, galvanizing must first be removed by grinding with a silicon carbide wheel, by grit blasting or by sand blasting. All steel fabrications shall be surface prepped, shop primed and field coated in accordance with Division 9 unless otherwise called -out. Shop priming shall be protected as required to prevent damage to the coating during shipping. Hold back shop priming from areas to be field welded. 5.13 Installation Fabrications shall be installed as shown on the approved shop drawings. All members shall be accurately located and erected plumb and level. Metal fabrications shall be installed or erected as based on the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings", latest edition, plus all referenced code requirements. Temporary bracing, such as temporary guys, braces, false -work, cribbing, or other elements, shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the "Code of Standard Practice", wherever necessary to accommodate all loads to which the structure may be subjected, including construction loads. Such bracing shall be left in place as long as may be required for safety. As erection progresses, the work shall be securely bolted or welded to compensate for all loads during construction. No permanent bolting or welding shall be performed until the structure has been properly aligned. Contractor -designed components and assemblies shall be shop welded and field bolted if possible. Field welding will only be allowed if there is no reasonable alternative. All field welds shall be ground smooth. Any shop paint on metal surfaces adjacent to joints to be field welded shall be wire brushed to remove the paint film prior to welding. 5.14 Ladders - General Ladders shall meet the requirements set forth in OSHA 1910.27 and WAC (Washington Administrative Code) 296-24-735 through 296-24-81011. The ladder shall also be capable of supporting a concentrated vertical load of 300 pounds applied at the mid - span of the rung. Ladders shall be shop assembled, pre -drilled and prepared for field attachment of 5-4 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir standoff clips, or as otherwise shown. Spring 2007 Division 5 -Metals 5-5 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technica(s.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 6 Carpenty Not Used This Contract 6-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:08 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection Not Used This Contract 7-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20.09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 8 Doors and Windows Not Used This Contract 8-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc Division 9 Finishes 9.1 General This division covers that work necessary for providing all materials, equipment, and labor to coat all items in accordance with these specifications. Coating shall be done strictly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. The dry film thickness listed in the "Materials" section of this Division must be met, regardless of the applied film thickness or number of coats. Carefully observe all safety precautions stated in the manufacturer's printed instructions. Provide adequate ventilation and lighting at all times. Bring all materials to the job site in the original sealed and labeled containers of the paint manufacturer. Materials shall be subject to inspection by the Owner. In addition, provide one unbroken gallon container of each type and color of paint and each type of solvent and thinner used. Store paint supplies as recommended by the manufacturer and as approved by the Owner. All finishes potentially in contact with potable water shall be National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) Standards 60/61 certified for the specific use; tanks, pipes and valves for contact with potable water. Certification from the NSF shall be supplied in writing at the time of the submittal process for Finishes. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all finishes used on the project are compliant with primary and secondary standards of the Safe Drinking Water Act. Any violation shall be remedied at the Contractor's expense. 9.2 Submittals Before beginning any painting or coating, submit a list of coatings and manufacturers intended for use for review by the Owner. Include the application each coating is intended for, any surface preparation, number of coats, method of application, and coating thickness. Provide Material Safety Data Sheets for all materials to be used including solvents. Provide NSF certification for all finishes in potential contact with potable water. Submit this information in accordance with the requirements regarding shop drawings included herein. Provide owner with schedule of coating operations and inspection timing. Coating inspections will be scheduled based upon contractor - provided schedule, update schedule weekly or as necessary. 9.3 Surface Preparation and Application Prepare surfaces in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the coating to be applied to the surface, or the surface preparation requirements of these specifications, whichever are stricter. Coatings shall only be applied during weather meeting the recommendations of the coating manufacturer. Air and surface temperatures shall be within limits prescribed by 9-1 J:\dat2\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20.09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 9 - Finishes Hazen Reservoir the manufacturer for the coating being applied, and work areas shall be reasonably free of airborne dust at the time of application and while coating is drying. Materials shall be mixed, thinned and applied according to the manufacturer's printed instructions. A. Shop and Field Coating Application Documentation For each working day of shop and field coating application the contractor shall provide: Report at least 2 days ahead of time to the owner and coating inspector when shop and field surface preparation and coating application will be completed. The owner and coating inspector shall be allowed to review and inspect surface preparation at any time. Manufacturer's written requirements for surface preparation and coating application environment. Date, time, air and surface temperature, relative humidity and weather conditions at start and end of coating application. Items surface prepared and/or coated including location on finished structure and parts (example - 3rd rung of interior wall of reservoir, west to north quadrant). Signature of applicator certifying work was completed within manufacturer's written requirements for surface preparation and coating. B. Relationship between Owner, Coating Inspector, Coating Applicator and Shop Applicator The prime contractor shall be completely responsible for coating quality. If coating inspector finds defects requiring further testing or blasting and recoating a meeting shall be held by all involved parties to come to a complete resolution as to the cause of the defect. All such remedies to repair defects shall be paid for by the contractor. If prime contractor does not agree with coating inspector's recommendations (i.e. there is no defect) they may hire a second coating inspector at contractor's expense to review the work. If second coating inspector agrees with first, the decision is final. If there is disagreement, a third coating inspector shall be hired and paid for at split 50% cost between prime contractor and owner and that decision shall be final and all such remedies to defects shall be paid for by the contractor. C. Environmental Protections Contractor shall take any and all measures necessary to prevent over -spray of structures and/or components in the field. Should over -spray occur, the contractor is responsible for all costs associated with any damage that occurs as a result of over -spray. Contractor shall supply full containment of any blasting of structures and/or components in the field as required by local clean air agencies such as the Puget Sound Clean Air Agency. 9-2 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 9 - Finishes 9.4 Applicator's Quality Assurance Contractor shall be responsible for quality assurance including the retention of a coating applicator with experience necessary to complete the work as specified within this Division. Applicator's personnel shall be adequately trained for application of specified coatings. Applicator must prove adequate experience with the coatings specified for this project. At the discretion of the Owner, the applicator shall be approved to complete the coatings portion of the work. Submit list of a minimum of 5 completed projects of similar size and complexity to this project during the submittal process. Include for each project: 1. Project name and location. 2. Name of owner. 3. Name of contractor. 4. Name of engineer. 5. Name of coating manufacturer. 6. Approximate area of coatings applied. 7. Date of completion. 9.5 Waste Products The contractor shall be responsible for the collection, containment, transportation, and disposal of all waste products generated for this project. At least 10 days prior to starting any surface preparation activities, submit a waste handling plan to the Engineer for review and approval. This plan shall outline the wastes generation expected, the collection and containment methods, transportation methods, and disposal procedures. Information required in the plan includes, but is not limited to, surface preparation methods, surface preparation materials (i.e., types of abrasives, collection and containment methods for paint chips, spent abrasive materials, waste characterization procedures, and proposed transportation methods). Provide a copy of the hazardous or dangerous waste manifests for any wastes designated as being or containing hazardous or dangerous constituents in accordance with the applicable federal, state, and local regulations, including, but not limited to, 40 CFR 261 and 262 and WAC 173-303-070. In addition, provide a certification(s) of acceptance from all disposal sites to which any waste materials have been transported. The Owner will have the right to approve or disapprove of the transportation and disposal methods and the disposal site selected by the Contractor. Make arrangements for disposal, subject to submission of proof that the Owner(s) of the proposed site(s) has a valid fill permit issued by the appropriate governmental agency. Submit intended haul route plan, including a map of the proposed route(s). Provide watertight conveyance for liquids, semi -liquids, or saturated solids that tend to bleed during transport. 9-3 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 9 - Finishes Hazen Reservoir Cleaning and disposal shall comply with all federal, state, and local pollution control laws. Provide acceptable containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. The Contractor is responsible for repairing any damage due to overspray. 9.6 Substitutions Substitutions of the coatings of other manufacturers shall be considered only if equivalent systems of coatings can be provided and only if a record of satisfactory experience with the system in equivalent applications is available. 9.7 Coating Quality The paint and paint products of Tnemec, 3M and Valmont, mentioned in these specifications, are intended as a standard of quality. Substitutions may be considered but must be approved by Engineer. Offers for substitutions will not be considered which decrease film thickness, solids by volume or the number of coats to be applied or which propose a change from the generic type of coating specified herein. All substitutions shall include complete test reports to prove compliance with specified performance criteria. Paint application shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions except that coating thickness specified herein shall govern. Finished coating on all items shall be clean, undamaged and of uniform thickness and color. Scratched, chipped or otherwise damaged coatings, including factory coatings, shall be repaired before final acceptance will be given. 9.8 Color Items of similar purpose shall be painted the same color. If items come from the factory with a shop applied coating that does not match said color, they shall be field coated to match. 9.9 Coating and Color Schedule The following schedule shows exposed colors and referenced coating specification sections. Refer also to the specification sections for individual items or work that are required in addition to this schedule. For example: interior coating for pipes, tanks and valves. FINISH SCHEDULE SPEC DIVISION COLOR RESERVOIR INTERIOR 9.10 (J) WHITE RESERVOIR EXTERIOR 9.10 (J) BLUE (City to Provide Color) WATER PIPES IN VAULTS 9.10 (I) Blue INTERIOR CONCRETE VAULTS 9.10 ( H) White 94 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir 9.10 Materials Spring 2007 Division 9 - Finishes A. Aluminum and Stainless Steel Items Do not coat aluminum or stainless steel items unless specifically directed otherwise below or as shown on the plans. B. Metals (Wet Interior Conditions/Non-Submerged) Surface preparation: SP10 Near White Blast. Surface profile shall be 2.0 mils, minimum. Primer: Tnemec Series 394 Perimeter Prime 2.5 to 3.5 Mil DFT Intermediate: Tnemec Series N69 Epoxoline II 6 to 8 Mil DFT Finish: Tnemec Series N69 Epoxoline II 6 to 8 Mil DFT C. Metals Exterior (Wet Conditions) Surface Preparation: SP 6 Commercial Blast Primer: Tnemec Series 394 Perimeter Prime 2.5 to 3.5 Mil DFT Finish: Tnemec Series 73 EnduraShield 3 to 5 mils DFT D. Metals Interior (Dry Conditions) Surface preparation SSPC-SP-6 (commercial blast) Primer: Tnemec Series 394 Perimeter Prime 2.5 to 3.5 mil DFT Finish: Tnemec Series N69 Epoxoline II 4 to 6 mil DFT E. Mild Steel and Iron In Contact With Drinking Water Surface preparation Ferrous Metal - SP-10 Near White Blast Ductile Iron - SP-10 Gray White Blast Primer Coat Tnemec Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus 6 to 8 mil DFT Finish Coat Tnemec Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus 9-5 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 9 - Finishes 6 to 8 mil DFT F. Stainless Steel In Contact With Drinking Water Surface preparation Sweep blast to provide surface profile of 1-2 mils. Primer Coat Tnemec Series 20-FC20 Pota-Pox City of Renton Hazen Reservoir 4 to 6 mil DFT Finish Coat Tnemec Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus or Tnemec Series 141 Potapox 80 6 to 8 mil DFT G. Galvanized Iron and Non Ferrous Metal (non -immersion) Surface Preparation - SP1 Solvent clean. Drain pipe prior to painting Two coats Tnemec Series 30 Spra-Saf 2 to 4 mil DFT each coat H. Concrete Vault Interior Concrete Coat interior concrete floors, walls, ceiling, equipment, and housekeeping pads. Surface Preparation: Allow 28 days cure time for concrete, or until passing the ASTM D 4263 Plastic Mat Test. Surface shall be clean, dry, and free of contaminants. Primer: Tnemec Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline Applied at 4.0 to 6.0 mils dry film thickness (DFT) Finish: Tnemec Series 73 Endura Shield III Applied at 3.0 to 5.0 mils dry film thickness Exterior Concrete (Below Grade) Surface Preparation - SP-7 Sweep Blast (Blue Gray) One coat Tnemec Series 46H-413 Hi -Build Tnemec-Tar Applied at 16-20 mils DFT I. Ductile Iron Pipe (Exposed) Pipe shall be emptied of water for a minimum of 12 hours prior to surface preparation and painting. Pipe shall not be filled with water until coating is dry. Non -submerged pipe surface preparation SSPC-SP-6 (commercial blast). 9-6 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 9 - Finishes Submerged pipe surface preparation SSPC-SP-10 (white blast). One coat Tnemec Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline. 3 to 5 mil DFT One Coat Tnemec Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 3 to 5 mil DFT J. New Welded Steel Reservoir Materials shall be mixed, thinned, and applied according to the manufacturer's printed instructions. Prepare surface and touch up welds, burned and abraded areas on shop primed steel with specified primer before applying field coats. Allow each coat to dry thoroughly before applying next coat. Provide adequate ventilation for tank interior to carry off solvents during dry phase. Allow a minimum of seven days at 70 degrees Fahrenheit curing or pass ASTM D 5402- 93 test for assessing the solvent resistance of organic coatings using solvent rubs, after application of final coat to tank interior before flushing, sterilizing, or filling with water. Surface Preparation (shop) Interior Metal Surfaces All surfaces shall be sandblasted in strict accordance with SSPC-SP10 Near White Blast Cleaning. Exterior Metal Surfaces All surfaces shall be sandblasted in strict accordance with SSPC SP-10 Near White Blast Cleaning. Coating System (shop) Interior Hold back coatings within 2 to 4 inches of edges or ends to be welded. Feather primer and paint out as required for a smooth finished product. Prime all prepared surfaces with one coat of Tnemec Series 91H2O at 2.5 Mils to 3.5 Mils dry film thickness. Exterior, including anchor chairs and bolts, band rails, ladders/stairs, painter's rail components: Prime all prepared surfaces with one coat Tnemec Series 91 H2O at 2.5 to 3.5 mils dry film thickness. Surface Preparation (field) Interior Metal Surfaces All welded and abraded areas shall receive a blast cleaning in accordance with SSPC- 9-7 ):\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 9 - Finishes City of Renton Hazen Reservoir SP10 Near White Blast Cleaning. Remove all surface contaminants to areas previously shop primed. Exterior Metal Surfaces All welded and abraded areas shall receive a blast cleaning in accordance with SSPC- SP10 Near White Blast Cleaning. Remove all surface contaminants to areas previously shop primed. Coating System (Feld) Interior Coating Prime all prepared welded and abraded areas with Tnemec Series 911-12O. 2.5 to 3.5 mil DFT Finish Coat Tnemec Series 141 PotaPox 80 10 to 12 mil DFT NOTE: During application of either prime or finish coats, brush all welds seams with freshly sprayed paint. Minimum total dry film thickness shall be 12.5 mils. Exterior Coating One coat Tnemec Series 90-97 2.5 - 3.5 mils DFT One coat Tnemec Series 66/161 Hi -Build Epoxoline 4 to 6 mils DFT One coat Tnemec Series 73 Endura Shield III 3 to 5 Mil DFT NOTE: Minimum total dry film thickness shall be 9.5 mils. Performance Criteria Submit criteria and certification of coatings to the Engineer for approval. Interior A. Galvanic Protection: Method: Primer applied to SSPC SP10 Near White Blast Clean hot rolled carbon steel. Requirement: The average measured potential of primer is -878 millavolts. B. Adhesion: Method: ASTM 4541 Elcometer II Adhesion tester Requirement: Not less than 1,516 pounds per square inch pull, average of three trials. C. Prohiesion Method: TTM-80 Prohiesion Cabinet Testing. Requirement: No blistering, cracking, rusting or delamination of film. No more than 9-8 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 9 - Finishes 1/64" creepage at scribe after 15,000 hours. Exterior A. Abrasion: Method: Fed. Test Method Std. No. 141, Method 6192, CS-17 Wheel, 1000 grams load. Requirement: No more than 95 milligrams loss after 1000 cycles. B. Adhesion: Method: ASTM 4541 Elcometer II Adhesion tester Requirement: Not less than 1,516 pounds per square inch pull, average of three trials. C. Graffiti Resistance Method: The following graffiti materials applied to coating and allowed to dry for seven days: acrylic epoxy -ester and alkyd spray paints, ballpoint ink, crayon, Markett marker, black shoe polish and lipstick. Removal first attempted with xylene, if graffiti remained then Methyl Ethyl Ketone was used. Requirements: Complete and easy removal without loss of shine. Interior Coating Certification Coating manufacturer shall submit certified documentation that interior coating in contact with potable water has been certified with the National Sanitation Foundation Standard No. 61. Soak Test A soak test shall be performed to check the level of chemical contaminants in the field. Following a 48-hour soaking period, the water in the reservoir shall be sampled to determine the level of any leached chemicals. Samples of the water shall be analyzed by a laboratory certified by the State Department of Health. Cost of initial test shall be borne by the Owner. A report of the test results shall be sent to the Department of Health regional office for evaluation and approval before delivering water from the reservoir. Re -testing shall be required when contamination exceeding the minimum detection level is found. The soaking period shall imitate actual operating conditions. Therefore, in some cases, longer or shorter soaking periods may be specified, depending upon an evaluation of field conditions encountered. The Contractor shall pay for the water wasted due to soak test failure. Labor, expenses and laboratory certification for soak re -test shall be borne by the Contractor. 9.11 Inspection J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 9 - Finishes City of Renton Hazen Reservoir The Owner shall inspect and approve all surface preparations prior to application of any coating. Provide 24-hour notice prior to surface inspection needs. For metals exposed to exterior atmospheric conditions, first coat of paint or primer must be placed within four (4) hours of passing inspection. Bare steel must be reblasted and reinspected if not successfully coated within this four hour time frame, at the Contractor's expense. Use the Pictorial Surface Preparation Standards for Painting Steel Surfaces (VIS-1) by the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) as a visual standard for inspection of surface preparation of metal surfaces. Each coat shall be inspected prior to application of the next coat. Areas found to contain runs, overspray, roughness, streaks, laps, sags, or other signs of improper application shall be repaired or recoated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Finish coats shall be uniform in color and sheen. Surface preparations and coatings not inspected and approved by owner will be uncovered for inspection and approval at no additional cost to the owner. The completed coating shall produce a minimum dry film thickness in accordance with the specifications as determined by the microtest thickness gauge or comparable instrument. In areas where this thickness is not developed, sufficient additional coats shall be applied to produce it. Contractor shall inspect the completed coating on metal surfaces in the presence of the Owner for pinholes and holidays with a tinker and rasor or other low voltage (under 100 volts) holiday detector. Areas found to contain pinholes shall be repaired or recoated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Provide 72-hour notice to owner prior to performing test. 9.12 Field Quality Control A technical representative from the painting manufacturer shall review the completed finish work on site. Any defects found by the paint manufacturer's technical representative or the owner's representative shall be repaired to their satisfaction at contractor's expense. Manufacturer technical representative shall provide a written report that includes the following: 1. Verify coatings and other materials are as specified. 2. Verify surface preparation and application are as specified. 3. Verify DFT of each coat and total DFT of each coating system are as specified using wet film. 4. Note defects that would adversely affect performance or appearance of coating systems. 5. Describe inspections made and actions taken to correct nonconforming work. 9-10 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir 6. Report nonconforming work not corrected. 7. Submit copies of report to Engineer and Contractor. 9.13 Compatibility of Coating Spring 2007 Division 9 - Finishes The Contractor shall be responsible for compatibility of all paint products. 9.14 Acceptance Acceptance of the completed coatings shall be based on the proper application and proper preparation of the coated surfaces, and a finished product that does not contain runs, drips, surface irregularities, overspray, color variations, scratches, pinholes, holidays, and other surface signs that detract from the overall appearance of the finished project. 9.15 Warranty 1. Steel Reservoir Coating System provided under this contract shall be warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of five years after date of project acceptance. 2. A Technical Representative from the Coating Manufacturer shall visit the project site and approve each of the following in writing as part of the requirements of this warranty; ❑ following surface preparation, ❑ during coating application, and ❑ following coating application completion. The Manufacturer's Technical Representative shall inspect the surface and coatings and inform the Owner of any defects or concerns regarding condition of surface preparation or coating system at the job site. The Coating Applicator shall repair any defects to the Coating Manufacturer Technical Representative's satisfaction at Coating Applicator's expense. The finished painting system shall be free of flaking, peeling, bubbling, cracking, permanent discoloration or other physical defect in the work for the warranty period. The Coating Applicator and Coating Manufacturer shall provide, at no additional cost to the Owner, an inspection of the tank in the twenty-third (23rd) month of the warranty period. Any defects identified by the Owner, Applicator or Paint Manufacturer's Technical Representative that was caused by Coating Applicator error, shall be repaired by the Coating Applicator in a manner acceptable to the Owner and Coating Manufacturer's Technical Representative at no additional cost to the Owner. 9-11 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 10 Specialties 10.1 General This division covers that work necessary for fabricating and installing all furnishings and accessories as described in these specifications and as shown on the Plans. 10.2 Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: 1. Fire Extinguishers 2. First Aid Kit 3. Horizontal Lifeline 10.3 Fire Extinguisher Provide portable, wall -mounted, 10-pound, dry -chemical fire extinguisher for each location as shown on the Plans. Install extinguisher no higher than 5-feet above floor and in accordance with applicable codes. Extinguisher shall be listed and approved by Underwriters Laboratories. The fire extinguisher shall contain a dry chemical agent which is effective in extinguishing Class A, B, and C fires (tri-class), and shall be rated 2A10BC or equal. 10.4 First Aid Kit Provide first aid kits at the locations shown on the Plans with the following items minimum: 2 packages adhesive bandages, 1 inch (16 per package) 1 package scissors and tweezers (1 per package 1 package bandage compress, 4 inch (1 per package) 1 package antiseptic soap or pads (5 per package) 1 package triangular bandage, 1 inch (1 per package) 1 package iodine swabs 1 package iodine swabs (10 per package) 1 package ammonia inhalants (10 per package) 1 package bandage compress, 2 inch (4 per package) Contain kit in a dust -proof, weatherproof, moisture -proof, 20-gauge steel cabinet with gasketed lid. Steel finish shall be baked enamel. Provide cabinet with wall mounting brackets. Cabinet cover shall fold down to provide a shelf, and shall be attached to cabinet by a continuous piano -type hinge. Border shall be red with white body, red lettering, cross and arrow. The kit shall have reorder information clearly marked on it. 10-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 10 - Specialties Hazen Reservoir 10.5 Horizontal Lifeline Provide and install horizontal lifelines as described in the specifications and identified on the plans. Horizontal lifelines shall be 5/16" minimum diameter stainless steel cable with a vinyl covering to prevent tank abrasion, and a double -locking snap at each end. Full lifeline, including attachment hardware, must be rated and certified for a 5,000 LB tensile impact load in accordance with WAC 296-155-24. Horizontal lifelines to be left in place on tanks. Length shall be set in order to prevent access beyond edge of tank roof. Contractor shall field verify lifeline length to meet these requirements. 10.6 Lifeline Attachment Eyebolt Provide and install a stainless steel eyebolt and fastening system to the reservoir access platform handrail that must be rated and certified for a 5,000 LB tensile impact load in accordance with WAC 296-155-24. Location of the eyebolt is as shown on the plans. 10-2 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 11 Equipment Not Used This Contract ):\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 12 Furnishings Not Used This Contract 12-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 13 Special Construction 13.1 RH2 Engineering Designed Welded Steel Water Tank A. Design Criteria The tank was designed to meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA D100-05 and all applicable requirements of the most recently adopted version of the International Building Codes B. Shop Drawings Shop Drawings must be submitted to the owner for review and approval prior to fabrication. Shop drawings shall clearly indicate all shop and field fabrication, sequences, and erection details. Alternative details will not be allowed except contractor shall submit alternative details as required to stabilize the tank during construction, for construction loads, or as otherwise required to facilitate construction or tank painting. Weld procedure specifications and welder qualifications shall be submitted for review and acceptance prior to any field welding. C. Materials Reservoir Bottom, Shell and Roof Plates; Miscellaneous Plate As shown on the drawings. If not otherwise shown use ASTM A36. Structural Shapes ASTM A572 G.50; Fy 50 KSI Foundation Holdown Rods ASTM A354, GR BD; Fy 130 KSI Pipes ASTM A53, GR B; Fy 35 KSI Grating As shown on the drawings. D. Construction Welding, Shop fabrication, and Erection shall be in accordance with AWWA D100-05. All joints shall be fully seal welded, including the underside of the roof, all platform and anchorage attachments. Shell tolerances will not be waived, regardless of the structural adequacy of the shell. Coatings and surface preparation shall be in accordance with specification Division 9. The reservoir shall be disinfected as noted in Division 1 in these specifications. E. Inspections and Testing 13-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 13 - Special Construction City of Renton Hazen Reservoir The Engineer shall be furnished with copies of all inspection reports and test results for tests performed by the contractor or the contractor's testing agency. The following inspections must be performed: Mill Testing Test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval prior to fabrication. Shop Inspection See Special Inspection Below. Shop Painting and Paint Preparation To be performed by a Certified Paint Manufacturer's Technical Representative employed by the Paint Manufacturer approved by the Owner. All test results shall be approved by the Paint Manufacturer's Representative in writing (with Copy sent to the Engineer for review) prior to shop painting and field painting. Foundation Excavation, Surface Preparation, Completion To be performed by a representative of the Owner at the Owner's expense. Foundation reinforcing and concrete pour To be performed by a representative of the Owner at the Owner's expense. Weld Inspection and Testing Inspection and Testing of all welding shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with AWWA D100-05 Section 11, except as specifically noted. The Owner will provide Special Inspection in accordance with IBC Section 1704. The Special Inspector will also provide visual inspections per AWWA D100-05, Section 11.4.2 and measurement and documentation of shell imperfections per Section 11.4.3. The Special Inspector shall have prior tank inspection experience and shall be a certified welding inspector (CWI) in accordance with the provisions of AWS QC1. Special Inspection will be continuous. Contractor shall provide all radiographic, ultrasonic and air carbon arc gouging testing as required by AWWA D100-05. Locations of tests shall be approved by the Special Inspector. The Contractor may provide their own visual inspection if desired. The Contractor shall provide quality control documentation per IBC Section 1704.2 for verification by the Special Inspector. The Contractor shall provide all testing results regardless of type to the Special Inspector for review. The Special Inspector shall review all the tests and provide reports in accordance with IBC 1704.1.2 and in accordance with AWWA D100-05 Section 11.2. The radiographs and inspection records shall be delivered to the Owner after acceptance of the structure. 13-2 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 13 - Special Construction 1. Water Tightness To be performed by a representative of the Owner at the Owner's expense. A leakage test of the completed tank installation will be performed by the Owner. There shall be no acceptable leakage rate of the tank specified herein. Any water appearing at the tank seams, bolts, foundation/wall junction, appurtenances, or under the foundation shall not be accepted. If any leak, running water, wet spots, etc., appear within the warranty period, the contractor shall be responsible for correcting any and all leaks or defects. 2. Bacteriological testing To be performed by a representative of the Owner at the Owner's expense. The Owner will provide water for the initial testing of the tank delivered through the tank inlet piping at no cost to the Contractor. The Contractor will coordinate with the owner on the filling and bacteriological testing of the tank after disinfection has been accepted. (See Section 9 for soak test requirements.) 13.2 Pre -Cast Concrete Above Grade Utility Building A. Description The work includes the construction and placing of all precast above grade concrete utility buildings as shown on the plans. The precast concrete utility building shall be manufactured by CXT Incorporated or an approved equal. Manufacturer must have a minimum of three years of experience producing precast concrete utility buildings and provide a list of a minimum of five sites where said buildings are and a list of a minimum of five references. The precast concrete building shall be designed and stamped by a licensed engineer registered in the state of Washington. Three sets of calculations including shop drawings for the precast concrete utility building shall be submitted to the Engineer. Product information for all components shall also be provided. Minimum design criteria: Design in accordance with the 2003 IBC Snow Load: 25 psf Basic Wind Speed(3-second gust):: 85 mph Wind Exposure: C Seismic Use Group: .......................... III (Essential Facility) Sds and Shc:......................................0.801 and0.377 Site Class: .......................................... C Maximum Static Bearing Capacity: 2,000 PSF Maximum Seismic Bearing Capacity: 2,660 PSF 13-3 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 13 - Special Construction City of Renton Hazen Reservoir B. Materials Concrete Concrete shall be in accordance with Div 3. Mix design shall be as required by the Building supplier. Concrete Color 1. Color shall be chosen by the Owner. Submit color samples with shop drawings. A 12"X12"Xl" color sample for color option chosen shall be available for final Owner approval. 2. Color additive shall conform to ASTM C979. The following items will contain colored concrete: a. Building walls and roofing b. The same brand and type of color additive will be used throughout the manufacturing process. c. All ingredients shall be weighed and the mixing operation will be adequate to ensure uniform dispersion of the color. Sealers and Curing Compounds 3. Curing compounds shall be colorless, complying with ASTM C309, Type I or 1-D. 4. Weatherproofing sealer for exterior of building shall be a clear, non -gloss, colorless silicone based sealer with mineral oil carrier. Submit compound with shop drawings and apply per manufacturer's written directions. Caulking, Grout, Adhesive and Sealer 5. All caulking shall remain flexible and non -sag at temperatures from 50 degrees to 140 degrees Fahrenheit. 6. Interior joints shall be caulked with a paintable rubber -based caulked. 7. Exterior joints shall be caulked with a siliconized acrylic caulk which compliments the exterior color. 8. Grout shall be a non -shrink type and shall be colored to match the color of the surrounding concrete as nearly as possible. Submit information with shop drawings for approval. 9. Epoxy concrete adhesive shall be two component, rigid, non sag gel adhesive for bonding to dry or damp surfaces, moisture insensitive. Color shall compliment surrounding concrete as nearly as possible. Submit information with shop drawings for approval. 10. Portland cement mortar shall consist of one part Portland cement, three parts sand and enough water to make a workable mixture. 13-4 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 13 - Special Construction Steel Doors 11. Doors shall be flush panel type, 1-3/4" thick, minimum 18 gauge steel panels with minimum 12 gauge internal bracing channels with polystyrene core. 12. Door frames shall be knockdown or welded type, single rabbet, minimum 16 gauge steel, width to suit wall thickness. Three (3) rubber door silencers shall be provided on latch side of frame. Prepare surfaces and finish steel doors and frames per Division 9. 13. Submit door, frame and finish information with the shop drawings for approval. Door Hinges 14. Door hinges shall be 3 per door with dull chrome plating 4-1/2"x4-1/2", adjustable tension, automatic -closing for each door. Submit information with shop drawings for approval. Lockset 15. The door shall be equipped with panic exit hardware using the touchbar style design. Panic exit hardware shall have satin chrome finish. 16. Lever handle shall be on exterior side as well as interioir. 17. Key cylinders shall utilize the Owner's standard core and key. The key cylinder shall fit all exterior locking hardware and shall be equal to Best 1 E Series rim cylinders, and shall automatically lock when the door is closed. Door Louver 18. Louver shall be a fixed, inverted split Y, non -vision, with adjustable shutter, 18 gauge cold rolled steel with a factory prime coat equal to FDLS series. There shall be insect screens between louvers. Door Stop 19. Door stop shall have a cast metal base, U.S. 26D finish with gray rubber 2-3/8" diameter bumper with a 1" projection. Door Sweep 1. Door sweep shall be provided at the bottom of the door and shall be an adjustable brush type. C. Construction Requirements Openings Provide openings for doors, louvers, windows any other components as shown on the plans. Concrete Placement Concrete Placement shall be in accordance with Division 3 for Cast -in -Place Concrete 13-5 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RI-12 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 13 - Special Construction City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Concrete Finishing 1. Interior floor and exterior slabs shall have a lightbrushed finish as specified in Division 3. 2. All exterior building walls and exterior screen walls shall be textured. The texture type shall be chosen by the Owner. Submit texture options to the Owner prior to fabrication. 3. All exterior surfaces of the roof panels shall be troweled finish. The underside of the overhang shall have a sacked finish, minimum. Cracks and Patching 4. Cracks in concrete components which are judged to affect the structural integrity of the buildings will be rejected. 5. Small holes, depressions and air voids will be patched with a suitable material. The patch shall match the color, finish and texture of the surrounding surface. 6. Patching shall not be allowed on defective areas if the structural integrity of the building is affected. Curing and Hardening Concrete 1. Concrete surfaces shall not be allowed to dry out from exposure to hot, dry weather during initial curing period. 2. Curing compounds shall not be used on interior walls of the vault. D. Finishing and Fabrication Structural Joints 1. Floor, wall and roof components shall be joined together with anchored, welded steel plates at each joint. Submit design of welded plates with shop drawing submittal. 2. The inside seams shall be a paintable caulk. The outside seams shall use a caulk matching building color or clear. 20. The joint between the floor slab and walls shall be joined with a grout mixture on the inside, and a matching colored caulk on the outside Painting and Sealing 3. An appropriate curing time shall be allowed before paint is applied to concrete. 4. See Division 9 for details regarding coatings for the concrete components. Provide coating information for non stick floor, interior, exterior and below grade concrete surface coatings. Coatings may be applied prior to onsite shipment. Any damage to coatings during shipment or placement into permanent position shall be repaired to the Owner's satisfaction. 13-6 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 13 - Special Construction Schedule of Finishes: 5. Metal surfaces both inside and out 6. Color scheme shall be chosen by the Owner and choices included in the shop drawing submittal. E. Testing 1. The air content of the concrete shall be checked per ASTM C231 on the first batch of concrete. The air content will be in the range of 4.5% +/- 1.75%. 2. The compressive strength of the cylinders shall be tested to ASTM C39. Manufacturer shall make two (2) cylinders for release and three (3) cylinders for 28 day strength. The minimum strength shall be designated by the shop drawing submittal for 28 day strength. 3. A copy of all test reports shall be provided to the Owner as soon as 28-day test results are available. F. Installation Subgrade Materials a. Bedding material shall be 3/4" minus crushed rock. b. Bedding material shall be 6" thick compacted to firm and unyielding condition. Subgrade shall be proof rolled with a heavy vibratory roller or fully loaded dump truck in the presence of the Engineer and approved prior to any structural component installation. Provide 48 hours notice to the Engineer prior to the proof roll, minimum. 13-7 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 14 Conveying Systems Not Used This Contract 14-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 15 Mechanical 15.1 General This division covers that work necessary for furnishing and installing mechanical appurtenances and accessories as described in these specifications and as shown on the Plans. 15.2 Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: 1. Pipe, Valve and Conduit Seismic Restraint and Anchorage 2. Pipe and Fittings 3. Welded Steel Pipe Construction Experience 4. Pipe Expansion Joint 5. Isolation Valves and Appurtenances (Altitude Valve) 6. Check Valves and Appurtenances 7. Hydraulic Control Valves and Appurtenances 8. Fire Hydrant Assembly 9. Electromagnetic Flowmeters 10. Other Mechanical Components 11. Name Plates 12. Seismic Valve Assembly System and Components 15.3 Pipe, Valve and Conduit Seismic Restraint and Anchorage Contractor shall furnish seismic restraint for all piping, valves and conduit. Seismic restraint shall be designed to meet IBC 2003 Section 1621 code requirements. The following design values shall be used in calculating seismic forces: Ip = 1.5 A complete seismic restraint system shall be provided including supports, struts, straps, bolts, nuts, washers, etc. as required for securely attaching piping, valve and conduit systems to floors, ceilings, and/or walls. Contractor shall install restraints in accordance with the all referenced standards as applicable. Seismic restraint systems shall be designed so as not to interfere with normal operations and maintenance of the equipment, piping, valve and conduit systems. Contractor shall submit calculations showing that the seismic restraint assembly meets the design criteria given above. All materials and fabrication shall be as required in Division 15 of these specifications. Drilled -in anchors for non -rotating equipment shall be Concrete Anchors as specified. Contractor shall submit this information to the Engineer for review prior to fabrication 15-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 15 - Mechanical and installation. 15.4 Pipe and Pipe Fittings A. General City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Provide piping, plumbing, fittings and appurtenances necessary to make all piping systems complete, tested, and ready for operation as specified herein and as shown on the Plans. Some fittings that are necessary for proper piping system installation and operation may not have been shown. Provide fittings, pipe and appurtenances necessary, whether shown or not shown on the Plans, to complete all piping systems, tested and ready for operation. Note that some pipe supports, thrust blocking, and tie rods are not shown on the Plans. Provide pipe supports, thrust blocking, and tie rods for pipes as required by accepted design criteria to support and restrain the loads encountered. B. Pressure Rating All Fittings, valves and pipe shall have working pressure ratings equal to or greater than 150 psi and testing pressures ratings equal to or greater then 250 psi. The pipe thickness shall not be less than that of Class 52 pipe. Refer to the Hydrostatic Pressure Testing section in this division for additional information. C. Ductile Iron Pipe Ductile iron pipe shall have thickness to meet the requirements of the pressure rating specification, shall be cement -lined and asphaltic coated unless otherwise specified, and shall conform to standards of ANSI Standard A21.51 (AWWA C151). Rubber gasket pipe joints are to be push -on -joint (Tyson) or mechanical joint (MJ) in accordance with ANSI Standard A21.11 (AWWA C-111), unless otherwise specified. Flanged joints shall conform to ANSI Standard B16.1. Standard thickness cement lining and seal coat shall be provided in accordance with ANSI Standard A21.4 (AWWA C104). Restrained joint pipe shall be ductile iron manufactured in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51. Restrained joint pipe shall be Griffin Pipe SnapLok, Pacific States Cast Iron Pipe Company Thrustlock, US Pipe TR-Flex, or equal. Push -on joints for such pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. Pipe thickness shall be designed in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50 and shall be based on laying conditions and internal pressures as specified in the pressure rating section of these specifications. Standard thickness cement lining shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. When requested, furnish certification from manufacturer of pipe and gasket being supplied that inspection and all of the specified tests have been made and the results comply with requirements of this standard. 15-2 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir D. Ductile Iron Fittings Spring 2007 Division 15 -Mechanical All fittings shall be ductile iron where possible. Steel fittings will not be accepted. Ductile iron fittings shall be short body, cement -lined, and for the pressure rating noted in the pressure rating section of these specifications. Metal thickness and manufacturing processes shall conform to applicable portions of ANSI Standards A21.20, A21.11, B16.2, and B16.4. Standard cement lining shall be in accordance with ANSI Standard A21.4 (AWWA C104). Mechanical joint (MJ), ductile iron, compact fittings 3 inches through 24 inches and 54 inches through 64 inches shall be in accordance with AWWA C153. Flanged pipe spools shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15 with the exception that flanges shall be fabricated from ductile iron, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents. Flanged pipe shall be cement lined in accordance with ANSI Standard A21.4 (AWWA C104). Ductile iron flange (FL) fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C110, fabricated from ductile iron unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, with bolt pattern to match adjacent pipe. Gasket material for flanges shall be neoprene, buna n, chlorinated butyl, or cloth -inserted rubber. Gaskets shall be full face ring type full face or ring type. Type of ends shall be specified as mechanical joint (MJ), restrained joint (RJ), plain end (PE), or flanged (FL). Buried fittings shall conform to the requirements of the City of Renton's Standard Specifications. E. Welded Steel Pipe Welded steel pipe shall be constructed as shown in the plans and steel pieces shall be constructed as dimensioned to exact tolerances of +/- 3/32". Welds shall be constructed in accordance with ASME Welding Code. Contractor shall supply written certification that flanged ends welded to the steel pipe and welded pieces shall be capable of the hydrostatic testing pressure as noted in the above pressure testing schedule. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance to this tolerance and correct any dimensions or welding that does not meet this specification at their expense. Contractor shall submit previous experience of a minimum of 2 steel welding projects similar to this one. As part of the submittal, contractor shall supply specification of previous projects and written documentation that the construction met the specification. Flange connections shall be watertight. Contractor shall be responsible for repairing any leaks found during testing. Steel pipe shall be constructed in accordance with AWWA C200. Steel pipe shall be fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B, Type E or S. Design stress shall be 1/2 the yield stress of the steel. Internal pressure of the pipe shall be that stated under hydrostatic testing pressure schedule in this division above. Shop drawings shall clearly indicate wall thickness and diameter. Steel flanges shall be rated for the specified working and hydrostatic testing pressures. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval prior to material order. Coat exterior and interior per Division 9. 15-3 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 15 - Mechanical City of Renton Hazen Reservoir F. Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings All stainless steel pipe and fittings shown on the plans in direct bury applications shall meet ASTM A312, Type 304L, WELDED. All heat tints and chromium depleted layers caused by welding shall be removed prior to onsite delivery. Above ground stainless steel piping and fittings shall meet ASTM A778, WELDED. ASTM A778 piping shall be pickled prior to on site delivery. Fittings shall be beveled plain -end for welding, mechanical joint connection or flange as shown on the plans. Welding of pipe shall be per ASME welding code. Welding shall be capable of withstanding the hydrostatic testing pressure as stated in this division without leakage. Test Pressure 50 psi 200 psi 400 psi Pipe Wall Thickness in inches. Nominal Pipe Diameter 1" 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 24" 30" .109* .109* .120* .120* .134* .148* .165* .180* .188* .188* .188* .250* .312* .133* .154* .216* .237* .280* .322* .365* .375* .390 .450 .510 .680 .850 .179m .218M .300m .337m .4320 1 .500m .500m .500N .540 .620 .690 .910 1.140 "Per Schedule 10s *Per Schedule 40s ■Per Schedule 80s Welding of pipe shall be per ASME welding code. Welding shall be capable of withstanding the hydrostatic testing pressure as stated above in this division without leakage. G. Copper Pipe and Fittings Copper piping and tubing shall be drawn and shall meet requirements of ASTM B-88. Use Type L hard temper for exposed areas and through concrete. Use Type K hard temper for buried services. Use Type L soft under concrete floor. Fittings for buried pipe: brass compression type, Swagelok, Gyrolok, Parker CPL, or equal. Fittings for exposed pipe: wrought copper or bronze pressure type solder joints and shall meet requirements of ANSI B16.22. H. PVC Pipe and Fittings For Stormwater Application Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material for pipe fittings and couplings shall conform to ASTM D-1784, Type 1, Grade 1, with 2,000 psi design stress. Pipe shall be Schedule 40 or 80 in accordance with ASTM D-1785, as shown on the Plans. Sanitary sewer pipe color shall be green for indication as sanitary sewer pipe. Pipe for storm water shall be white for indication as stormwater pipe. There is no pipe color preference on requirement. All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. 15-4 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 15 - Mechanical I. Underdrain Pipe Underdrain pipe shall be perforated and may be corrugated aluminum alloy, or PVC plastic, at option of Contractor. Perforated underdrain pipe shall meet the following requirements: • Corrugated aluminum alloy - AASHO designation M-197; • PVC plastic - ASTM D-1785, Schedule 80; • Corrugated high -density polyethylene - AASHTO designation M-252. Lay perforated pipe with perforations down, with bedding and backfill as indicated on the Plans. Use care in placing gravel backfill material to prevent its contamination. Compact backfill as identified on the plans. J. Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Corrugated Polyethylene pipe shall comply with APWA/WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-05.20. Size shall be as shown on the plans. Piping shall be able to withstand AASHTO H-20 traffic loads with the soil bury depth. 15.5 Buried Water Main Installation Use materials and installation methods in accordance with Uniform Plumbing Code, latest edition, and local codes and regulations which are applicable. Install ductile iron water mains in accordance with AWWA C600-93 Install pipes in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Use types and sizes of pipes as specified herein and/or as shown on the Plans. Where sizes of small pipe are omitted from the Plans and not mentioned in the specifications, use sizes corresponding to code requirements, and as required by equipment and plumbing fixtures and appurtenances. In any event, properly size any undesignated pipe sizes for functions to be performed. Carefully lay pipe and supported at proper lines and grades. Follow piping runs shown on the Plans as closely as possible, except for minor adjustment to avoid architectural and structural features. Make major relocations, if required, in a manner acceptable to Engineer. Keep openings in pipes closed during progress of work. Form thrust blocking so that bolts, joints, gaskets, and flanges of adjacent joints are clear of concrete and so that bolts and joints can be dismantled without removing concrete. All concrete blocking shall have a minimum compressive strength of as identified in Division 3 "Concrete", Section 3.5. Pipe passing through concrete walls or slabs shall be made watertight. 15.6 Mechanical Pipe and Related Equipment Joining All piping and related equipment to be joined together shall be connected as shown on the plans, specifications, as recommended by the manufacturer, or as required by standard industry practices if not otherwise specified. Under no circumstances shall the 15-5 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 15 - Mechanical City of Renton Hazen Reservoir fasteners be of lesser strength or higher corrosive potential than the materials being connected. In the event that dissimilar metals are adjacent (for example: stainless flange connecting to ductile iron flange) a dielectric insulation kit shall be used. Atmospherically corrosion resistant restraints: Where called for on the plans or specifications, Cor-Ten (ASTM 242) steel fasteners shall be used. All components of any Cor-Ten system shall include all Cor-Ten components. Bolts, nuts, washers, tie rods, and other components shall be one material and not intermixed. 15.7 Expansion Joint All Expansion Joints shall be suitable for use with potable water systems. Expansion joints shall be rated by the manufacturer for the working pressure of the water main. Special covers shall be applied when specified in the design plans to resist weather, ozone, corrosive fumes, and direct bury applications. Flanges shall be constructed integrally with the body to resist stresses. Flanges shall be full -pattern so gaskets are not necessary. Flanges shall be drilled to ANSI B16.5, Class 150#, or as specified in the design plans. The expansion joint shall have the following minimum allowable displacements: Compression Extension Lateral For 1" to 6" 1-5/16" 3/4" 1-1/2" For 8" to 18" 2-1/16" 1-1/8" 1-1/2" For 20" to 24" 2-7/16" 1-5/16" 1-1/2" For 30" to 36" 2-13/16" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" Direct Bury Expansion joints directly buried in the ground shall be suitable to external service conditions including soil overburden and contact with saturated soils. Direct bury expansion joints shall be EBAA Iron " Flex -Tend® Double Ball standard unit expansion joints or approved equal. 2" and Smaller expansion joints shall be brass. Ends shall be threaded or flanged. Expansion joints larger than 2" shall be ductile iron. Ends shall be flanged. 15.8 Isolation Valves and Appurtenances Valves noted on the Plans or in other parts of the specifications shall meet the requirements herein. Valves shall be designed for the intended service. Install valves in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown on the Plans. Buried valves shall have all operators or valves boxes installed so that wrenches or operators perform freely and without binding or other interference. Bed and backfill buried valves according to the requirements of the pipe to which they are attached. If shear pins are installed with any valve, the manufacturer shall certify the shear pin(s) to fail between 95% to 99% of the operator shaft failure torque. Provide concrete supports for 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM 15-6 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 15 - Mechanical operators where required, as shown on the Plans. Valve suppliers shall review the design and certify that the valve provided in the submittal will operate as intended by the engineer. Any discrepancies from the design and the valves shall be brought to the engineer's attention during the submittal process. Valves that do not operate as intended shall be replaced or modified so that they operate within the design parameters at the contractor's expense. Buried valves shall be equipped with AWWA 2-inch wrench nut with a minimum of 12 turns to close valve, unless otherwise noted on plans. Exposed valves shall be equipped with lever actuator for valves 4 inches and smaller, or handwheel actuator for valves 6 inches and larger, unless otherwise noted on plans. Valves located at elevations higher than 6 feet above finished floor shall be equipped with chainwheel operator. A. Eccentric Valves Plug valves shall be eccentric plug valves unless otherwise specified. Valves shall be of the non -lubricated eccentric type with resilient faced plugs and shall be furnished with end connections as shown on the Plans. Valve bodies shall be ASTM A126 Class B cast iron. The valve seat shall meet one of the following two requirements: 1) seat shall have a 1/8 inch welded overlay of not less than 90% pure nickel, with a raised seat area, so that the plug face contacts only nickel; 2) seat shall be factory -coated with heat -fused thermoset epoxy or thermoplastic nylon in accordance with AWWA C550. The valve plug shall be ASTM A536 ductile iron, faced with Neoprene with a cylindrical seating surface eccentrically offset from center of the plug shaft. Interference between the plug face and the body seat shall be externally adjustable in the field with the valve under pressure, and the plug in the closed position. Valves shall have sleeve type metal bearings and shall be of sintered, oil impregnated, permanently lubricated type 316 ASTM A743 Grade CF-8M. Valve shaft seals shall be of the single or multiple V-ring type, externally adjustable and re -packable under pressure without removing bonnet or actuator. Valves utilizing 0- ring seals or non-adjustable packing shall not be acceptable. Valve pressure ratings shall be the same as adjacent fittings. Each valve shall be given a hydrostatic and seat test. Valves shall be equipped with gear actuators. Gearing shall be enclosed in a steel housing and be suitable for running in a lubricant with seals provided on all shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into actuator. Actuator shaft shall be supported on permanently lubricated bronze bearings, and shall indicate valve position. An adjustable stop shall be provided to set closing torque and to provide seat adjustment. Valve surfaces shall be coated internally and externally with a heat -fused thermoset epoxy or thermoplastic nylon. Exposed nuts, bolts, springs, and washers for buried service valves shall be stainless steel. Valves shall be equal to: M&H/Kennedy Valve Company Eccentric Plug valves, Pratt 15-7 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 15 - Mechanical eccentric valves, or Dezurik eccentric valves. B. Resilient Wedge Gate Valves City of Renton Hazen Reservoir All gate valves for water lines 2" and larger shall be of the resilient, wedge -type, non - rising stem and shall meet or exceed the performance requirements of AWWA C509 or AWWA C515-Reduced-Wall, Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service and be suitable for installation with the type and class of pipe being installed. The wedge shall be fully encapsulated with vulcanized SBR rubber. Ends to be as specified. Valve opening direction shall be counter -clockwise. Install valves and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation and the Plans. Verify alignment and adjustments after installation. Install valves in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown on the Plans. Provide buried valves with all operators or valve boxes installed so that wrenches and operators perform freely and without binding or other interference. Bed and backfill buried valves according to requirements of the pipe to which they are attached. C. Seismic Shutoff Valve System In the event of seismic activity, the seismic sensor will send a signal to the seismic switch which will then activate the valve actuator to shut the valve drip tight. The switch shall send a radio signal through the onsite telemetry system to the telemetry control room station that the valve is closing down or is closed. The telemetry system shall be capable of communicating back to the seismic switch and allow remote operation of the actuator to reopen the valve using the actuator or close it. The valve to be connected to the actuator as shown on the plans shall operate with the seismic shutoff system. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that the valve will work with the seismic shutoff system. Seismic shutoff system shall be equal to Flo Loc. System shall consist of the following components: 1. Seismic sensor capable of detecting earthquakes that could cause damage to the Owner's water storage and distribution system. Sensor shall have the following features: • CA/DSA (California Division of the State Architect) approval • N.T.A. (National Technical Systems) certification Manual arm reset and trip capability • (2) SPDT 10 amp switches • Mounting bracket with bubble level 2. Seismic switch with the following features: Arm and Trip remote control (SCADA) operation. • Arm and Trip status indication (SCADA) 15-8 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 15 -Mechanical Valve actuator control, alarm and status in one terminal block • NEMA 4X high impact fiberglass enclosure 3. Valve actuator with the following features: • Torque availability of 240 ft lbs. (Manufacturer shall certify in writing that actuator can close the valve as designed and installed) 24 VDC, 1/3 HP motor, 22RPM output • Local open -close -toggle switch • Local and remote security key switch • Visual mechanical valve position indicator • Remote valve operation (closing and opening) using SCADA • Open, close and turns status through SCADA Open and close limit switches Torque limit circuit breaker • Quick release mount to valve actuator nut 4. Power supply with the following features: (2) 31 Ah sealed gel cell batteries (manufacturer shall certify that power supply can adequately close and reopen the valve 3 times in the course of one month without recharging) 110 VAC charging system • Heavy duty extension cord capable of reaching nearest power outlet • Battery charging regulator system • Digital charging system with LCD voltage readout 5. System accessories shall include: • Enclosure floor mounting kit • Special valve adaptor kit (as necessary to operate valve as shown on the plans). 15.9 Check Valves and Appurtenances A. Reservoir Inlet, Outlet, Overflow and Pond Inlet Check Valves Reservoir inlet, outlet, overflow and pond inlet check valves shall be equal to Tideflex Series 35, Waterflex WF-3, Tideflex Series 35-1, and Tideflex overflow security valve (OSV), respectively, as manufactured by Red Valve Company, Inc. as shown on the plans. Check valves shall be designed to allow water flow in only one (1) direction. Valves shall seal upon flow reversal drip tight with a 1-psi pressure drop or less. All components shall be National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) Standard 61 compliant. Flange ends shall conform to ANSI B 16.10, Class 150#. Backup rings shall be stainless 15-9 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 15 - Mechanical Hazen Reservoir steel. 15.10 Hydraulic Control Valves and Appurtenances Hydraulic Control Valves noted on the Plans or in other parts of the specifications shall meet the requirements herein. Valves shall be designed for the intended service. Install valves in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown on the Plans. Valve suppliers shall review the design and certify that the valve provided in the submittal will operate as described and within the conditions specified. Any discrepancies from the design and the specified valves shall be brought to the engineer's attention during the submittal process. Valves that do not operate as intended shall be replaced or modified so that they operate within the design parameters at the contractor's expense. Valves shall be diaphragm -actuated, single -seat, hydraulically -operated valves and shall have a cover chamber sealed from the body by a flexible, synthetic rubber diaphragm. Control of valve shall be from direct -acting, adjustable spring -loaded diaphragm valve(s) as appropriate for the valve function. Pilot controls shall be selected appropriately for the system operational pressure range. Double chamber valves shall be used where independent operating pressure or absolute speed control is required, All pump control valves shall be double chamber. Globe or angle style valves with flanged or threaded ends shall be as shown on the plans. Valves where differential pressure is expected to exceed 100 psi shall be of the anti -cavitation type. All Hydraulic Control Valves shall be provided with an epoxy coating on the interior flow path and exterior body. Interior epoxy shall be certified for potable water use. Provide brass nameplates on all valves indicating valve size, inlet side (or flow direction), valve model, and control pilot adjustment ranges. Valves shall be provided with all pilots, solenoids, and controls preassembled to operate the valve in its intended function. Provide each valve with stainless steel trim. Diaphragm shaft shall be stainless steel Provide a valve position sight gauge equal to ClaVal model X101 on the following valves: A strainer shall be provided on all valve pilots to prevent clogging by debris in the water. All valves shall be rated for the pressures shown in the Pressure Rating section of these specifications, unless stated otherwise within the individual valve specification. A. Altitude Valve Altitude valve control shall be through a pilot valve that operates on the differential force between the height of the water on the reservoir and an adjustable spring load. This control will close the main valve when the reservoir water is at the overflow elevation and will open the main valve when pressure at the valve inlet lowers below the reservoir pressure. 15-10 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 15 -Mechanical Factory valve setting shall be for a reservoir of 140 feet water height above the valve. Valve shall be Cla-Val Model 210-16 altitude valve for 2-way flow. 15.11 Valve Box - Trench Adapter Valve boxes shall be cast iron, 2-piece slip type with base corresponding to the size of the valve, equal to Rich Manufacturing Co. or Olympic Foundry Co. The box shall be coal tar painted by the manufacturer using its standard. The cover shall have the word "WATER" cast in it and shall be equal to 940 Seattle deep lid. 15.12 Fire Hydrant Assembly Fire hydrant shall be in accordance with the City of Renton Standard Specifications. Provide a minimum of seven cubic feet washed gravel surrounding 90' bend below hydrant. Gravel shall be 1-1/2" minus and be retained on 1/4" mesh for drain. 15.13 Flow Meters A. Electromagnetic Flowmeters Provide an electromagnetic flowmetering system suitable for measuring and transmitting flowrate in a full -flowing pipe as shown on construction drawings. The flowmeter system shall be microprocessor based, utilizing a DC bipolar pulsed coil that automatically rezeroes after each pulse cycle. System accuracy shall be ± 1% of actual flowrate over a fluid velocity range of 1 to 33 feet per second, and within 0.01 fps for velocities less than 1 fps. Repeatability shall be 0.1% of full scale or better. System accuracy shall be traceable to NIST using prototype meters of the same configuration. The system shall operate within the accuracy required over an ambient temperature range of -10 to +120 degrees F and a process temperature range of +15 to +120 degrees F. The meter tube and coil shall be mounted on the pipe between ANSI B 16 pipe flanges and shall be rated for working and test pressures as indicated in the Pressure Rating Section in this Division. The meter tube shall be 304 stainless steel. The meter and cable connection(s) shall be capable of complete submergence without damage The meter shall include integral grounding electrodes or a 316 stainless steel grounding ring for installation at the inlet. Manufacturer shall verify that grounding system is appropriate for proposed use. All wetted parts shall be 316 stainless steel. The meter shall be suitable for either horizontal or vertical mounting. The meter liner shall completely encapsulate all wetted areas except for electrodes. Liner shall be certified by the manufacturer as appropriate for the proposed use. Liner shall be Fusion bonded epoxy. The meter electronics and transmitter shall be remotely mounted from the meter and shall operate from 120 VAC power. The electronics shall be NEMA 4X rated, the meter manufacturer shall supply an unspliced cable run from the transmitter to the meter tube. The transmitter shall display flowrate in gallons per minute, totalized gallons, and an empty pipe indicator. Output shall be 4-20mA into 800 Ohms with an isolated 15-11 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 15 - Mechanical Hazen Reservoir ground and non -interacting zero and span adjustments. Separate 24 VDC pulse outputs for forward and reverse flow shall also be provided. The display and output shall be user scaleable for GPM, CFS, or MGD, and shall be password protected. All software shall be battery powered with a battery that has a ten-year service life. The meter, electronics, and transmitter shall be RFI shielded to prevent interference from adjacent high noise electrical equipment such as variable frequency drives, electromagnetic starters, transformers, or transfer switches. The flowmeter shall be Siemens Danfoss, Model MAG 5100, or approved equal. Provide flowmetering system suitable for measuring and transmitting flowrate in a full - flowing pipe based on the venturi principal of measurement. System accuracy shall be within 99.5% of actual flow. Flow rates through the meters shall be as follows. Inlet: 1,000 - 5,000 gpm Outlet: 1,000 - 3,000 gpm 15.14 Ductile Iron Water Pipe Inspection and Testing A. General Furnish all required personnel and equipment and make all tests required to demonstrate the integrity of finished installation to approval of Owner and all agencies having jurisdiction. All water main testing shall be done in conformance with City of Renton Standard Specifications. B. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing All water mains and appurtenances shall be tested conforming with the City of Renton Standard Specification Section 7-11.3(11). The Owner has the right to require more stringent test criteria if it is determine in the field that conditions warrant such measures. C. Ductile Iron Water Pipe Cleaning Water main cleaning shall be done by "poly -pigging" in conformance with the City of Renton Standard Specifications Section 7-11.3(12)A. D. Water Main Disinfection and Flushing All water main flushing and disinfection shall be done in conformance with the City of Renton Standard Specifications Section 7-11.3(11). E. Valve Testing Test all valve bonnets for tightness. Test operate all valves at least once from closed -to - open -to -closed positions while valve is under pressure. Test all valves for water tightness under differential working pressure. To perform this test, pressurize pipe section with valve in place, close valve, and relieve pressure on seat side of valve. The valve shall not pass water during a 5 minute test period. 15-12 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM ):\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 15 - Mechanical 15.15 Submersible Level Transmitter (Water Applications) The transmitter shall be installed in location as described on the Plans, and shall be a totally submersible device with molded integral cable. The transduction principle shall be an integrated silicon strain gauge bridge with a two - wire 4-20 mA output signal. The operating pressure range of the device shall be up to 50 psi with an overpressure acceptance of two times the rated pressure. Total error band shall not exceed 0.30% of full scale over a temperature range of 300 to 86°F. The accuracy shall be 0.1% of full scale for 1 psi to 900 psi range. Voltage input shall be 9 to 30 vdc. The electronics shall have built-in protection against AC line transients and lightning spikes and an RFI filter to reject internal electrical and internal noise. The transmitter shall have a maximum OD of 1/4" and a maximum length of 9". The transmitter shall be provided with enough submergence -proof cable to allow for an unspliced run from the transmitter mounting depth to the control electronics plus 10%. The submergence -proof cable shall be constructed of polyurethane sheathed cable with integral vent tube and Kevlar strain cord. The complete level transmitter assembly shall be completely rated for the environment for which it will be installed. Level transmitter shall be Druck or equal. 15-13 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 16 Electrical 16.1 General This division covers that work necessary for furnishing and installing electrical equipment required for this project. Items not covered shall be suitable for their particular application. Plans are diagrammatic and indicate general arrangements of systems and equipment, except when specifically dimensioned or detailed. The intention of the plans is to show size, capacity, approximated location, direction and general relationship of one work phase to another, but not exact detail or arrangement. Do not use equipment exceeding dimensions indicated or equipment or arrangements that reduce required clearances or exceed specified maximum dimensions unless approved by the Engineer. 16.2 Submittals Provide submittals of each item specified in this division to engineer for approval in accordance with the submittals' sections of these specifications. Submittals for motor control centers, motor control panels, control panels, instrumentation panels, and pump control panels shall include as a minimum a wiring diagram or connection schematic and an interconnection diagram. Wiring Diagram or Connection Schematic This plan or plans shall include all of the devices in a system and show their physical relationship to each other including terminals and interconnecting wiring in assembly. This diagram shall be in a form showing interconnecting wiring only by terminal designations (wireless diagram). Interconnection Diagram This diagram shall show all external connections between terminals of equipment and outside points, such as motors and auxiliary devices. References shall be shown to all connection diagrams which interface to the interconnection diagrams. Interconnection diagrams shall be of the continuous line type. Bundled wires shall be shown on a single line with the direction of entry/exit of the individual wires clearly shown. All devices and equipment shall be identified. Terminal blocks shall be shown as actually installed and identified in the equipment complete with individual terminal identification. All jumpers, shielding and grounding termination details not shown on the equipment connection diagrams shall be shown on the interconnection diagrams. Spare wires and cables shall be shown. Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: 1. Utility Meter Enclosure 2. Service Disconnect 3. Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor (TVSS) 16-1 J:\dat2\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\H2zen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical 4. Branch Circuit Panelboard 5. Circuit Breakers 6. Conduit and Fittings 7. Outlet and junction Boxes 8. Electrical Handholes and Vaults 9. Wire and Cables 10. Switches and Receptacles 11. Light Fixtures 12. Motion Detector 13. Wall mounted cooling thermostat 14. Photoelectric Smoke Detector 15. Liquid Level Switch 16. Intrusion Alarm Switch 17. Keyed Switch Box 18. Panic Alarm Button 19. Level Floats 16.3 Codes and Standards City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Provide all electrical work in accordance with latest edition of National Electrical Code, National Electrical Safety Code, Washington State Electrical Code, and local ordinances. If any conflict occurs between government adopted code rules and these specifications, the codes are to govern. All electrical products shall bear a label from a certified testing laboratory recognized by the State of Washington. Recognized labels in the State of Washington are UL, ETL, and CSA-US. 16.4 Identification of Listed Products Electrical equipment and materials shall be listed for the purpose for which they are to be used, by an independent testing laboratory. When a product is not available with a testing laboratory listing for the purpose for which it is to serve, the inspection authority may require the product to undergo a special inspection at the manufacturer's place of assembly. All costs and expenses incurred for such inspections shall be included in the original contract price. 16.5 Permits and Fees The Contractor shall coordinate and provide all permits, licenses, approvals, inspections by the authority having jurisdiction and other arrangements for work on this project and all fees shall be paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall include these fees in the bid price. 16-2 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM 1:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir 16.6 Minor Deviations Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical The electrical plans are diagrammatic in nature and the location of devices, fixtures and equipment is approximate unless dimensioned. On the basis of this, the right is reserved to provide for minor adjustments and deviations from the apparent locations shown on the Plans without any extra cost. Deviations from the Plans and/or specifications required by code shall also be done, subsequent to Owner's approval, without extra cost. Plans indicate the general location and number of the electrical equipment items. When raceway, boxes, and ground connections are shown, they are shown diagrammatically only and indicate the general character and approximate location. Layout does not necessarily show the total number of raceways or boxes for the circuits required. Furnish, install, and place in satisfactory condition all raceways, boxes, conductors and connections, and all of the materials required for the electrical systems shown or noted in the contract documents complete, fully operational, and fully tested upon the completion of the project. 16.7 Job Conditions A. Operations Contractor shall keep all power shutdown periods to a minimum. Carry out shutdowns only after a shutdown schedule has been submitted and favorably reviewed by both the client and the Engineer. B. Construction Power Make all arrangements for the required construction power. Power is not available on the construction site. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing what is available and providing what is required. Upon completion of the project, remove all temporary construction power equipment, material and wiring from the site that is the property of the Contractor. 16.8 Record Plans The Contractor shall maintain a complete and accurate record set of Plans for the electrical construction work. Continually record actual electrical system(s) installation on a set of prints kept readily available at the project during construction for this purpose alone. Accurately locate all raceways and circuit number of each equipment item. At the completion of the work, furnish a set of clean, neat, and accurate record plans on reproducible sepia -type paper which shows raceway type, routing, and conductors for every outlet and every circuit. 16.9 Nameplates and Identification Provide engraved nameplates indicating load served, voltage, and phase for every circuit breaker, panel board, disconnect switch, and fused switch. Provide a name tag for each piece of equipment and for each circuit and/or control 16-3 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 16 -Electrical City of Renton Hazen Reservoir device associated with the equipment. Name plates shall be phenolic -engraved and shall clearly identify the associated component. Color shall be black background with white letters. Tags shall be securely attached. Identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pull box using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as approved by the Engineer. Identify each wire or cable in each pull box with plastic sleeves having permanent markings. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Warning nameplates shall be provided on all panels and equipment which contain multiple power sources which may have energized circuits with the main disconnecting means in the off position. Lettering shall be white on red background 16.10 Location A. General Use equipment, materials and wiring methods suitable for the types of locations in which they will be located, as defined in Section B herein. B. Definitions of Type of Locations 1. Dry Locations: All those indoor areas which do not fall within the definitions below for wet, damp, or corrosive locations and which are not other wise designated on the Plans. 2. Wet Locations: All locations within the interior of the reservoir. All locations exposed to the weather, whether under a roof or not, unless otherwise designated on the Plans. 3. Damp Locations: All spaces wholly or partially underground, or having a wall or ceiling forming part of a channel or tank unless otherwise designated on the Plans. 4. Corrosive Locations: Areas where chlorine gas under pressure, sulfuric acid, or liquid polymer are stored or processed. These areas are identified on the Plans. 16.11 Service and Metering A. Description of Work The following is a brief description of the work required to provide power service to the proposed facility. The Electrical Power Provider, Puget Sound Energy, shall perform some of the work and the Contractor shall do the remainder of the work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to understand what work will be completed by the Electrical Power Provider. 16-4 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical Work to be completed by the Electrical Power Provider will be paid by the Owner and shall not be included in the Contractor's bid price. The Service and Metering work is generally described as follows: 1. Provide and install new conductors from the primary service to the proposed pole - mount transformers including all conductors, and cable terminators. 2. Provide and install new pole -mount transformer and secondary handhole including site preparation work and termination of associated conductors. 3. Terminate conductors on the primary and secondary side of the transformer. 4. Provide and install new conductors from the proposed pole -mount transformer to the proposed secondary handhole including all conduit, conductors, and cable terminators. 5. Provide and install new secondary underground service from the proposed secondary handhole to the new service disconnect including all conduit conductors, cable terminators, trenching, backfill and restoration. 6. Provide meter in the enclosure provided by the Contractor. B. Utility Responsibilities During design, contact was made with Customer Service Representative, Susanne Halsey, who can be contacted by telephoning 1-888-321-7779. The Contractor shall be fully and completely responsible for all scheduling and coordination with the Electrical Power Provider. The Contractor shall contact the Customer Service Representative to coordinate scheduling of work to be performed and to verify responsibilities. Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any changes to the responsibilities between the Electrical Power Provider and the Contractor as outlined in these specifications prior to submitting a bid. Any change(s) in responsibilities not brought to the attention of the Engineer prior to bidding will not be cause for additional payment. Before submitting a bid, the Contractor shall become familiar with all the electrical service requirements that may affect the execution of their work. Electrical Power Provider will perform the following: 1. Provide and install new pole -mount transformers and secondary handhole. Excavation and restoration shall be provided by the Contractor. 2. Terminate conductors on the primary and secondary side of the transformer. 3. Install a utility revenue meter in the proposed main revenue metering enclosure installed by the Contractor. C. Contractor's Responsibilities The Contractor shall perform the following: 1. Provide and install new raceway and conductors for secondary service from the 16-5 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical City of Renton Hazen Reservoir proposed secondary handhole location to the utility meter located on the building including trenching, backfill and restoration. Terminate service conductors at the utility meter. 2. Provide and install new secondary raceway and conductors from the proposed pole - mount transformers to the proposed secondary handhole including all raceways, conductors and cable terminators. Trenching, backfill and restoration shall be provided by the Contractor. 3. Install the Service Entrance Panelboard as shown on the Plans. 4. Provide and install utility meter enclosure, raceway and conductors for utility revenue metering as shown on the Plans. 5. Provide excavation, backfill and restoration required for installment of the secondary electrical handhole. 6. The Contractor shall meet all the standard requirements for working in the right-of- way which includes a utility representative on site during work within the right-of- way. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all cost for the representative to be on site. D. Standards and Codes Work involving service installation shall be done in accordance with Electrical Power Provider standards and the National Electric Code. Service equipment shall be listed and labeled by UL as "suitable for use as service equipment". E. Utility Meter Enclosure Meter enclosure shall be a Circle AW or equal and as required to meet the requirement of the Electrical Power Provider. Contractor shall coordinate with Puget Sound Energy on the type of metering required and shall provide all labor and material necessary to meet Puget Sound Energy requirements. 16.12 Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor Protect the electrical service with a TVSS device as shown on the Plans. The TVSS shall be located inside the electrical building and connected with the shortest conductors possible. The TVSS shall meet the following: 1. Provide surge current withstand up to 160 kA per phase. 2. Short Circuit current rating of 200 kAIC. 3. A Ten -Year Free Replacement Warranty. 4. Surge Counter. 5. Integral Unit -modular disconnect switch. The TVSS shall be an Innovative Technology Vanguard Model or approved equal. 16-6 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir 16.13 Branch Circuit Panelboard Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical Provide branch circuit panel board with rating, number, and types of devices as shown on the Plans. Panel board shall be of current manufacture, shall be UL approved, and so labeled. When not identified on Plans, provide minimum of 18 single -pole breaker spaces. Panelboards shall be mounted with the top of the box 6 feet 6 inches above the finished floor. Panelboards shall be plumb within 1/8" inch. 16.14 Protective Devices and Switches A. Materials 1. Protective Devices • General: Overcurrent devices shall be NEMA rated. • Fuses: Fuses shall be of the type and amperage indicated on the Plans. The voltage rating shall be appropriate for the application indicated. The fuse types indicated on the Plans imply a certain set of fuse characteristics. No substitutions of fuse types will be allowed without Engineer approval. Fuses in motor circuits which are indicated but not sized, shall be provided with Manufacturer's recommended size based on the actual motor installed. In -line or integrally -mounted fuse clips shall be provided on all control power or low - voltage transformers. Fuses shall be Bussman, Gould Shawmut, Littlefuse, Reliance, or equal. • Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Molded case circuit breakers shall be quick -make and quick -break type with wiping type contacts. Each breaker shall be provided with arc chutes and individual trip mechanisms on each pole consisting of both thermal and magnetic trip elements. Two and three pole breakers shall be common trip. All breakers shall be calibrated for operation in an ambient temperature of 40' C. Molded case circuit breakers shall be trip -free. Each breaker shall have trip indication independent of the ON or OFF positions. Breakers shall have the interrupting rating and trip rating indicated on the Plans. • Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Breakers: Breakers in motor circuits which are indicated but not sized, shall be provided with Manufacturer's recommended size based on the actual motor installed. Where indicated on the Plans and in the combination motor starter/motor control center schedule, furnish instantaneous magnetic trip only circuit breakers for motor short circuit protection. The magnetic trips shall be adjustable and accessible from the front of all these breakers. 2. Disconnect Switches • Furnish and install disconnect switches conforming to NEMA KS 1, type HD, sized for the ampere and voltage as shown on the plans and as required by the National Electrical Code and nameplate requirements of the equipment served. 16-7 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical City of Renton Hazen Reservoir • Provide additional disconnects if required by Code. The switches shall be 600 volt type and horsepower rated. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as indicated on the Plans. B. Installation 1. Mounting Heights • Overcurrent protection devices and safety switches shall be centered 5'-0" above the finished floor unless noted otherwise on the Plans. 16.15 Raceways A. Materials Conduit and Fittings 1. Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS): Rigid conduit shall be steel, hot dipped galvanized inside and out. The GRS must meet USA Standards Institute C80-1 Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL6, and carry a UL label. Use cast threaded hub fittings and junction boxes for all rigid conduit except in locations not permitted by the N.E.0 . 2. PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit: PVC coated conduit shall meet the GRS standard above plus have a 40 mil PVC factory applied PVC coating. 3. Nonmetallic Conduit: Nonmetallic Conduit shall be rigid PVC, Schedule 40 or 80. PVC conduit installed above grade shall be Schedule 80 extra heavy wall 90 degree C. UL listed for aboveground use and UV resistant. Conduit shall be gray in color. Fittings shall be of the same material as the raceway and installed with solvent per the Manufacturer's instructions. Conduit, fittings and solvent shall all be manufactured by the same Manufacturer. 4. Flexible Metal Conduit: Flexible conduit shall be interlocking single strip, hot dipped galvanized and shall have a polyvinyl chloride jacket extruded over the outside to form a flexible watertight raceway. Flexible conduit shall be American Brass Company Sealtite Type VA, General Electric Type UA or equal. 5. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): EMT shall be UL 797 and ANSI C80.3; steel tubing, hot dipped galvanized. EMT fittings shall be ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel, rain tight, insulated throat, compression type. Conduit & Cable Supports 1. Conduit Supports: Hot dipped galvanized framing channel shall be used to support groups of conduit. Individual conduit supports shall be one -hole galvanized malleable iron pipe straps used with galvanized clamp backs and nesting backs where required. Conduit support for PVC or PVC coated rigid steel shall be one hole PVC or epoxy coated clamps or PVC conduit wall hangers. 2. Ceiling Hangers: Ceiling hangers shall be adjustable galvanized carbon steel rod hangers. Unless otherwise specified, hanger rods shall be '/z-inch all -thread rod and shall meet ASTM A193. Hanger rods in corrosive areas and those exposed to 16-8 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 16 - Electrical weather or moisture shall be stainless steel. 3. Racks: Racks shall be constructed from framing channel. Galvanized channels and hanger rods shall be steel, hot dipped galvanized. Channels attached directly to structural surfaces shall be 14 gauge minimum thickness, 1-5/8-inch deep. Channel section shall be sufficient to limit deflection to 1/360 of span. Framing channels on all exterior areas and in corrosive areas shall be aluminum, stainless steel, or fiberglass. All hardware shall be stainless steel. Channel section shall be sufficient to limit deflection to 1/360 of span. Framing channel shall be manufactured by Unistrut or equal. Wireways 1. General: Wireways shall consist of prefabricated channel -shaped, lay -in trough with hinged covers, associated fittings, and supports. Straight sections shall not be longer than 5 feet. Use 45-degree elbow and tees at all transition points. Cross - sectional dimensions shall be as indicated on the Plans. Fittings shall consist of elbows, tees, crosses, and closing plates as required. 4. Interior Locations: Provide NEMA 1 metallic wireways with middle divider plate. All components shall be constructed from sheet steel not less than 16-gauge and painted per Division 9 or as approved by Engineer. Conduit Sealants 1. Moisture Barrier Types: Sealant shall be a non -toxic, non -shrink, non -hardening, putty type hand applied material providing an effective barrier under submerged conditions. 2. Fire Retardant Types: Fire stop material shall be a reusable, non -toxic, asbestos -free, expanding, putty type material with a 3-hour rating in accordance with UL 1479. Provide products indicated by the manufacturer to be suitable for the type and size of penetration. Underground Marking Tape (Detectable Type) Underground marking tape shall be for location and early warning protection of buried power and communication lines. Tape shall be detectable by a pipe/cable locator or metal detector from above the undisturbed ground. Tape shall be nominally 2 inches wide with a type B721 aluminum foil core laminated between two layers of 5 mil thickness polyester plastic. The plastic color shall be red for electrical lines and orange for telephone lines. Tape shall be Brady "Detectable Identoline - Buried Underground Tape, or equal. Duct Banks Concrete used for duct banks shall be minimum 2000 PSI with red oxide added. Conduit Tags Conduit tags shall be corrosion resistant and remain legible after exposure to abrasion or aggressive fluids. Tags shall be crosslinked polyolefin construction. Manufacturer shall be Impact Industries or equal. 16-9 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical B. Location Schedule City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS) conduit shall be used in all locations unless noted otherwise below or on the Plans. 1. PVC coated GRS conduit shall be installed below all buildings, structures, in concrete and in corrosive areas for all power and instrumentation circuits. The following areas are considered corrosive as it pertains to the electrical installation: reservoir interior. GRS conduit that penetrates from the floor slab or walls inside a corrosive area shall be PVC coated per the specifications. 2. PVC Schedule 40 conduit may be used underground in contact with the earth for power circuits only. When PVC conduit for power circuits is used underground in contact with the earth, the PVC shall transition to PVC coated GRS conduit five (5) feet from any building, structure, foundation wall or floor slab. The only exception shall be concrete electrical vaults or hand holes. 3. GRS conduit shall be used for all instrumentation (signal) circuits. PVC coated GRS shall be used for all underground instrumentation conduits. PVC coated GRS instrumentation conduit may transition to GRS conduit once inside a building or structure. The only exception shall be concrete electrical vaults or hand holes. 4. Flexible Metal Conduit shall be used for final connection to motors and vibrating equipment. Jacketed flex with threaded fittings shall be used outside and in wet corrosive atmosphere. Maximum length of flexible conduit shall be as allowed by NEC. 5. GRS conduit shall be used on the reservoir exterior. GRS conduit installed on reservoir exterior shall be painted to match reservoir color. All conduit shall be concealed in the floor, walls, ceiling slab or beneath the floor slab. Surface mounted conduit will not be accepted unless noted otherwise on the construction plans. C. Installation 1. Conduit sizes not noted on Plans shall be in accordance with N.E.C. requirements for the quantities and sizes of wire installed therein. 2. Spare conduits shall contain one 3/16 inch diameter nylon pull rope. 3. Conduit routing is shown diagrammatic on the Plans. Contractor is responsible for routing the conduits in a neat manner, parallel and perpendicular to walls and ceilings. 4. Securely fasten raceways at intervals and locations required by N.E.C., or the type raceway employed. 5. Location of conduit ends are shown approximately. Contractor is responsible for ending conduits in location that will not conflict with electrical equipment. Route conduit ends to facilitate ease of equipment maintenance. Conduits extending from the floor to a device shall be located as close as possible to avoid creating a hazard. 16-10 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\dat2\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical 6. Do not install one (1) inch and larger raceways in or through structural members (beams, slabs, etc.) unless approved by Engineer. 7. All raceways shall contain a separate grounding conductor. 8. Conduit Encasement or Embedment in the earth shall be separated from the earth by at least 3-inches of concrete unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Plastic conduit spacers shall be located 5 feet on centers. The spacers shall be secured to the conduits by wire ties. The conduits shall be watertight. 9. Analog signal conduits shall be separated from power or control conduits. The separation shall be a minimum of 12-inches for metallic conduits and 24-inches for nonmetallic conduits. 10. Install explosion -proof seal -offs in hazardous areas shown on the Plans as required by the N.E.C. 11. Plastic raceway joints shall be solvent cemented in accordance with recommendations of raceway manufacturer. 12. Avoid cutting openings, where possible, by setting sleeves or frames, and by requesting openings in advance. 13. Conduit Identification: In each manhole, handhole, pullbox, cabinet, motor control center or other equipment enclosure, identify each conduit using the conduit number shown on the Plans by means of a conduit tag affixed with stainless steel wire. Where affixing a tag is not feasible, identify conduits by stenciling. Stencil all exposed conduits for identification at least once in a room. D. Wireway Installation 1. Straight sections and fittings shall be solidly bolted together to be mechanically rigid and electrically continuous. Dead ends shall be closed. Unused conduit openings shall be plugged. 2. Wireways shall be supported every 5 feet minimum. 16.16 Outlet and Junction Boxes Use cast boxes with threaded hubs for all rigid and intermediate conduits. Steel boxes may be used with rigid and intermediate conduits where cast boxes are not allowed by ' the N.E.C. All boxes shall be of proper size to accommodate devices, connectors, and number of wires present in the box. Boxes shall be readily accessible. In corrosive areas, all junction boxes shall be NEMA 4Y, 1 Cast box bodies and cover shall be cast or malleable iron with a minimum wall thickness of 1/8" at every point, and not less than 1/4" at tapped holes for rigid conduit. Bosses are not acceptable. Mounting lugs shall be provided at the back or bottom corners of the body. Covers shall be secured to the box body with No. 6 or larger brass or bronze flathead screws. Boxes shall be provided with neoprene cover gaskets. Where only cast aluminum is available for certain types of fixture boxes, an epoxy finish shall be provided. Outlet boxes shall be of the FS types. Boxes shall 1 16-11 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical conform to FS W-C-586C and UL 514. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Sheet metal boxes shall conform to UL 50, with a hot -dipped galvanized finish conforming to ASTM A123. Oulet boxes and switch boxes shall be designed for mounting flush wiring devices. Boxes and box extension rings shall be provided with knockouts. Boxes shall be formed in one piece from carbon -steel sheets. Outlet boxes shall not be less than 4" square and 1 1/2" deep. Ceiling boxes shall withstand a vertical force of 200 pounds for 5 minutes. Wall boxes shall withstand a vertical downward force of 50 pounds for 5 minutes. Non-metallic boxes shall be hot -compressed fiberglass, one-piece, molded with reinforcing of polyester material, with a minimum wall thickness of 1/8". 16.17 Pull Boxes and Vaults Pull boxes and vaults shall be Utility Vault Co., or approved equal unless specified otherwise on the Plans. Conduits entering handholes shall have grounding bushings installed and the conduit ends shall be sealed with Permagum sealing compound. Where conduits enter through sides of handholes, the penetration shall be made watertight. The lids to all pull boxes and vaults shall be permanently marked for its intended use, "signal' for all signal and instrumentation handholes and "Electrical' for all power handholes. Letter shall be a minimum of 3-inches high. Pull boxes shall be provided at least every 150 feet on long straight runs. Spacing shall be reduced by 50 feet for each 90 degree bend. 16.18 Watertight Enclosures Watertight enclosures for vault electrical outlets shall be molded from fiberglass reinforced polyester material. A hinged cover shall be gasketed and opened with quick release latches. The conduit penetrations shall be sealed watertight. An epoxy plug shall be installed in the conduit to prevent the migration of water into the conduit. The enclosure shall be NEMA rated and installed per all applicable codes. The watertight enclosure shall be equal to Hoffman. 16.19 Low Voltage Wire and Cable A. Materials Conductors 1. General: All conductors shall be copper. Wire or cable not shown on the Plans or specified, but required, shall be of the type and size required for the application and in conformance with the applicable code. 2. Power and Control Conductors, 600 Volts and Below: • Solid copper wires shall be 600 volt Type THWN, sizes #12 and #10 AWG only. • Stranded copper wire shall be 600 volt Type THWN, Class B stranding, sizes 16-12 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 16 - Electrical #14 AWG, # 12 AWG, and # 10 AWG only. • Stranded copper wire shall be 600 volt Type XHHW or RHW, Class B stranding, Sizes #8 AWG and Larger. • Fixture wire shall be 600 volt, silicone rubber insulated, 200' C, UL Type SF-2, with stranded copper conductors. • Control cable (CC) shall be 90°C, 600 volt, UL listed multiconductor tray cable, Type TC. Individual conductors shall be #14 AWG, unless otherwise noted. CC shall have 15 mils PVC insulation and 4 mils nylon over individual conductors; outer jacket shall be 45 mils thickness for up to 7 conductor cables and 60 mils for 9 through 19 conductor cables. Control cables shall be Dekoron Type IC99; Alpha Type TC or equal. Splices and Terminations of Conductors 1. Splices • For Lighting Systems and Power Outlets: Wire nuts shall be twist -on type insulated connectors utilizing an outer insulating cover and a means for connecting and holding the conductors firmly. • All Equipment: Crimp type connectors shall be insulated type, suitable for the size and material of the wires and the number of wires to be spliced and for use with either solid or stranded conductors. • Division 16 Equipment and Power Conductors: Bolted pressure connectors shall be suitable for the size and material of the conductors to be spliced. • All Equipment: Epoxy splice kits shall include epoxy resin, hardener, mold, and shall be suitable for use in wet and hazardous locations. 2. Terminations • Crimp type terminals shall be self -insulating sleeve type, with ring or rectangular type tongue, suitable for the size and material of the wire to be terminated, and for use with either solid or stranded conductors. • Terminal lugs shall be split bolt or bolted split sleeve type in which the bolt or set screw does not bear directly on the conductor. • Wire Markers shall be plastic sleeve type. Wire numbers shall be permanently imprinted on the markers. B. Installation Conductors 1. Provide the following types and sizes of conductors for the uses indicated for 600 volts or less: • Solid Copper, Sizes #12 and #10 AWG: As shown on the Plans for circuits for receptacles, switches and light fixtures with screw -type terminals. • Stranded Copper, Size #14 AWG and Larger, Individual Conductors or CC: As 16-13 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Hazen Reservoir shown on the Plans for the control of motors or other equipment. Size #14 shall not be used for power supplies to any equipment. • Stranded Copper, Sizes #12 AWG and Larger: As shown on the plans for motors and other power circuits. • Fixture Wire: For connections to all fixtures in which the temperature may exceed the rating of branch circuit conductors. 2. Color Coding: Provide color coding for all circuit conductors. Insulation color shall be white for neutrals and green for grounding conductors. An isolated ground conductor shall be identified with an orange tracer in the green body. Ungrounded conductor colors shall be as follows: 120/208 Volt, 3 Phase: Red, black and blue. 277/480 Volt, 3 Phase: Yellow, brown and orange. 120/240 Volt, 1 Phase: Red and black. Conductor Splices 1. Splices: Install all conductors without splices unless necessary for installation, as determined by the Engineer. Splices when permitted and terminations shall be in accordance with the splice or termination kit manufacturer's instructions. Splice or terminate wire and cable as follows: 2. Watertight Splices: Splices in concrete pullboxes, for any type of cable or wire, shall be watertight. Make splices in low voltage cables using epoxy resin splicing kits rated for application up to 600 volts. Conductor Identification 1. Except for interior lighting and receptacle circuits, identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pullbox, junction box, handhole, and manhole using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as shown in the circuit schedule as favorably by the Engineer. 2. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Field Tests 1. Insulation Resistance Tests: For all circuits 150 volts to ground or more and for all motors circuits over lh horsepower, test cables per NETA Paragraph 7.3.1. The insulation resistance shall be 20 megohms or more. Submit results to Engineer for review. 16-14 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 16 - Electrical 16.20 Wiring Devices A. Materials Receptacles 1. General: Receptacles shall be heavy duty, high abuse, grounding type conforming to NEMA configurations, NEMA WD1 and UL 514 Standards. 2. Single and Duplex Receptacles: • Indoor Clean Areas: Receptacles shall be duplex, 20 amp, NEMA 5-20R, and shall accept NEMA 5-15P and 5-15P plug caps. Receptacles shall be Hubbel 5362, General Electric 4108-2, or equal. Color shall be brown in industrial areas and ivory or white in office and laboratory areas. • Outdoor, Process or Corrosive Areas: Receptacles shall be duplex, 20 amp, NEMA 5-20R, and shall accept NEMA 5-15P and 5-20P plug caps. Receptacle and plug caps shall be corrosion resistant, marine duty with yellow polycarbonate weatherproof lift covers. Receptacles shall be Hubbell 53CM62/53CM21 or equal. 3. GFI Receptacles: Device shall be rated 20 amp, 2-pole, 3-wire, 120 volt, conforming to NEMA WD1.10 configuration. Device shall have a test and reset push buttons. GFI device shall be Hubbell 5362 or equal. 4. Surface Multiple Outlet Assemblies: Units shall have outlets on center -to -center spacing as shown on the Plans. Assembly shall conform to Article 353 of the N.E.C. Switches 1. Line Voltage Types: Switches shall be rated 20 amps at 120 or 277 volts AC only. Units shall be flush mounted, self grounding, quiet operating toggle devices. Handle color shall be brown in industrial areas and white or ivory in office or laboratory areas. Units shall conform to Federal Specifications W-S-896 D and E, UL 20, and NEMA WD1 standards. Sierra Electric, Monumental Grade, Catalog No. 5721; Daniel Woodhead 1900 series; or equal. 2. HOA Switch (Lighting): Switches shall be rated 20 amps at 120 volts AC, three - position toggle, positive action with "center -off' maintained contact, double pole. Bryant No. 4925 or equal. Plates 1. General: Plates shall be of the style and color to match the wiring devices, and of the required number of gangs. Plates shall conform to NEMA WD1, UL 514, and ANSI C73. In noncorrosive indoor areas, device plates shall be made of sheet steel, zinc electroplated with chrome finish as manufactured by Crouse -Hinds, Appleton, or equal. Device plates in corrosive or outdoor areas shall be corrosion- resistant/marine-duty type with weather protective double doors. Device plates for explosion -proof equipment shall be factory provided with the equipment. 16-15 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Hazen Reservoir 2. Nameplates: Device plates shall be provided with engraved laminated phenolic nameplates with 1/8-inch white characters on black background. Nameplates for switches shall identify panel and circuit number and area served. Nameplates for receptacles shall identify circuit and voltage if other than 120 volts, single phase. B. Installation Installation of Wiring Devices 1. Position of Outlets: All outlets shall be centered with regard to building lines, furring and trim, symmetrically arranged in the room or outside the structure. Device outlets shall be set plumb and shall extend flush to the finished surface of the wall, ceiling or floor without projecting beyond the same. 2. Unless otherwise noted, wall mounted outlet devices shall generally be 24-inches above the floor, 18 inches in architecturally treated areas, above process piping near process valve boards. Switches shall be 48 inches above the finished floor unless otherwise noted. Installation of Wall Plates 1. Interior Dry Locations: Install plates so that all four edges are in continuous contact with the finished wall surfaces. Plaster filled will not be permitted. Do not use oversize plates or sectional plates. 2. Exterior and/or Wet Locations: Install plates with gaskets on wiring devices in such a manner as to provide a rain tight weatherproof installation. Cover type shall match box type. Field Tests 1. After installation of receptacles, circuits shall be energized and each receptacle tested for proper ground continuity, reversed polarity, and/or open neutral condition. 2. GFI receptacles shall be tested with the circuits energized. Devices shall be tested with a portable GFI receptacle tester capable of circulating 7.5 milliamperes of current, when plugged in, between the "hot" line and "ground" to produce tripping of the receptacle. Resetting and tripping shall be checked at least twice at each GFI receptacle. 3. Submit results of all field testing to the Engineer for review. 16.21 Signal Cable A. Materials Twisted Shielded Pairs (TSP) 1. Cable shall conform to IEEE 383, UL 13, and UL 83 and shall be type PLTC cable suitable for direct burial. Each TSP shall consist of two #16 AWG, 7-strand copper conductors per ASTM B8 with 15 mils PVC insulation and individual conductor jacket of nylon. Conductors shall be twisted with 2-inch or shorter lay, with 100 percent foil shielding and tinned copper drain wires. The cable shall have an 16-16 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 16 - Electrical overall PVC jacket with a thickness of 35 mils. The insulation system shall be rated at 90°C and for operation at 600 volts. Multiple (Twisted) Shielded Pair (MSP) Cables 1. Each MSP cable shall conform to IEEE 383, UL 13, and UL 83 and shall consist of the number of pairs shown on the Plans of #20 AWG, 7-strand copper conductors per ASTM B8 with 15 mils PVC insulation and individual conductor jacket of nylon. Conductors shall be twisted with 2-inch or shorter lay, with 100 percent foil shielding and tinned copper drain wires. The MSP cable itself shall have, in addition, an overall foil shield, tinned copper drain wire, and an outer PVC jacket. Thickness of the jacket shall be 50 mils for 8 or fewer pairs, 60 mils for 10 to 16 pairs, and 70 mils for 18 or more pairs. The insulation system shall be rated at 90' C and for operation at 600 volts. Special Cables 1. Use only coaxial cable recommended for specific applications such as radio antenna systems and computer networks as required by the manufacture or system supplier. 2. Special cables such as triaxial (coax), twin -axial and low capacitance computer grade cables shall be supplied where shown on the Plans or as required by the manufacturer or suppler. Deviations must be favorably reviewed by the Engineer. B. Installation Cable Installation 1. Cables shall be continuous from initiation to termination without splices except where specifically indicated. 2. Cable shielding shall be grounded at one end of the cable only. Bonding shall be to a single ground point only. Bonding from cable to cable in multiple run installations shall not be permitted. 3. Install instrumentation cables in separate raceway systems with voltages not to exceed 30 volts DC. Conductor Splices 1. Splices: Install all conductors without splices unless necessary for installation, as determined by the Engineer. Splices when permitted and terminations shall be in accordance with the splice or termination kit manufacturer's instructions. Splice or terminate wire and cable as follows: 2. Watertight Splices: Splices in concrete pullboxes, for any type of cable or wire, shall be watertight. Make splices in low voltage cables using epoxy resin splicing kits rated for application up to 600 volts. 3. No splicing is acceptable for coaxial cables. Conductor Identification 1. Except for interior lighting and receptacle circuits, identify each wire or cable at 16-17 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 16 - Electrical Hazen Reservoir each termination and in each pullbox, junction box, handhole, and manhole using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as shown in the circuit schedule as determined by the Engineer. 2. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Field Tests 1. Insulation Resistance Tests: Perform insulation resistance on all circuits. Make these tests before any equipment has been connected. Test the insulation with a 500 Vdc insulation resistance tester with a scale reading 100 mega ohms. The insulation resistance shall be 20 mega ohms or more. Submit results to Engineer for review. 16.22 Electrical Grounding A. General Service and equipment grounding shall be per Article 250 of the National Electrical Code. Verify that a low -resistance ground path is provided for all circuits so an accidental contact to ground of any live conductor will instantly trip the circuit. Following completion of the grounding electrode system, measure ground resistance at each ground rod using the three rod method. Submit results to engineer prior to final acceptance by the Owner. The grounding systems shall consist of the ground rods, grounding conductors, ground bus, ground fittings and clamps. B. System Components System components shall be as allowed in the N.E.C. unless specified otherwise below. 1. Ground Rods: Ground rods shall be cone pointed copper clad Grade 40 HS steel rods conforming to ASTM B228. The welded copper encased steel rod shall have a conductivity of not less than 27% of pure copper. 2. Ground Conductors: Buried conductors shall be medium -hard drawn bare copper; other conductors shall be soft drawn copper. Sizes over No. 6 AWG shall be stranded. Coat all ground connections except the exothermic welds with electrical joint compound, non -petroleum type, UL listed for copper and aluminum applications. 3. Ground Rod Boxes: Boxes shall be a 9-inch diameter precast concrete unit with hot -dip galvanized traffic cover. Units shall be 12-inches deep minimum. Covers shall be embossed with the wording "Ground Rod". 16-18 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical C. Installation 1. Provide a ground rod box for each ground rod so as to permit ready access to facilitate testing. 2. Provide a ground wire in every conduit carrying a circuit of over 110 volts to ground. 3. Make embedded or buried ground connections, taps and splices with exothermic welds. Coat ground connections. D. Testing 1. Perform testing per NETA Standard ATS paragraph 7.3. Testing methods shall conform to NETA Standard ATS using the three electrode method for large systems. Conduct tests only after a period of not less than 48 hours of dry weather. 2. Furnish to the Engineer a test report with recorded data of each ground rod location. 16.23 Lighting Fixtures A. General Fixtures shall be a standard, cataloged item general description as called for on the Plans. All fixtures shall be UL approved and so labeled. Provide suitable supports and mountings. B. Lamps Provide all lamps as specified. Refer to the Lighting Fixture Schedule on the plans for the ordering information on lamps. Fluorescent lamps shall be standard type, not energy efficient type due to low temperature conditions. Lamps shall be new at the time of acceptance. Approved manufacturers are Westinghouse, Sylvania, and G.E. Lamps shall be provided for all lighting fixtures. Lamps that fail within 90 days after acceptance by the Owner shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. C. Fixtures Fixtures shall be of the types, wattages and voltages shown on the Plans, comply with UL 57, and shall be UL classified and labeled for intended use. Fixtures for use in hazardous locations shall be UL listed per UL Standard 844. D. Ballast Fluorescent lamp ballast shall be UL "P" rated. Ballast shall be CBM certified and bear the UL label. Ballast shall be General Electric Maxi -Miser II, Advance Mark II or equal. Ballasts in luminaries for exterior use shall provide reliable starting of lamps at 0° f at 90% of the nominal line voltage. All locations, other than totally enclosed rooms, shall be considered exterior. 16-19 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Ballasts producing excessive noise (above 36 dB) or vibration will be rejected and shall be replaced at no expense to the Owner. E. Acceptable Manufacturer's As shown on Plans. Equals will be accepted. 16.24 Motion Detector Motion Detectors shall be installed at the locations shown on the Plans. The Motion Detector shall be wired into the exterior light circuits as shown on the Plans. The Motion Detector shall be wired to a lighting contactor for automatic lighting control when the Motion Detector feature is selected on the 3-position light switch. The Motion Detector shall be an industrial type used for outdoor lighting control that uses passive infrared technology for sensing movement. The Motion Detector shall have a 100 degree field of view with a minimum of 50 feet range. The Motion Detector shall be rain tight and easily adjustable to control the area to be monitored. The Motion Detector shall have an adjustable time interval between 5 seconds and 20 minutes. Set to stay on for 20 minutes. The Motion Detector shall be rated for a minimum of 10 amps continuous at 120 VAC. Motion Detector shall be a Hubbell OS120 or equal. 16.25 Photoelectric Smoke Detectors A. General Furnish and install photoelectric smoke detectors with built-in thermal detection unit as shown on the Plans. All components shall be suitable for installation in the environment where installed. Detector shall be provided complete with sensing head and mounting base. B. Features The photoelectric smoke detector shall be 24-volt powered with a local audible alarm and Form C contacts for remote annunciation through two -wire connection to telemetry panel. The voltage requirement is dependent of the power source available at the telemetry panel. The Contractor shall verify power supply before selecting the appropriate model. The detector shall detect both smoke particles and heat. The detectors shall have a latching alarm feature that resets only by a momentary power interruption. C. Testing Test each smoke detector with artificial smoke in a can per manufacturer's instructions. Test the thermal sensing units with a heat gun or blow dryer per manufacturer's instructions. D. Acceptable Manufacturer's See Electrical Equipment and Instrumentation Schedule (Dwg No. E05) for 16-20 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 16 -Electrical Manufacturer and Part number for photoelectric smoke detectors. Equals will be accepted. 16.26 Wall -Mounted Cooling Thermostat A. General Furnish and install wall -mounted cooling thermostat as shown on the Plans. All components shall be suitable for installation in the environment where installed. B. Features The thermostat shall be a snap action, SPDT line voltage air switch controller rated for a 16 amp inductive load at 120 VAC. C. Installation Mount thermostat 4 feet above finished floor in location shown on the Plans. D. Acceptable Manufacturer's The Wall -Mounted Cooling Thermostat shall be a Honeywell model no. T631CII03 or equal with a-30-100 degree F range. Contractor shall set thermostat at 75 degrees F. 16.27 Intrusion Alarm Switch A. General Furnish and install intrusion alarm switch on all entrance doors and access hatches as shown on the Plans. All components shall be suitable for installation in the environment where installed. B. Features The switch shall be two -pole side plunger type switch with one normally open and one normally closed set of contacts. The switch shall be a Type C and NEMA rated. Provide with a standard box plug-in and connecting cable of significant length to reach a junction box located near the switch. C. Installation Mount the switch as shown on the Plans to detect the opening of each entrance door and access hatch identified on the Plans. Connect to the normally open contacts so that the switch is closed when the door is closed and open when the door is open. A factory provided cord shall be of significant length to reach from the device to a junction box. D. Acceptable Manufacturer's Intrusion switches shall be as specified on the Plans. Equals will be accepted. 16-21 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical 16.28 Keyed Switch Box A. General City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Furnish and install Keyed switch box at the location shown on the Plans for providing an input into the telemetry system. All components shall be suitable for installation in the environment where installed. B. Features The key switch shall have a minimum contact rating of 15 amps at 30 VDC. The switch type shall be single pole -double throw (SPDT). The switch shall be provided in a junction box provided from the manufacturer. All keyed switches shall be provided with construction cores. C. Installation Mount the keyed switch box outdoors as shown on the Plans. Unless otherwise noted, mount top of box at 40 inches above finished grade. The keyed switch shall be wired to the terminal block in the telemetry panel. D. Acceptable Manufacturers The keyed switch shall be a Best Model No. 1W7B2INT with Construction Core. The key shall be removal from the open or closed position. No substitution. 16.29 Liquid Level Switches A. General Furnish and install liquid level switch as shown on the Plans. All components shall be suitable for installation in the environment where installed. B. Features The switch shall be SPST rated for 100VA. The float shall be constructed on Buna-N material and the stem shall be constructed from brass. C. Installation Mount the switch to the end of 1/2" schedule 40 PVC or galvanized pipe. Provide threaded busing as necessary to provide a complete assembly. Secure pipe to wall with a minimum of two galvanized conduit hangers. Mount the liquid level assembly 1/2" above the finished floor. D. Acceptable Manufacturers As shown on the Plans. Equals will be accepted. 16.30 High Level Backup Float Switch The contractor shall provide a high level backup float. Float switch body shall be constructed of Teflon coated 20 Ga. 316 stainless steel housing measuring not less than 16-22 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical 5 1/2" in diameter. A long life, high reliability, potted SPST magnetic reed switch rated for not less than 100 VA at up to 250 Volts shall be mounted inside the float and connected to a multi -stranded, 2 conductor plus ground, 16 gauge, CPE jacketed cable. The cord shall have fine strand conductors (Not more than 34 Gauge) made especially for heavy flexing service. The cable connection point shall be potted in epoxy providing a strong bond to the float and reed switch forming a water/moisture tight connection. A flexible Neoprene sleeve, not less than 1/8" thick, shall be provided over the CPE jacketed cable extending not less than 5" from the top of the mounting bracket extending down through the cable mounting bracket hinge point to the top of the float switch body, providing cable stress point relief and extended operational life. The float switch shall be Model 9GEF Float as manufactured by US Filter Control Systems or equal. 16.31 General Installation A. Materials 1. Fasteners Fasteners for securing equipment to walls, floors and the like shall be either hot - dip galvanized after fabrication or stainless steel. Provide stainless steel fasteners in Corrosive locations. When fastening to existing walls, floors, and the like, provide capsule anchors, not expansion shields. Size capsule anchors to meet load requirements. Minimum size capsule anchor bolt is 3/8-inch. 2. Painting • Equipment: Refer to each electrical equipment section of these Specifications for painting requirements of equipment enclosures. 3. Enclosures • Unless otherwise noted, provide enclosures as follows: 1) Class 1, Division 1 &2 Locations: NEMA Type 7 2) Indoors unclassified Locations: NEMA Type 12 3) Corrosive Locations: NEMA Type 4X 4) Outdoors and/or Wet Locations: NEMA Type 4 5) Electrical rooms: NEMA Type 1 B. Installation 1. Requirements • Install all materials in accordance with electrical code, UL listing requirements and manufacturer's instructions. 2. Installing Equipment • Ensure that all equipment and materials fit properly in their installations. Perform any required work to correct improperly fit installations at no additional expense to the Owner. • Provide the required inserts, bolts and anchors, and securely attach all 16-23 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 16 -Electrical equipment and materials to their supports. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir • Install all floor -mounted equipment on 3-1/2-inch high reinforced concrete pads. • Cutting, Drilling and Welding: Provide any cutting, drilling, and welding that is required for the electrical construction work. Structural members shall not be cut or drilled, except when favorably reviewed by the Engineer. Use a core drill wherever it is necessary to drill through concrete or masonry. Perform patch work with the same materials as the surrounding area and finish to match. • Metal Panels: Mount all metal panels, which are mounted on, or abutting concrete walls in damp locations or any outside walls 1/4-inch from the wall, and paint the back side of the panels with a high build epoxy primer with the exception of stainless steel panels. Film thickness shall be 10 mils minimum. • Maintenance: Install all equipment and junction boxes to permit easy access for normal maintenance. • Interconnections: Provide all interconnection wiring between work provided in other divisions and work provided in this division. All equipment to be completely wired and fully operational upon completion of the project. 3. Seismic Requirements • Contractor shall furnish seismic restraint for all equipment. Seismic restraint shall be designed to meet 1997 UBC Section 1632 code forces. The following design value shall be used in calculating seismic forces: Ip = 1.5 A complete seismic restraint system shall be provided including struts, straps, bolts, nuts, washers, etc. as required for securely attaching equipment to equipment pads, floors, and/or walls. Contractor shall install restraints in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements as applicable. Seismic restraint systems shall be designed so as not to interfere with normal operations and maintenance of the equipment and other components as shown on the plans. Contractor shall submit calculations showing that the seismic restraint assembly meets the design criteria given above. All materials and fabrication shall be as required in Division 5 of these specifications. All embedded anchors shall be Concrete Anchors as specified. 4. Equipment Protection and Cleanup • Equipment Protection: Exercise care at all times after installation of equipment, motor control centers, control panels, etc., to keep out foreign matter, dust debris, and moisture. Use protective sheet metal covers, canvas, heat lamps, etc., as needed to ensure equipment protection. • Cleaning Equipment: Thoroughly clean all soiled surfaces of installed equipment and materials upon completion of the project. Clean out and vacuum all construction debris from the bottom of all equipment enclosures. 16-24 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical • Painting: Repaint any electrical equipment or materials scratched or marred in shipment or installation, using paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer. • Cleanup: Upon completion of the electrical work, remove all surplus materials, rubbish, and debris that accumulated during the construction work. Leave the entire area neat, clean and acceptable to the Engineer. 16.32 Electrical Site Work Provide all excavation, trenching, backfill and surface restoration required for the electrical work. Trenching shall be to depths as required by Code, particular installation, or as shown on the Plans. Trench width and length as required by the installation or as shown. Trench bottom shall be free of debris and graded smooth. Where trench bottom is rock or rocky, or contains debris larger than 1 inch or material with sharp edges, over excavate 3 inches and fill with 3 inches of sand. Separation between new electrical utilities and other utilities shall be 1 foot 0 inches minimum, except gas lines shall be 1 foot 0 inches both vertical and horizontal. Perform crossing of concrete or asphalt only after surface material has been saw cut to required width and removed. Backfill around raceways shall be 3-inch pea gravel or sand for systems of 600 volt or less. Provide red marker tape over raceways below grade. Place backfill material to obtain a minimum degree of compaction of 95 percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content. Moisten backfill material as required to obtain proper compaction. Do not use broken pavement, concrete, sod roots, and debris for backfill. 16.33 Testing A. Requirements 1. Factory Tests • Submit reports of factory tests and adjustments performed by equipment manufacturers to the Engineer prior to field testing and adjustment of equipment. These reports shall identify the equipment and show dates, results of test, measured values and final adjustment settings. Provide factory tests and adjustments for equipment where factory tests are specified in the equipment specifications. The Engineer may inspect the fabricated equipment at the factory before shipment to job site. Provide the Engineer with sufficient prior notice so that an inspection can be arranged at the factory. 2. Field Tests • Test all circuits for continuity, freedom from ground, and proper operation during progress of the work. • Insulation Resistance, Continuity, and Rotation: Perform routine insulation resistance, continuity and rotation tests for all distribution and utilization equipment prior and in addition to tests performed by the testing laboratory specified herein. 16-25 J:\d2ta\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicafs.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Electric Motors: Perform voltage, current and resistance tests on all motors 1/2 horsepower and larger installed this project. Insulation resistance readings shall be taken with a 500 volt megger for 30 seconds with the circuit conductors connected to the motor. Verify that an overload condition does not exist. • Conduct special test as required for service and/or system ground. 3. Final Tests • General: Conduct final test in the presence of Owner and/or their authorized representative. Contractor shall provide all testing instrumentation and labor required to demonstrate satisfactory operation of systems, equipment and controls. • Operational Tests: Operational test all circuits to demonstrate that the circuits and equipment have been properly installed, adjusted and are ready for full-time service. Demonstrate the proper functioning of circuits in all modes of operation, and including alarm conditions, and demonstrate satisfactory interfacing with the data acquisition and alarm systems. B. Coordination and Results 1. Coordination The Contractor shall inform the Engineer in advance of testing in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1 of these specifications. • Prior to scheduling the testing, the Contractor shall have satisfied himself that the project area is properly cleaned up; all patching and painting deemed necessary properly completed; and all systems, equipment and controls are functioning as intended. 2. Results • Test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to final acceptance in accordance with Division 1 of these specifications. 16-26 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 R112 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 16 - Electrical Ground Electrode Resistance Test Report PROJECT: OWNER: Contractor Co. Name: Phone Number: Tested by: Test Date: Test Meter Type: Test Distance-D: Soil Conditions: Measured Resistance: DESCRIPTION OF TEST PROCEDURE, CONDITIONS, RESULTS: 16-27 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 17 Automatic Control 17.1 General This section covers all work necessary for furnishing, installing, adjusting, testing, documenting, and starting the Instrumentation/Control (I&C) and Telemetry System for this project. Division 17 is an extension of, and includes all of the requirements of Division 16 - Electrical. All work performed under Division 17 will also comply with the applicable sections of Division 16. 17.2 Definition of Terms A. General The definitions of terminology used in these specifications shall be defined in ISA Standard S51.1, unless otherwise specified. B. Definitions Contractor: A single company who shall install the telemetry panel equipment and shall furnish all materials needed for a complete system. System Integrator/Programmer: A single company pre -selected by the Owner, who shall design and furnish the system, provide the telemetry panel, furnish all programming, startup and training services. 17.3 Scope of Work A. General The City of Renton owns and operates an existing radio Telemetry and Supervisory Control System. The Contractor shall be required to provide coordination and equipment for the installation of the instrumentation and control equipment to provide remote control, alarm presentation, and data logging activities at the shop headquarters for the proposed reservoir. The Contractor shall provide work at the proposed site as identified on the plans. The work under this division covers construction specifically described in these specifications. All work incidental and necessary to the completion of the project described herein shall be completed under the bid item listed in the bid proposal, and no other compensation will be allowed. The work generally consists of the following: 1. Provide and install mechanical, electrical and instrumentation equipment as identified on the plans; 2. Provide and install all conduit and wiring from the mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation equipment to the Telemetry panel as identified on the plans; 17-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 17 — Automatic Control City of Renton Hazen Reservoir 3. Verify that all equipment installed this contract functions correctly by demonstrating operation during system testing; 4. Provide access to the project for the City's telemetry integrator; 5. Coordinate with City's telemetry integrator on telemetry and control issues; and 6. Assist with system testing and startup upon completion of the telemetry and automatic control work. B. Document Structure These specifications are an integral part of the contract documents for the Instrumentation/Control and Telemetry portion of this contract. The written descriptions of system performance contained herein are given to assist the Contractor in interpreting the contract plans but are not intended to be all-inclusive. The Contractor shall be aware that all automatic control systems do not require the same components and accessories for complete system operation. Therefore, these specifications do not include all accessories and appurtenances required for a complete system. The Electrical Contractor shall, however, provide all accessories and appurtenances to result in a completely operational system as required to meet the functional requirements of these documents. Where specific equipment specifications are given, they are used to represent the level of quality required by these documents. C. Contractor's Responsibilities 1. Provide all field devices, conduit, wiring and installation to provide a complete working telemetry system. 2. Provide coordination with the System Integrator/Programmer on telemetry and control issues to keep project on schedule. 3. Setup communications 4. Verify that all equipment installed this contract functions correctly by demonstrating operation during system testing 5. Provide access to the project for the City's telemetry integrator 6. Assist with system testing and startup upon completion of the telemetry and automatic control work. 7. Review of the System Integrator's submittals and wiring diagrams for coordination with space requirements, raceway requirements of field wiring, etc. D. System Integrator/Programmer's Responsibilities (Not part of this contract 1. Design and furnish the telemetry panel for installation by the Contractor. 2. Furnish programming for the telemetry system 3. Provide Startup and training services 17-2 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Spring 2007 Division 17 - Automatic Control 17.4 System Integrator A. Integrators List The System Integrator shall be Reid Instruments - Mukilteo, Washington. The system integrator can be contacted by telephoning (425) 349-3882. 17.5 Testing and Startup The Contractor shall assist and coordinate with City's telemetry integrator for testing and startup of the complete system. Testing shall be required to determine if installed equipment and system(s) will operate in the manner in which they are intended to operate. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, instruments and services necessary to perform all specific functional testing of all installed equipment and systems at no additional cost. The work will not be accepted until all testing has been satisfactorily performed. All testing, startup and operation shall not be cause for claims for delay by the Contractor, and all expenses accruing there from shall be deemed to be incidental to this contract. Startup shall consist of testing, by a simulated operation, all operational equipment and controls. The purpose of these tests shall be to check that all equipment will function under operating conditions, that all interlocking controls and sequences are properly set, and that the facility will function as an operating unit. Checks for calibration and setpoints shall be made. Factory representatives of all major units shall be present for the startup phase. The test shall continue until it is demonstrated that all functions of controls and machinery are correct. Startup shall not begin until all tests required by the specifications have been completed and approved by the Owner. 17-3 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 18 Measurement and Payment 18.1 Payment It is the intention of these specifications that performance of work under bid items shall result in complete construction, in proper operating condition, of improvements identified in these written specifications and accompanying plans. Work and material not specifically listed in the proposal, but required according to the plans and specifications and general practice, shall be included in Contractor's bid price. Bid Item No. 1 - Mobilization, Demobilization, Site Preparation and Clean-up Lump sum price covers complete cost of furnishing, installing and testing, complete and in -place, all work and materials necessary to: move and organize equipment and personnel onto the job site; secure job site; provide and maintain necessary support facilities; obtain all necessary permits and licenses; prepare site for construction operations; perform all surveying needed to construct the improvements; maintain site and surrounding areas during construction; provide system testing; move all personnel and equipment off site after contract completion, and provide as -built data; clean up site prior to final acceptance; and accomplish all other items of work not specifically listed in other divisions. Payment shall be lump sum. No more than 50 percent of bid amount for this item will be paid before final payment request, and this bid amount may not be more than 10 percent of value of total contract. Bid Item No. 2 - Site Work Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all site work relating to construction of improvements as shown on the Plans and specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to: site clearing and grubbing; construction entrance area, temporary construction fencing; temporary erosion and sedimentation control fence; maintaining and restoring SE 1121h St from 142"d Ave SE to the proposed reservoir site; proposed chain link fence including vehicle access gate and track, access gate operator, access gate keypad and keypad pedestal; pond fence and gate; pre -cast electrical building; site lighting; paving of reservoir access roads; and all other work necessary for a complete installation of all site work. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item No. 3 - Landscaping and Irrigation Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all landscaping shown on the project plans and specified in the specifications including all landscaping maintenance until the project is accepted by the Owner. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item No. 4 - Reservoir Site Utilities Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment and labor necessary for construction of the underground utilities including all piping downstream of the proposed reservoir inlet and outlet expansion joints to the 18-1 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 18 - Measurement and Payment City of Renton Hazen Reservoir first fitting downstream of the seismic isolation vault; piping downstream of the proposed reservoir drain expansion joint to the dechlorination manhole; the proposed reservoir overflow air -gap manhole and associated underground overflow piping; the proposed dechlorination manhole and appurtenances; inlet piping to the proposed storm water detention pond; outlet piping to the pond control structure; piping from pond control structure to the level spreader; and level spreader as shown on the Plans and specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to: trenching; trench shoring and stabilization; disposal of excess material; control of water; materials and appurtenances for water; select bedding; backfill; compaction; installation of magnetic flow meters, seismic isolation system, altitude valves and associated vaults; telemetry, electrical, other underground utilities and all other work necessary for a complete installation of all underground utilities. The cost associated with coordination with utility companies shall be included in this bid item. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item No. 5 - Reservoir Earthwork The lump sum price shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment and labor necessary for excavation and/or filling of the onsite material to the lines and grades shown on the plans for the proposed access roads, ditches, future booster station building pad, reservoir pad, cellular open space area and access corridor, proposed storm water detention pond, stockpile and any other grading shown on the plans or detailed in the contract specifications. Work includes: excavation; stripping to the stockpile; cut to fill and cut to stockpile; stockpiling of excess material; separation of reusable material; hauling, storage and care of material to be reused; placing, filling, compaction; structural fill in, under, and around reservoir foundation and reservoir subgrade preparation; construction of storm water detention pond retaining wall and overflow spillway; and any other items not included in the other bid items. Work for this bid item excludes over -excavation of unsuitable material found at the excavation limits shown on the plans or detailed in the specifications; see the Unscheduled Excavation Bid Item. Partial payment for this item will be made in connection with the monthly pay estimates based upon the work completed. Bid Item No. 6 - Unscheduled Excavation This bid item will be used at the discretion of the City's Inspector. In the event the City's inspector determines the subgrade below the stripped material is unsatisfactory, he/she may opt to have the Contractor provide over -excavation. The construction of this bid item shall not be performed without written authorization of the Owner. The price per cubic yard shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment and labor necessary for over -excavation of unsuitable native material found at the bottom of the excavation shown on the plans and/or detailed in the contract specifications. The City's inspector shall determine the required extents of the over - excavation of the subgrade required. Work includes excavation of unsuitable material to a firm and unyielding subgrade, hauling, and stockpiling of excess material. The Contractor must keep up to date and accurate records of removing all unsuitable material onsite and demonstrate it has exceeded the quantity shown on the plans for stripping. Payment shall be per cubic yard of material as measured in place (unless an 18-2 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 18 - Measurement and Payment alternative method is agreed upon, in writing, by the Owner and Contractor). To receive payment for this bid item, the City's inspector must approve and measure all over -excavation. Failure to obtain approval of the Inspector and/or failure to permit the Inspector to measure over -excavation will result in no payment of the over - excavation. No compensation will be paid for this item if it is not needed to complete the project. Bid Item No. 7 - Backfill The unit price per ton shall be full compensation for furnishing and installing imported select backfill for the reservoir site, including all equipment and work for hauling, placing compacting select material, handling, stockpiling and disposal of unsuitable and /or displaced material. No payment shall be made for over -excavation and subsequent backfill unless the City's inspector determines that the over -excavation could not be avoided. Over -excavation is defined as trenching or excavating outside the limits as set forth on the construction plans. Additionally, no payment shall be made for necessary compaction to correct backfilled areas which are not compacted in accordance with these specifications. Payment shall be per ton of select backfill permanently installed in place based on truck weight tickets. Bid Item No. 8 - Unscheduled Backfill The unit price per ton shall be full compensation for furnishing and installing imported select backfill for unscheduled excavation including all equipment and work for hauling, placing compacting select material, handling, stockpiling and disposal of unsuitable and /or displaced material. Payment shall be per ton of select backfill permanently installed in place based on truck weight tickets. Bid Item No. 9 - Dewatering Lump sum price for dewatering shall cover the complete cost of furnishing, installing, and operating dewatering equipment necessary to keep excavations free from water during construction. The price shall also cover the complete cost of filtering or otherwise treating the water, disposal of the water, removal of all dewatering equipment, and restoration of lands used for the purposes of dewatering. Payment shall be lump SUM. Bid Item No. 10 - Reservoir Foundation Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment and labor necessary for constructing the reservoir foundation as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications including but not limited to reservoir concrete foundation, reinforcing steel, concrete forms, and other material required for the complete reservoir foundation. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item No. 11 - Reservoir Floor, Shell and Roof Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for construction of the welded steel reservoir as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications including but not limited to: floor, 18-3 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 City of Renton Division 18 - Measurement and Payment Hazen Reservoir shell, roof, other structural support members; seismic anchor chairs; roof vent; access hatches and ports; lanyard; reservoir interior and exterior coating and all other appurtenances not covered in a separate "reservoir" bid item. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item No. 12 - Reservoir Stairs and Landings The bid price for this item includes the complete cost of providing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for the construction of. the reservoir exterior lower landing platform ladder and vandal shield; reservoir spiral staircase and handrail; conduit supports and cable tray; reservoir interior platform and ladder including safety devices and reservoir upper landing, catwalk and roof handrails as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item No. 13 - Environmental Control The bid price for this item includes the complete cost of providing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for controlling the interior of the reservoir during coating preparation and coating in wet weather conditions. This bid item may not be required if coating preparation and coating is completed during the dry weather conditions. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item No. 14 - Reservoir Mechanical The bid price for this item includes the complete cost of providing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for the construction of the reservoir mechanical elements as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications including but not limited to: interior and exterior inlet, outlet, overflow, and drain piping; inlet and outlet valves; valve markers; expansion joints; sample lines and sampling stations. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item No. 15 - Electrical The lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for the electrical work including but not limited to: installation of electrical and telemetry equipment, conductors and conduits; trenching for conduit installation as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item No. 16 - Automatic Control Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for the automatic control system as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item No. 17 - Shoring Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of shoring including: all labor, materials, and equipment for the installation of the shoring work as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications; design of the shoring system as required by applicable codes and standards, whether shown on the Plans or not. 18-4 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc O 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Spring 2007 Hazen Reservoir Division 18 - Measurement and Payment Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item No. 18 - 12 Inch Ductile Iron Pipe Price per lineal foot shall be full compensation for furnishing and installing water main pipe and fittings per Plans and Specifications. The price shall include but not limited to the following: excavation and stock piling of suitable native material; pipe bedding; all necessary fittings, including concrete blocking and deadman blocks; temporary and permanent thrust restraints; placement and compaction of backfill material; pipe sterilization; dechlorination; pipe flushing; testing; and clean up. Length shall be measured from center of fitting to center of fitting. Payment shall be based upon the length of water main installed. Pipe required for Fire Hydrants Assemblies, Water Services, and Connection to Existing Water Mains shall be incidental to those bid items and not paid on a per foot basis. Bid Item No. 19 - 12 Inch Gate/Isolation Valve The unit per each valve shall be full compensation for furnishing and installing the isolation valve assembly per plans and specifications. The price shall include but not be limited to the valve; valve box; nut extension; valve marker and appurtenances; excavation and stock piling of suitable native material; bedding; backfill; placement and compaction of backfill material; testing and cleanup. Payment shall be based upon the number of gate valves installed. The 6-inch valves necessary for the Fire Hydrant Assemblies shall be incidental to that bid item. Bid Item No. 20 - Fire Hydrant Assembly The unit price per each assembly shall be full compensation for furnishing of all materials and installing the new fire hydrant assembly. This price includes but not limited to: excavation; fire hydrant; Storz adapter; main line tee; 6-inch valve; valve box; pipe; thrust restraint; concrete bearing block; washed rock; backfill; blue reflector in pavement; flushing; testing; painting; and any other items not covered in the other bid items. Measurement and payment for this bid item shall be based on each new fire hydrant assembly installed. Bid Item No. 21 - Compaction Testing The lump sum price shall be full compensation of all testing needed to document the compactive effort of the trench backfill compliance with the applicable Right of Way Permits. A copy of all reports shall be given to the Owner within 24 hours of the test. Partial payment for this item shall be based upon the percentage of the water main installed. Bid Item No. 22 - Crushed Surfacing Base Course The unit price per ton shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing crushed rock per Plans and Specifications. The price shall include installation and compaction of crushed surfacing base course as a road base, future booster station building pad, 18-5 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RI-12 Engineering, Inc. Spring 2007 Division 18 - Measurement and Payment City of Renton Hazen Reservoir cellular open space area and access corridor, and pond access road. Payment shall be per ton of crushed surfacing base course in place on actual truck weight tickets. Section 1-04.6 Increased or Decreased Quantities shall not apply to this bid item. 18.2 Bid Item No. 23 - Select Class B Gravel Backfill The unit price per ton of shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing gravel per Plans and Specifications. The price shall include installation and compaction as required for the gravel backfill the reinforced sections of the storm water detention pond retaining wall, future booster station building pad, cellular open space area and access corridor. Payment shall be per ton of gravel in place on actual truck weight tickets. Section 1-04.6 Increased or Decreased Quantities shall not apply to this bid item. 18.3 Bid Item No. 24 - Gravel Borrow The unit price per ton of shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing gravel borrow per Plans and Specifications. The price shall include installation and compaction as required for the reinforced sections of the storm water detention pond retaining wall. Payment shall be per ton of gravel borrow in place on actual truck weight tickets. Section 1-04.6 Increased or Decreased Quantities shall not apply to this bid item. Bid Item No. 25 - Connection to Existing Water Main The price per each connection shall be full compensation for the connection of the new water main facility to the existing facility per Plans and Specifications. The price shall include excavation; removal and disposal of existing pipe, fittings, and thrust blocking; removal and restoration of rockery and gravel; temporary blow offs; temporary backflow prevention apparatus; pipe, spools and fittings; temporary and permanent thrust restraints; pipe sterilization testing; disposal of excess material; backfill; compaction; temporary patches and clean up. Payment shall be per each based upon each connection completed. Bid Item No. 26 - Highlands Reservoir Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete all work proposed at the Highlands Reservoir site including but not limited to: site preparation, maintenance, and cleanup; installation of water main, altitude valve and altitude valve vault as shown on the Plans. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item No. 27 - Hydroseed and Revegetation The lump sum unit price shall be full compensation for establishing hydroseed vegetation of all disturbed nonpervious areas per Plans and Specifications. The price shall include but not be limited to soil amendment, fine grading, hydroseeding and temporary irrigation necessary to revegetate all disturbed areas and storm water detention pond bottom. Payment shall be lump sum. 18-6 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Hazen Reservoir Bid Item No. 28 - As-Builts Spring 2007 Division 18 - Measurement and Payment Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all mark-up drawings necessary for the Owner to create accurate as -built records as detailed in the specifications. The work includes surveying all structures and utilities to determine their as -constructed locations and elevations, records of all mechanical and electrical equipment for maintenance purposes, and operation and maintenance manuals. The price for this work will be $10,000. Failure to comply with the as -built requirements and furnish acceptable as -built records will result in the deletion of this bid item by change order. Payment for this work will not be made prior to the final payment. Payment shall be lump sum. 18-7 J:\data\REN\105-049\Design\Specs\Hazen Reservoir Technicals.doc 4/11/2007 11:20:09 AM © 2007 RH2 Engineering, Inc. S ctt�r Qf'R�r�tpn ✓�C� RV'01R H3afth !pia��� I, I HA ,� Watef SPRING 2007 �� Y o UR �� N T0 WTR-27-3214 CONTACT PERSONNEL CONTAGt NAME POSITION PHONE CITY OF RENTON TOM MALPHRUS, P.E. PROJECT MANAGER 425 430-7313 CITY OF RENTON MR. ABDOUL GAFOUR UTILITY ENGINEERING SUPERVISOR 425 430-7210 CITY OF RENTON MR. RAY SLED WATER MAINTENANCE DIVISION MANAGER 425 430-7400 RH2 ENGINEERING MARK MILLER, P.E. PROJECT MANAGER 425 951-5372 RH2 ENGINEERING KYLE PETTIBONE, P.E. PROJECT ENGINEER 425 951-5360 PUGET SOUND ENERGY POWER AND NATURAL GAS 888 225-5773 OWEST TELEPHONE 800 526-3557 ONE -CALL LOCATE CALL 48HRS BEFORE YOU DIG 800 424-5555 DEPT. OF ECOLOGY REPORT ALL SPILLS 800 258-5990 DRAWING INDEX SHEET NO. TITLE DWG NO. -- COVER SHEET - 1 GENERAL INFORMATION G01 2 EXISTING OVERALL SITE PLAN C01 3 EXISTING SITE PLAN CO2 4 CONSTRUCTION GRADING AND TESC PLAN CO3 5 PROPOSED STORM POND RETAINING WALL PLAN AND PROFILE C12 6 PROPOSED STORM POND RETAINING WALL DETAILS C11 7 PROPOSED UTILITY PLAN 1 C05 8 PROPOSED UTILITY PLAN 11 C06 9 PROPOSED SITE AND LANDSCAPING PLAN C07 10 PROPOSED OVERALL SITE PLAN C16 11 CONSTRUCTION GRADING AND STORMWATER DETAILS C04 12 PROPOSED SITE AND UTILITY DETAILS I C08 13 PROPOSED SITE AND UTILITY DETAILS II C09 14 RESERVOIR ELEVATION SOt 15 RESERVOIR FLOOR PLAN S02 16 RESERVOIR ROOF PLAN AND OBUQUES S03 17 RESERVOIR UPPER ACCESS PLAN AND DETAILS SO4 18 RESERVOIR LOWER ACCESS PLAN AND DETAILS S06 19 RESERVOIR STRUCTURAL DETAILS I SOB 20 RESERVOIR STRUCTURAL DETAILS 11 S07 21 RESERVOIR STRUCTURAL DETAILS III S05 22 RESERVOIR MINOR SECTIONS S09 23 RESERVOIR OVERFLOW AND DRAIN MECHANICAL PLAN MO7 24 RESERVOIR INLET AND OUTLET MECHANICAL PLAN M02 25 RESERVOIR MECHANICAL DETAILS M03 26 ELECTRICAL LEGEND E01 27 ONE -LINE DIAGRAM AND ELECTRICAL DETAILS E02 28 RESERVOIR ELECTRICAL PLANS AND DETAILS I E03 29 RESERVOIR ELECTRICAL PLANS AND DETAILS II E04 30 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES E05 31 HIGHLANDS RESERVOIR EXISTING SITE PLAN C14 32 HIGHLANDS RESERVOIR PROPOSED SITE AND UTILITY PLAN C15 LEGEND FYiCT1N(`_ SYMBOLS SYMBOL SURVEY DESCRIPTION BENCHMARK ® REBAR AND CAP • MONUMENT IN CASE SURFACE FEATURES DESCRIc nDN SOIL BORING TEST PIT POWER POLE <— GUY ANCHOR TREE (CONIFEROUS) TREE (DECIDUOUS) EXISTING LARGE TREE, TO BE REMOVED HOUSE/STRUCTURE 9& r ROCKERY jfmaQL WATER DESCRIPTION I- WATER VALVE FIRE HYDRANT 'f WATER METER SYMBOL DRAINAGE DESCRIPTION CATCH BASIN TYPE I - CATCH BASIN TYPE II SEWER MANHOLE OTHER SQL (1 DESCRIPTON CAMERA ICON ORJEG.T w — pESCRIP110N WATER MAIN ;r — STORM PIPE — PERFORATED PIPE v POWER CONDUIT — ..e TELEMETRY CONDUIT —•—•—•— CHAIN-UNK FENCE DITCH - - • - TESC SILT FENCE - - CONSTRUCTION FENCE — — CONSTRUCTION UMIT TYPE II CATCH BASIN - UGHT FIXTURE DOUG•LAS FIR TREE �•+ SLOPE INDICATOR OVERFLOW SPILLWAY QUARRY SPALLS Du:w H. LINETYPES I INFTYPE SURVEY DESCRIPTION - - - - PROPERTY LINE -- - - - - - RIGHT-OF-WAY CENTER LINE - - RIGHT-OF-WAY - — EASEMENT SETBACK SURFACE FEATURES LIBED2E DESCRIPTION —•—•—•—•— WOOD FENCE —•—•—•—•— CHAIN -LINK FENCE - L - WETLAND MARKER WETLAND BUFFER DITCH _ TOP\TOE OF SLOPE -S 5-FOOT CONTOUR 1-FOOT CONTOUR 5-FOOT CONTOUR, TO BE CHANGED I -FOOT CONTOUR, TO BE CHANGED - -- -J WETLAND GRAVEL ASPHALT CONCRETE NATIVE SOIL IINETPE UTndTIES DESCRIP170N WATER MAIN STORM LINE SANITARY SEWER LINE - cwP OVERHEAD POWER LINE — ❑ F — BURIED POWER LINE G GAS LINE ORACI O cF fy RIPTON 5-FOOT CONTOUR 1-FOOT CONTOUR — - - - w — PROPOSED WATER MAIN, BY OTHERS RIP -RAP GRAVEL ASPHALT CONCRETE GEOGRID COMPACTED NATIVE SOIL SAND BEDDING WASHED ROCK �a a o 16 g �eolenrr9 �fi SIGNED: IGNAL 0410510 E7vIREs e 2 oe 1° V` P SIGNED: 2 L 0410510 E n.S J 2209 J% ° HILL r .aew d 6 SIGNED: TONAL 0410510 EXPIRES 7 1S 2007 li W LU C y M 0 cm z W V �Y U � z W Qix so C<L EL z m DESIGNED BY: I I: rISI= GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES ADDRESSES 8. CONSTRUCTION STAKING OWNER: CITY OF RENTON: 1055 S. GRADY WAY RENTON, WA 98055 THE CONTRACTOR IS REWIRED TO PROVIDE ALL CONSTRUCTION STAKING ON THIS PROJECT INCLUDING THE ENGINEER: 12100 NE 195TH ST, SUITE 100, BOTHELL, WA 98011 PREPARATION OF COMPLETE AS -BUILT RECORDS. HAZEN RESERVOIR SITE: 4901 NE SUNSET BOULEVARD, RENTON, WA 98059 APPROX. CENTER OF RESERVOIR: 9. EMERGENCY ACCESS LAT., 47' 30' 11'. LONG: 122' 9' 11" CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR EMERGENCY VEHICLE ACCESS TO ALL STREETS WITHIN AND ADJACENT TO THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 48-HOUR NOTICE TO EMERGENCY DEPARTMENTS WHICH MAY BE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION AFFECTED BY ACTIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR. 1. CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS ALL MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP, AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS, TECHNICAL 10. CONSTRUCTION STAGING AREA CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT SHALL BE CONFINED TO THE CONSTRUCTION LIMITS SHOWN ON PLANS. IF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, 2003 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE, THE AWWA DIOO-05 STANDARD FOR WELDED STEEL TANKS FOR AREAS ARE INADEQUATE FOR CONSTRUCTION STAGING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER TO WATER STORAGE, THE RENTON MUNICIPAL CODE AND THE CITY OF RENTON STANDARD PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. OUTLINE A NEW CONSTRUCTION STAGING AREA. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ARRANGEMENT OF THEIR OWN 2. PRE-CONSTRUCDON CONFERENCE OFFSITE CONSTRUCTION STAGING AREA IF SHOWN AREAS ARE INADEQUATE. A PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE AND TWENTY-FOUR HOUR NOTICE WILL BE REQUIRED PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION. 11, SITE DRAINAGE SITE GRADES AND EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE SLOPED SO THAT SURFACE WATER FLOWS AWAY FROM FOOTINGS AND ALL 3. CONSTRUCTION SAFETY WATER DISCHARGES TO AN APPROPRIATE RECEIVING AREA WITHOUT ANY WATER QUALITY DEGRADATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND THE METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES WATER MAIN OR PROCEDURES REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK. 1. INSTALLATION 4. DAILY CLEANUP ALL WATER MAINS 12" AND LARGER SHALL BE AT A MINIMUM OF 48" BELOW FINISH GRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEANUP ALL AREAS AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ON A DAILY BASIS TO THE SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS. SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. THIS INCLUDES REMOVAL OF ALL DUST, MUD, ROCKS, ASPHALT DEBRIS, AND REFUSE FROM STREETS, SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, AND ANY OTHER AREAS AFFECTED BY THE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. FAILURE 2 THRUST BLOCKING AND JOINT RESTRAINT NOTES TO CLEANUP TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER WILL NECESSITATE A SHUTDOWN OF THE PROJECT UNTIL CLEANUP THRUST BLOCKING OR APPROVED JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL TEES, BENDS, DEAD -ENDS. IS PROPERLY PERFORMED. R A AND CROSSES, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE STANDARD THRUST BLOCKING DETAILS AND RESTRAINT SYSTEMS AS L ES I YSTE S INDICATED IN THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE SIZED BASED ON THE FITTING TO BE S. EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES BLOCKED AND SOIL TYPE ENCOUNTERED AT EACH LOCATION. IF CONFLICTING UTILITIES PREVENT THE USE OF A A. ALL UTIUTIES: THE LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN ON THESE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS ARE THRUST BLOCK IN COMPUANCE WITH THE STANDARD DETAIL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALTERNATIVE THRUST APPROXIMATE. THE SOURCE OF INFORMATION GENERALLY CONSISTS OF CONSTRUCTION RECORDS, UTILITY LOCATES, RESTRAINT AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. AND OTHER DATA OBTAINED VERBALLY FROM OFFICIALS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PARTICULAR UTILITY. OWNER AND ENGINEER DO NOT GUARANTEE NOR ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ACCURACY OF THIS INFORMATION, IT IS 3. HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST UNDERSTOOD THAT OTHER ABOVE GROUND AND UNDERGROUND FACILITIES NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS MAY BE ALL WATER MAIN SHALL BE HYDROSTATICALLY PRESSURE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS OF THE ENCOUNTERED DURING THE COURSE OF THE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE TRUE AND CORRECT CITY OF RENTON, THE WASHINGTON STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT, AND AWWA CISDO-93. TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES TO AVOID DAMAGE OR DISTURBANCE. IN THE PRESENCE OF A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE CITY OF RENTON. ALL LEAKS AND IMPERFECTIONS DETECTED SHALL B. UTILITY CONFLICTS: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT A ONE -CALL UTILITY LOCATE SERVICE PRIOR TO AND DURING BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR. CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND THE UTILITY COMPANY WIZEN A CONFLICT OCCURS OR MEN A CONFLICT IS ANTICIPATED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPLACING 4. DISINFECTION OF PROPOSED WATER MAIN OR REPAIRING ANY UTIUDES DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION. DISINFECTION SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS AND AWWA C651-92. FLUSHED WATER MUST BE DISCHARGED TO THE PROPOSED STORM WATER DETENTION POND. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE CITY 6. PERMITS REGARDING DISCHARGE. ALL FLUSHED WATER SHALL BE DECHLORINATED PRIOR TO ENTERING PROPOSED STORM WATER A COPY OF APPROVED PLANS MUST BE ON -SITE WHENEVER CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS. DETENTION POND. THE OWNER WILL OBTAIN THE BUILDING PERMIT, SEPA PERMIT, AND RIGHT-OF-WAY PERMIT, THE CONTRACTOR MUST OBTAIN ALL OTHER APPLICABLE PERMITS, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLYING WITH THE PROVISIONS 5. CONNECTION TO WA�MAINWA�MAIN OF ALL PERMITS. CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING MAIN SHALL BE PERFORMED IN THE PRESENCE OF CITY STAFF ONLY AFTER: -COMPLETION OF ACCEPTABLE HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST 7INSPECTION -PIPELINE IS DISINFECTED AND RECEIPT OF APPROVAL OF WATER QUALITY TEST RESULTS FROM THE TESTING LAB. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL BUILDING DEPARTMENT INSPECTIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION. SPECIAL -RECEIPT OF WRITTEN APPROVAL TO PROCEED WITH CONNECTION INSPECTIONS SHALL BE AS LISTED ON DWG NO SO9. DRAWING NUMBERS DRAWING NUMBERS HAVE BEEN ASSIGNED TO EACH SHEET; DRAWING NUMBERS INCLUDE INFORMATION REFLECTING THE DISCIPLINE MAINLY REFERENCED ON THE SHEET, DRAWING NUMBERS ARE NOT EXCLUSIVE OF OTHER DISCIPLINES; THEREFORE, SHEETS MAY ALSO INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING OTHER DISCIPLINES THAN THAT INDICATED BY THE DRAWING NUMBER. THE FORMAT OF THE DRAWING NUMBER IS AS FOLLOWS: OXX, WHERE: D - DISCIPUNE CODE (G, C, S, M, E) XX - NUMBER G=GENERAL C-CIVIL S=STRUCTURAL M=MECHANICAL E-ELECTRICAL 1�1 IFIFIFIF- POINT DESCRIPTION NORTHING EASTING ELEVATION QBENCHMARK: CONCRETE 1862519 1313997.2 459,20' MONUMENT INSIDE CASE, CITY OF RENTON CONTROL 186243.6 1314327.5 NA REBAR k CAP, LS. NO, 5524 0.14' W., OM' N. OF ACTUAL PROPERTY CORNER SET REBAR WITH 186939.6 1314014.1 NA RED CAP LS, N0. 28072 OTHER SURVEY POINTS POINT DESCRIPTION NORTHING EASTING ELEVATION BENCHMARK: CHISELED SQUARE 187392.4 1313956.6 409.39' IN MOST EAST CORNER LIGHT BASE OMONUMENT IN CASE 187423.7 1313933.0 NA CITY OF RENTON CONTROL OSET REBAR WITH RED CAP LS 187415.3 1314025.8 NA NO. 28072 ®BENCHMARK: TOP RR SPIKE SW 187466.3 1314237.8 411.23' FACE OF UTILITY POLE SET REBAR WITH RED CAP LS 187305.0 1314233.8 NA I�l NO. 28072 OFENCE CORNER DO W 8 0.6' N 187301.0 1314353.1 NA OF PROPERTY CORNER HORIZONTAL DATUM: VERTICAL DATUM: CITY OF RENTON SURVEY CITY OF RENTON SURVEY CONTROL NETWORK-NAD 89/91 CONTROL NETWORK-NAD 88 REFERENCE MONUMENTS USED: REFERENCE MONUMENT USED: NOS. 1996, 1884 NO. 1884, ELEVATION 409.38' ABBREVIATIONS AC -FT ACRE-FEET CB CATCH BASIN CU YD CUBIC YARD DI DUCTILE IRON DWG NO. DRAWING NUMBER ELEV/EL ELEVATION ESC EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL EX EXISTING HOPE HIGH -DENSITY POLYETHYLENE ID IN SOE DIAMETER TER iE INVERT ELEVATION LF UNEAR FEET PROP PROPOSED STA. STATION SO FT SQUARE FEET SST STAINLESS STEEL TESC TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL TN TOP OF NUT TYP. TYPICAL WS WATER SURFACE WV WATER VALVE ID PLAN REFERENCE BUBBLE - REFERS READER BACK TO THE PLAN FROM WHICH THE DETAIL OR SECTION ORIGINATED, DETAIL/SECTION REFERENCE BUBBLE - REFERS ID READER TO THE DRAWING ON WHICH THE DETAIL N OR SECTION IS LOCATED. WHERE, ID - SECTION/DETAIL REFERENCE NUMBER X#j - DRAWING NUMBER ON WHICH DETAIL ORIGINATED OR RESIDES. SECTION/DETAIL REFERENCE NUMBER CONVENTIONS: ALL SECTIONS OR ELEVATIONS HAVE A LETTER REFERENCE NUMBER (A THROUGH ZZ). ALL DETAILS HAVE AN ALPHANUMERIC REFERENCE NUMBER (A-Z OR 1-1799). PROJECT INFORMATION HORIZONTAL DATUM: VERTICAL DATUM: CITY OF RENTON SURVEY CITY OF RENTON SURVEY CONTROL NETWORK-NAD 89/91 CONTROL NETWORK-NAD 88 REFERENCE MONUMENTS USED: REFERENCE MONUMENT USED: NOS. 1996, 1884 NO. 1884, ELEVATION 409.38' ABBREVIATIONS AC -FT ACRE-FEET CB CATCH BASIN CU YD CUBIC YARD DI DUCTILE IRON DWG NO. DRAWING NUMBER ELEV/EL ELEVATION ESC EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL EX EXISTING HOPE HIGH -DENSITY POLYETHYLENE ID IN SOE DIAMETER TER iE INVERT ELEVATION LF UNEAR FEET PROP PROPOSED STA. STATION SO FT SQUARE FEET SST STAINLESS STEEL TESC TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL TN TOP OF NUT TYP. TYPICAL WS WATER SURFACE WV WATER VALVE ID PLAN REFERENCE BUBBLE - REFERS READER BACK TO THE PLAN FROM WHICH THE DETAIL OR SECTION ORIGINATED, DETAIL/SECTION REFERENCE BUBBLE - REFERS ID READER TO THE DRAWING ON WHICH THE DETAIL N OR SECTION IS LOCATED. WHERE, ID - SECTION/DETAIL REFERENCE NUMBER X#j - DRAWING NUMBER ON WHICH DETAIL ORIGINATED OR RESIDES. SECTION/DETAIL REFERENCE NUMBER CONVENTIONS: ALL SECTIONS OR ELEVATIONS HAVE A LETTER REFERENCE NUMBER (A THROUGH ZZ). ALL DETAILS HAVE AN ALPHANUMERIC REFERENCE NUMBER (A-Z OR 1-1799). PROJECT INFORMATION LOT AREA............................... ......... ...... 8.67 ACRES AREA OF WORK.......................................96,600 SO FT SITE ZONING .......................................... R-8 IBC BUILDING GROUP ............................. U IBC CONSTRUCTION TYPE ...................... V DESIGN STANDARD ................................ AWWA D100-05 FOR WELDED STEEL TANKS MINIMUM ROOF LOAD ............................. 15 PSF ROOF SNOW LOAD ................................. 30 PSF IMPORTANCE FACTOR (1)......................... 1.5 DESIGN WIND SPEED .............................. 100 MPH Sda/Sdt/Te........................................... 0.914g/0.414g/0.471 SE ALLOWABLE SOIL PRESSURE (STATIC).. 7000 PSF ALLOWABLE SOIL PRESSURE (SEISMIC).. 9300 PSF VICINITY MAP I" = 1500' >< 1- IT 24. SE IXpll, n g ff 101,1 $ 3 SE f02M IT W ryp R 1XLd IT NE 22"d N( 22ed n sE Ian IT HE ICM s d K 1rm i i OeTuxN i4 - ... mr Y fo7n It. It '" PL HAZEN RESEP,"P SITE TUNS / wit, r �b ¢ Y will W a 4. liu h u r� sE fl2n Pl 3 @' NE fIW Si M Pp IR nM ■s �4' K IOW R z II XUYTA M NxEx NE fan tT M NE tan W A TIE Ian St % I- IT 'If 'N, A la, IT N sI IT ,A Stg� e ii IR, eM T M )M IT K 7M i7 NE em vL +r pt NE eu IT ' If Sm IT y w Tln IT R.oHt � ly NE +m cT N< +a sr HE +n sr m S1 HE .,1 11 YirtR •e � 4 mT xm� ONE -CALL LOCATE CALL 48 HOURS BEFORE YOU DIG s[ IXzea °'TeTIS �b2•T l B lgyi, _ ff Tam Si E%FIRES 8 2 OB ff fO+W SIGNED : 04/b5/07 e !tlll r•w W 4 0 8 1 �olerrg4O� M SE 113m IT i EXPIRES ] 15 TOOT < la Y 11+W Sr SIGNED: 04ID5107 Y r O 4 11)M ldt + s nen SE t10A SE 124n,a IPROPOSED SUBDIVISIONHOWIAM Io S Oi'2447 W 1057, 18'- 1 a n I 1. W S 01'24'46" W 161.35' N I I ITe 1%i RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. m1tp;//ww 2.can 1 I a16o,*Q.com I 1.800.720,8052 a I BELLINGHAM OFFICE tititi 360.676.08,M far•,10M► ` s HAZEN RESERVOIR SITE 454 Well Hat. Rood 3J BOTHELL OFFICE 425.951.5400 < 12100 HE 195th Street, Suit, 100 ti� I EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE `D 509.886.2900 300 Simon Street, suite 5 1= N � z PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 1\Z I ul I 600 KBeap Simi, Suite 101 1 I SCALE: SHOWN 1 ST I 8 Si - g R -H--�-+ - w 8 8 g g I 0 DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE ._ _ 8 tl -- 'R IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG 11+86.7 STA, : `. REBAR WITH CAP '° ' :�'- _ 'y`- N701'24'4.3 n - ±- 8 8I nor: 1 MIKE COTTAGES AT HONEY CREEKI E 1161.64' STA. 0+25: OK.ALECDW G01 CITY OF RENTON tettto MLM #O HAZEN RICH SCHOOL BENCHMARK am MQ ATHLETIC FIELDS °''x APR 10, 2007 • O EXISTING_ SITE BOUNDARIES AND SURVEY POINTS N 186228 9 E 1313996.E mart: REN m-:105-049 31 nnuiEHAZEN-D-GEN01 i I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 EXISTING SITE LOOKING NORTH HONEY CREEK \ WETLANDS PROPOSED HOOUTAM SUBDIVISION J 11_1 d 4 44560 _ ADJACENT ROCKERY 3 I 11 t I' TREE, TO I REMAIN, (TYP.) II s A VvSL O O O 1 435 h � � / � y r i. Pp • ' � I O ty O I I TREE, TO BE 0 I I I REMOVED, TYP CONSTRUCTION vl II -I LIMITS �fpL1�i7�'y4 OFg0 ' 0 EXISTING OVERALL SITE PLAN 1" = 50' - •-- --ass —, CONSTRUCTION LIMITS IN THIS AREA SHALL BE 7.5' EACH SIDE OF WATER MAIN OR 15' TOTAL CONSTRUCTION AREA WIDTH HAZEN HIGH SCHOOL ATHLETIC FIELDS CONTROL POINTS NORTHING. 186213.6 EASTING 1314327.2 02 86224.0 1313996.3 03 186568.0 1314004.9 ® 186568,0 1314192.5 QS 186611.9 1314192.5 © 186611.9 1314234.3 O7 186568.0 1314234.3 © 186568.0 1314335.E 09 186553.0 1314319.2 10 186403.0 1314315.6 1© 186403.0 1314207.9 1© 186450.0 1314198.5 1© 186481.0 1314236.6 14 186553.0 1314236.6 GENERAL NOTES TREES IDENTIFIED TO BE REMOVED WITHIN CONSTRUCTION LIMITS. TREES "THIN CONSTRUCTION LIMITS NOT IDENTIFIED TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE FLAGGED AND CONSTRUCTION FENCE PLACED 5' FROM TRUNK OF TREE; A CITY APPOINTED INSPECTOR SHALL VERIFY PLACEMENT AND ACCURACY OF FLAGGING AND FENCING. NO TREES/BRUSH/SHRUBS OUTSIDE CONSTRUCTION LIMITS, UNLESS IDENTIFIED TO BE CLEARED, SHALL BE DISTURBED UNLESS DETERMINED TO BE A CONSTRUCTION OBSTRUCTION AS DETERMINED BY THE CITY APPOINTED CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR. UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE, IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE TRUE LOCATION SO AS TO AVOID DAMAGE OR ALL CONSTRUCTION STAKING IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR_ SICNXD: 04/051107 NILL �6" °T 141d n �IallTle�9 I6NAL EXPIRES 6 2007 SICNdk 04/SS/D7 Z g z O F.y W V/ W J �W W O Z RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. htta://,,,.m2. a IDoArn2- 1.800.720.8052 SE W NGHAM OFFICE 360.676.0&6 454 W»t Horton Road BOTHELL OFFICE 425.951,5400 12100 t4E 195th Street. Suite 100 EAST WE14ATCHEE OFFICE 509.886.2900 300 sir— street, Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE MO 876,7960 600 Kitmp Street. Suite 101 DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG nnr. 50 D"0 ea flame COW col K wn MLM um APR 10. 2007 M° m . REN in w 105-049 rm/Wc HAZEN-D-CIVOI PROPOSED HOOUTAM SUBDINSION 9 y. </ -4- r--•ap -451 - �P ,♦�' f p4'. :1,� ( 4{ ♦ IONAL II / / / � �''A� � t..l _mJ SD �,"+ty. � e � ,��5 • = 4 l / // V e><Pi�s e s oe N �\ ttx' . SICHSO: 04105107 r �4• ` i � MCA CONCRETE S - Ja qy 4 \ •'� tib I in'�r c�1.;•— �j� — 1� 1 PLANTER STRIP MIDASPHALT PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION --451--' i Si�`<• `'),♦-.1+J•1�'rM �p`Il�'41 1 LIMITS, SEE DWG NO. COI PAVEMENT A ) h7 �,. FOR DEFINITION - •,�),) / �iL � \ Q ( I \ IS 12 \"\ • E%PIRES) 15 2001 rr� r f5 \ l i _-� _r.J O n • 4 ,7 `I I SICKED: 04105107 EX. CB Ln / / Jj' S $+��rJ"'rr'7`P IeJ �.�` "s 3\' • \' < I RIM 449.11 0 / 4 / Ji P\O Syr° 5 \O� ♦ shy-453 �rq. IE 444.86 8"ADS N I / `'.✓ r "'r/'7 , �• y • > •� > \ i !`1`�r�i �..' I I v IE 444.46 6"ADS W / I / S \b t r _, J I 0 f ,1N r' WEST EDGE OF IE 444.86 10"ADS S 1 I i � � �aC� P � _I>� <� _LJ� < i• N� r A .� � � • c+) / / e OF LINE 0.2' WEST S � I t" t,',Y � � � / r1Hr/� P\' � / \ S �� `I I/ S \a 31 t 1„� • > OF LINE TREE ABBREVIATIONS P /. _`r a�1 PQ G \ i ♦ ) \ I 11 4 % / , ALD - ALDER 4 1 I / 1 - - - - - - "., _:SJ J •�. PLO et rk5 _ - - - \ -tom ° �rry •' I COT - COTTONWOOD2aR c� W� y9 Q \ / <�(.s.S' .,:'� -1„� MA -DECIDUOUS ..t. ��` 0P O t� _r.J �� P \ (% . MAP -MAPLE ��' 4 ...� A55 "'f P ; N T .'' I 1 I' \ `L / / • ^ `ASR6. e I �'.4 ♦ -4j4 .. \ / G 455 \ \ �1`1 _lj <� �„ • n t _r.J `S6\ I J / 0 .�i \O .�� ryti �'\ �O / - ,}.\'- EXIONC TREES, DO NOT DISTURB, (TYPJ) SEE NOTE ON DWG NO. COt {' I I l i I �K. �' PQ • • �'5��� Q ��L O j • / / ��A Ow y I Iv l I � I OOG , � ♦ ��Q\. TP-4 / / • �\ :\- 4 •^ ) /- 1 1 I 0 G a �� L h / �1 F-i W I v \ d — — J h5 CANOPY y I \� Q • rt r P\O O1 I \ Gp� G / �\ — �PQ — — 6�g� It LINE (�T]cn I I Q 4 •�� °ip� •O OA ��� k0 I r,i���j I / I ( \ L_ �ti \ p • - A57' - -" - -- _ -� \`L'� ,•itPQ L ONE STORY m WOOD FRAME f' I I I I � i ` \ + O / -,Y�' � �l✓U r GARAGE r,, a I�TiI EX. CB TYPE II I I I ��,q;\V i� rL0 �' C.W. X RIM 449.60 I I I 1 \ '� \ O ES' I le-eeill W IE 443.7 10"ADS N I EXISTING TREESTO BE I I I \ \ j \ G TP- 4 EXISTING TREES, DO NOT [TURB, V IE 443.6 10"ADS SW I I I II \ - r -1 , (TYP•) SEE NOTE ON O N0. C01 I I '�. REMOVED, (TYP.) SEE NOTE I I PROPOSED \ \ / \ ON DWG NO, COI RESERVOIR \ ry 45\ 6' WOOD O FENCE - I I t 1- O•�� P' h� - _ i airy / I , �, •ry 6 � 0 / Q � \I , � ti0 � - / � I J��O� ( IG ji r p9i" • 4S)_-.._ - - - EX. ONE STORY -454- ` r 6 GO - -- ._ _ 1 r r r : 9 , . • i'; `, I WOOD FRAME I SE?BACK �, -� ,��(1"" r / 4 • ^'r - a mod, -, 455 i I (TYPE, 1 ` � ' - 458- _ - '- � ) \\ 7 le�PQ ... `\ryr0 �1 RH2 ENGINIERINU, It. _ / +i ;� mltp://.r..rh2.can, ' EXISTING 4' aYbox•n2.com - - - - - 457- •r ,-. SETBACK CHAIN -LINK FENCE d5� ' 1 G� �PQ 46 / •' , y I.W0.720.8052 4 ' ti i eEL.UNGHAM OFFICE - 2 459 - - - - - - - A r py r / 360.676.0&% .• PQ - 1N - 454 wort Hortm Rood 40 �Q / G O 6 \ o - 4-*I,-,- - - r-T.- - - -460. - - - - 1_ \ 4230THILL OFFlCE \ - Ogg SETBACK ♦ lr: ♦O \ / 5.9515400 • t->_rla+ A6'j 12100 NE 195tn Street, Suite 100 • / { • RS9 /' / _ -461-- - • \ EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE EXISTING POWER POT7` -461- , 5W 86.2900 _ _ - - - 300 Si— Sheet Suue 5 - — — _ . I:r I,i w //I .— -ION-- -_ /---_-'--- 463 --- _ [, V PORT ORCHARD OFFICE TOP )F SLTipF- _ -46` - 360.876.7960 \ _ / JD.D' 4 r 600 Ki trot, Suite 101 461 - -_- - TOE OF ;ROAD EASEMENT 46 - -- U 1 J. pi w _. SCALE: SHOWN _ 2- 1' 462 - SLOPE _ - 463_-464--- --------------464---------------- \ GRAVEL DRIVE E 112T --- -- - C orlP oNa - e v-TOE_0_F _SLOPE EXISTING 6' CHAIN -LINK FENCE EXISTING WATER MAIN - — 0' _ a+�.6-! P - - - - _ - _ - - -� 0 DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE 2 TRANSMISSION - - _ - - --- - - - a+a IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG LINE EASEMENT 8.000 —� -465 no 20 - — — - - - - amine COW CO2 4,00 MLM H a,Ic APR 10, 2007 AZEN HIGH SCHOOL EXISTING SITE PLAN HAZEN HIGH SCHOOL PARKING LOT �* REN 105-049 1' = 20' +• rq: All nowt HAZEN-D-CIV02 PROPOSED 8' CULVERT, I.E.-452.37' IN, I.E.-452.04' OUT, LENGTH-32' WATER.A1!!D STORM MAIN I CONSTRUCTZ LIMITS SHALL BE ' I 7.5' EACH SIDE OF PIPE OR 15' TOTAL CONSTRUCTION AREA WIDTH. TESC FENCE BOTH SIDES- - -451---\.- - I is 50 I - I / / PROPOSED STORM WATER Ip - EXISTING" TREE, DO NOT POND, TO BE USED AS A SEDIMENT I ty DISWAB, (TYP.). SEE NOTE ON DWG NO. COt POND DURING SEE ONG NO. C11 AND Cl I / / I � Ryti r I IGO f I 1 1', 1 I 1 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I i 1 a III / I I 1 1 I I 1 I I I i2 I I III _ A v PROPOSED LEVEL SPREADER • ' AT ELEVATION 446', SEE a11 DWG N0. C04 FOR ,DETAILS -�• -- S_oPROPOSED 12!� HOPE STORM TEMPORW ` PROPOSED TESC FENCE,/PER DETENTION TEMPORARY OUTFAL�PIPE, ROUTE 10-LEVEL CONSTRUTION .'CITY STANDARD DETAIL BO66 FENCE ONSTRUCTION: -" 2 FOR DETAILS SPREADER AS SHO".-- - PROPOSED OVERFLOW SPILLWAY AND RIP -RAP PAD, SEE DVrG NO. C12 FOR DETAILS RS? p A 52 I � CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY '- - RESPREAD TOPSOIL TO A SILT FENCE THROUGH / DEPTH OF 6' ON POND II MIDDLE OF POND PER r i BOTTOM AND KING COUNTY PROPOSED TEMPORAR 7' i - SEED\HYDROSEED, SEE SURFACE WATER CONSTRUCTION FENCE - Nye h� NOTE THIS SHEET. DESIGN MANUAL P DND PERIMETER OF jT;._\ I v III/ rgNSTRUCTION a I LIMITS 4y3 I ' I 45 I I � I \ I i-- I I I I 1 PROPOSED POND MAINTENANCE ACCESS ROAD, SEE DWG NO. C04 FOR DETAILS PROVIDE QUARRY SPALLS AT RO UNED DITCH, TYR. SEE A FOR DETAILS 4 WALL FOOTING' \"v+ � - I _ 'r{ DRAIN, SEE DWG \ /f, NO.S Cll AND I4 - - 412-FOR_DETAILS � POND OUTLET 40>0i c I 1 I ps , I / I ! I f' I I aye IF ONE STORY WOOD I GARAGE ' �=' - - - - - _d'='- _ � ra sue, • r 8i ' • F2 6 PROPOSED POND CONTROL } / L{ STRUCTURE, SEE DWG NO. C04 FOR DETAILS - PROPOSED RESERVOIR SUBGRADE. SEE DWG NO. S02 `\ FOR DETAILS / I prrp ) RESERVOIR CENTER -.--�N 186360.77 TESC NOTES PROPOSED ROAD AND UTILITIES SHOWN FOR REFERENCE, SEE APPROPRIATE SHEETS FOR DETAILS. EXCAVATED MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE USED AS TRENCH BACKFILL. CONTRACTOR SHALL STRIP EXISTING TOPSOIL FROM CONSTRUCTION AREAS AND STOCKPILE SEPARATELY. THE EXISTING TOPSOIL SHALL BE RESPREAD AT A DEPTH OF 6' AT AREAS THAT ARE TO BE SEEDED\HYDROSEEDED TO PROMOTE VEGETATION UPTAKE. CONTRACTOR SHALL HYDROSEED AND RESTORE, TO EXISTING OR BETTER CONDITION, ALL DISTURBED AREAS UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT. FOLLOWING STABILIZATION DISTURBED AREAS CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE TEMPORARY TESC FENCE, DRAIN STORMWATER DETENTION POND. UNPLUG BOTTOM ORIFICE OF POND CONTROL STRUCTURE, PER DETAIL ON DWG NO. C04, AND PUMP OUT ANY EXCESS WATER SO THERE IS NO STANDING WATER IN THE POND. CONTRACTOR SHALL SPREAD EXISTING STOCKPILED TOPSOIL TO A DEPTH OF 6' ON POND BOTTOM AND HYDROSEED POND CONTRACTOR MAY USE SE 112TH ST FOR SITE ACCESS, THE CONDITION OF THE ROAD MUST BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION AND IS TO BE RESTORED TO EXISTING OR BETTER CONDITION UPON COMPLETION OF TEMPORARY SLOPES SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY REGULATIONS AND SHALL BE COVERED WITH PLASTIC DURING WET WEATHER TO REDUCE EROSION AND SLOPE FAILURE POTENTIAL. SUBMIT SIEVE ANALYSIS AND SAMPLE OF ALL BACKFILL MATERIAL FOR ENGINEER APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSTRUCT THE DETENTION POND FIRST TO PROVIDE A SEDIMENT POND/TRAP FOR OTHER SITE GRADING WORK OR SHALL iPROPOSE AN ALTERNATIVE SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN THAT MAY INCLUDE A 'SMALLER SEDIMENT POND/TRAP AND ADDITIONAL INTERCEPTOR DITCHES. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SEDIMENT PLAN TO ENGINEER FOR RENEW PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) NARRATIVE FOR ADDITIONAL TESC INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. THE TESC MEASURES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE THE MINIMUM ANTICIPATED FOR THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION. ADDITIONAL MEASURES MAY BE REQUIRED TO PREVENT SEDIMENT TRANSPORT OFF THE SITE AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S MEANS AND METHODS, ANY ADDITIONAL MEASURES REQUIRED TO CONTROL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S BID PRICE. TREES SHOWN WITHIN CONSTRUCTION LIMITS SHALL NOT BE DISTURBED UNLESS IDENTIFIED ON THESE PLANS AS TO BE REMOVED OR DETERMINED TO BE A CONSTRUCTION OBSTRUCTION AS DETERMINED BY THE CITY APPOINTED CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR, SEE NOTE ON DWG NO. C01 TESC CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE 1. ATTEND THE PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING 2. FLAG AND\OR FENCE CLEARING LIMITS AND TREES, 3. POST A SIGN WITH THE NAME AND PHONE NUMBER OF THE ESC SUPERVISOR. 4. INSTALL CATCH BASIN PROTECTION, IF REWIRED. 5, GRADE AND INSTALL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE(S). S. INSTALL PERIMETER PROTECTION (SILT FENCE, BRUSH BARRIER, ETC.). 7. CONSTRUCT SEDIMENT PONDS AND TRAPS 8. GRADE AND STABILIZE CONSTRUCTION ROADS. 9. CONSTRUCT SURFAC E WATER CONTROLS INTERCEPTOR DIKES PIPE ( SLOPE DRAINS, ETC.) SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH CLEARING AND GRADING FOR PROJECT DEVELOPMENT. 10. MAINTAIN EROSION CONTROL MEASURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH KING -46 I I I I I / - I- COUNTY STANDARDS AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. _ - I -454- - I 455 I I - - - - 456- I -----457- 00 _ I- CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE AREA, Di I I 11. RELOCATE SURFACE WATER CONTROLS OR EROSION CONTROL MEASURES, I I PROVIDE 4' TO 8' QUARRY bh I OR INSTALL NEW MEASURES SO THAT AS SITE CONDITIONS CHANGE, THE f • • I i _ If EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL IS ALWAYS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPALLS 12" THICK, PER RENTON - _ _ / STANDARD DETAIL 806E KING COUNTY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL STANDARDS. 12. COMMENCE CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES AND ROADS. (_ '• rl ;. * J I 60 13. COVER OR STABILIZE ALL AREAS THAT WILL BE UNWGRKED FOR MORE EX. ONE ST'� - THAN SEVEN DAYS DURING THE DRY SEASON (MAY 1 THROUGH WOOD FRAME SEPTEMBER 30) OR TWO DAYS DURING THE WET SEASON (OCTOBER 1 THROUGH APRIL 30) WITH STRAW, WOOD FIBER MULCH. COMPOST, ROCKC{1ECK DAM _ _ -' ' .` f 1, / - I I PLASTIC SHEETING, OR EQUIVALENT. EXPOSED SOIL MUST BE COVERED IMMEDIATELY AT THE THREAT OF RAIN. TYP. SEE DWG NO r ' \ C04 FmR DETAILS ,j t I 14. UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, ALL DISTURBED AREAS MUST BE I 'I - � 1 11 '1 r t � I�. STABILIZED WITH HYDROSEED, NETS/BLANKETS OR MULCHING. 15. WITHIN 30 DAYS OF FINAL SITE STABIUZATION, REMOVE ALL TESC NyO� -. PROPOSED INTERCEPTOR - �' DITCH SEE E FOR / - MEASURES UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE OWNER'S INSPECTOR. i0 DETAILS �. *1r 1 0 'j' A59, 460 / — -- - 460 - - - n61 - - / - - - - �:j - - - -461 J" to - - - - - - - - - ---- 46T� .q63 - `462 461 J -461 - -- 3 _ 6 - 462 _---463_- - __--____----_ -_-464 -` vl'E \ SE 112TH S �+P -464- _ ___ _ _- --_- -__--- _ \L- GR4fEl DRtvF_ ..J11P OHP -465. _ _ // OHP oHa oHa - - - - - - - - - _ --OF SLOPE 462 OHP _ 464 - 463 _ - - _ - - - ���---—__OMP— --- OHP - SIGNED: 04/05/07 °°o1s]ae4° ti<' E%PIKES ] 15 200] SIGNED: 04105107 also I RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. ht- //..r rh2.com po,*h2.cam 1800 720 8052 BELLINGHAM OFFICE 360.676.08M 454 Weal Horton Road BOTHIi OFFICE 425.951.5400 12100 NE 195th Street, Suite 100 EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 5M.886.2900 300 Sen. Stro t, Suit. 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 Kass Street. Suite 101 SC HOWN 0 1" 2" DRA'MNG IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2' LONG ur. 20 RK•me COW CO3 CONSTRUCTION GRADING AND TESC PLAN I " = 20' APR 10, 2007 m REN IIa:105-049 INC HAZEN-0-CIV03 -,/ PROPOSED TEMPC CCNSTRUCTION AROUND PE TI i POND, SE NG N F E STORM POND RET ING LL, .' SEE LAYOUT S T AND Iff DETAIL D NO. C11 - i FOOTINGARAIN, ROUTE AS.SHOWN, SEE DWG NO. CI1 FOR DETAIL WAY , PROVIDE ` MIDRA D T IL TO MATCH POND CE H T. OVERFLOW SPILLWAY AND RIP -RAP, 1-MAN ROCK 12" TO \ 15.0' 111' DEEP, SLOPE TO DRAIN, 1 SET RIP -RAP PATJ-WTHAT \ ` TOP MATCHES SPILLWAY BLOCK ELEVATION. FILL GAPS IN CONTRACTOR SHALL RESPREAO TOPSOIL - ,,,/// 1-MAN ROCKS WITH QUARRY TO A DEPTH OF 6' ON POND BOTTOM -_ SPACES SO SURFACE VARIES AND SEED\HYDROSEED, SEE NOTE ON -. 1 �� BY NO MORE THAN DWG NO. CO3 ;- SEE p FOR DETAILAIL S. 23. PROPOSED STORM WATER DETENTION POND WITH VERTICAL ECOLOGY BLOCK WALLS. .�:y. ROUTE FOOTING DRAIN BASE ELEVATION 448A.0' WITH (2) 4° SOLID NOT SHOWN MATERIALS MAX WATER SURFACE ELEVATION 453.0' = '� WALL PVC PIPES TO NOT SHOWN IN THIS SEE DWG NO. C11 FOR DETAILS ,�� OUTFALL PIPE AS NEW FOR CLARITY BEGIN WALL \ NECESSARY WITH A - P�D ACCESS R AD, 1 SEE DWG NO. 04 FOR DE ILS . 45 (+/-1.5')68.0' GEOGRID, SEE PROFILE I AND SCHEDULE THIS SHEET EL �A 16 4blers*� %P 6 05 SIGNED 0I/05/07 4) `• e�` �brer• 74UL EXFRES 2 25 2009 SIGNED: 04/05/07 nG�� Y � ►9ti� hti �g� P 4 S JpgS, 1 STRAIGHT LINE 57•fS900, R39.5 s TUF 45 4.50- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --�--- (: 4454..00' BA�ry N 186473.79 E 1314125.48 SURFACE o LAYER 2 . o by v v p Z N ` y GRAVITY WALL TO 3' WALL N 186461.19 E 1314098.39 "6. 455 HEIGHT, SEE DETAIL ON DWG L W l?; v Q Yi, \�v - � N0. C11 v � � D (2) 4"` vLAYER 1 P_ o v:. a I Z W J INLET RIP..RAP PAD, `� /• INSERT -A -TEE GEOGRID, SEE SCHEDULE THIS SHEET v O O SEE OWC NO. C ETNOS `T, i - / AND DETAILS ON DWG NO. C11 cr f - -- - - - GEOGRID SCHEDULE: ACCESS ROAD SURFACE vv O 0 cc SEE DWG NO. C11 FOR PIPE PENETRATION / Y� D 'z O a DETAIL, TYR. AVOID CONFLICT WTH GEOGRID �� /�oe LAYER 1, 6'-0" MIN. LENGTH v ° 1--i Q BY ADJUSTING GRADE AROUND PIPE PER CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE Q Cf PROFILE ��.// LS LAYER 2, 6'-0° MIN. LENGTH LEVELING PAD, SEE DETAIL ON DWG v > W W a O LAYER 3, 6'-0' MIN. LENGTH, NO. C11 �- 38.0' 1.9 - - / s PERPENDICULAR TO WALL. 448.00' SEE DWG NO. C11 FOR DETAILS S 89'48'.56" E 38,03- -'- - - _ - - r ,, i/ . ^ .-j Z FI POND DUVALL ARC -RADIUS 69.0', 155.0' Ow O .. 39.0' PIPE -'- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - UJ -- N POND CONTROL o v - -�-.� -- N Q `~ STRUCTURE v 1 LA2 0 / VAULT DRAIN LINES 1 v v •v ..s vv'v v pve STORM POND RETAINING WALL PLAN ° °C O O 1" - 10, v; LA1b'1 b _ ... D b . v ,�' D .v e, D CL b D. O BEGIN WALL RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. CONSTRUCTION AT THIS ARC - RADIUS 39.5', 77.9' STRAIGHT LINE STRAIGHT LINE http.//-rh2- - - - - - - OVERFLOW SPILLWAY - - - - -LOCATION - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ - - - _ _ _ _ _ _- _ _ - - - - - - _ - - - - - BLOCK WALL, SEE DETAILS ON DWG N0. � 1.eoo.72o.w52 NO. CIl 18.8' --{ TOP WALL STEP PER DETAIL ON DWG TOP BLOCK, TYP. FULL LENGTH C11 455-7C671^�DT�7 BEWNGHAM OFFICE 455,00 454 west Horton Rood BACKFILL BOTHELL OFFICE 4 3.1Y v a,SURFACE 425,9515400 D v, D LAYrA 2 12100 NE 195th Street, Sidle 100 O b. "o s v v p', bI.AYER, 2y D s .. .v - v a 0, b It,v ° "LAYER 2 P ° - ° v '� p 509.886EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE .2900 LAYER 2 7.5 - v v, 0 V V, 0 v . V D b D. v D .. D D. 300 Smarr Street. Suite 5 v' °. e° p V V .bp D O V ° c PORT ORCHARD OFFICE °. D g LAYER 1 3e0.e76.7965 'v 13.3 Y `1 .v !° V' V 600 Kdsop Street, Sidle 101 Lk .. v 0 pv D o v SCALE: SHOWN 10? "LA 1 . p V' e, v. 1y b fE D v D LAYER 1. DRRRM oO ° .° PIPE, - S - b 18° PIPE. 81WPE-PEt1EiRDA1VG A0. .. 0 I„ z„ by C111F° OPIP VNETRATIb0 DETAIL D v 3ell ° v v v. .' v - °v pb .v oDETAI-FLU . v D V' D - DRAWING IIF BAR IS NOT 2' LONG WALL D' v . °. D v - o .v DETAILBOTTOM STEP, ON DWG NO. CII SEE v r: 10 0•c R9. v Ew�cm. DW13 C12 - I I "" anr41D MLM APR 10, 2007 at[[r Ra STORM POND WALL PROFILE (ALONG INSIDE FACE) aije* REN new.: 105-049 31 H: 1' = 10', V. 1" - 2.5' mmAw HA2EN-D-CIVI3 CONSTRUCTION AT THIS S - 0.05 MIN. R69.0' LOCATION NOTE: PROPOSED STORMWATER DETENTION POND VOLUME SHALL BE SURVEYED IN THE FIELD AND CALCULATED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IT MEETS KCSWDM VOLUME DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. KCSWDM VOLUME REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE CONTRACTOR BY THE ENGINEER DURING SURVEY. GNAVLL BORROW ON NAIIVL MATERIAL SUBJECT TO SURFACE RESTORATION ENGINEER APPROVAL, COMPACTED TO 95X OF PER PLAN MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY PER ASTM D1557 (STANDARD PROCTOR) NOTE: TEMPORARY EXCAVATED SLOPES SHALL BE 1:1 STEEPER SLOPES MAY BE POSSIBLE IF REVIEWED 1 AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER \� DURING CONSTRUCTION. DECISION WILL 1 BE BASED ON WEATHER CONDITIONS, SOIL CONDITIONS AND LENGTH OF TIME BETWEEN EXCAVATION AND PLACEMENT OF WALL MATERIALS \ APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF EXCAVATION // \ RETAINED SOIL J \ 6" 8" MIN. LOW PERMEABLE SOIL, NATIVE SILT KEYSTONE CAP UNIT KEYSTONE STANDARD GRAVEL BORROW FOR (rrI UNIT (18" DEPTH) GEOSYNTHETIC RETAINING I •� WALL GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAINS LENGTH = I FIBERGLASS PINS, TYP. FINISHED GRADE POND BOTTOM N9IEL —it' MIN. `\\ LEVELING PAD, WRAP FOOTING DRAIN IN MIRAFI 14ON 4" PERFORATED PVC WALL DRAIN, ROUTE TO STORM OUTLET PIPE ` FOUNDATION SOIL SEE DETAIL THIS FILTER FABRIC SURROUNDED WITH 12' PER DWG NO. C12 SHEET OF GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAINS. ROUTE WALL DRAIN TO OUTLET AND TIE INTO OUTLET PIPE PATH FORROCATIOS SEE DWG N0. C12 TYPICAL REINFORCED WALL SECTION N.T. < 1/2' X 5 1/4" FIBERGLASS PINS FRONT FACE 6 TOE 12' CRUSHED SURFACING BASE W + 12' COURSE, COMPACT TO FIRM AND UNYIELDING CONDITION LEVELING PAD DETAIL N.T.S. CONTROL JOINTS AS REQUIRED �{I — I e, PIPE s. SQUARE BLOCKOUT FILLED WITH CONCRETE COLLAR NOTE: `RIP RAP OUTLET AREA PER DWG NO. C04 OUTLET PENETRATION SHOWN, INLET SIMILAR PROVIDE AND INSTALL 18' THICK CONCRETE COLLAR CAST AROUND PIPE FOR EASE OF CONSTRUCTION AND APPEARANCE. PROGRESS AROUND COLLAR WITH HALF OR FULL WIDTH BLOCKS, CUT AS NECESSARY TO FIT. GEOGRID MAY BE SINGLE LAYER ABOVE PIPE IF WALL ABOVE PIPE COLLAR IS 4' OR LESS IN HEIGHT. OTHERWISE ADJUST GEOGRID TO PROVIDE LAYER OF GEOGRID AT 2'—B' INTERVALS, MAX. PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL N.T.S. B" MIN. LOW PERMEABLE SOIL, NATIVE SILT 1 KEYSTONE CAP UNIT ,,•,,,\•fFOUNDATION KEYSTONE STANDARD UNIT ---LASS RETAINED SOILYP, 1h BACKFILL FOR �AN D GRADEGRAVEL DRAINS, MIN. 6" THICKAPPROX. UNITS OFEXCAVATIONLEVELING PAD, 4' PERFORATED PVC WALLSEE DETAIL THIS DRAIN WRAPPED IN MIRAFI 140NSHEET FILTER FABRIC, ROUTE TO STORM WATER OUTLET PIPE WITH MIN. SLOPE OF 0. 57 TYPICAL GRAVITY WALL SECTION N.T.S. 4" CAP UNIT (2) — 4" CAP UNITS OR 8" KEYSTONE (1) — 8- CAP UNIT UNIT y C . NOTE: 1. SECURE ALL CAP UNITS 1WTH KEYSTONE KAPSEAL OR EQUAL. TOP OF WALL STEPS N.T.S. 6 THICK CRUSHED SURFACING J BASE COURSE LEVELING PAD BOTTOM OF WALL STEPS N.T.S. BASE LEVELING PAD NOTES: 1. THE LEVELING PAD IS TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE. 2. THE NATIVE SUBGRADE IS TO BE RENEWED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED PRIOR TO BASE COURSE PLACEMENT. PLACE ADDITIONAL PIECES OF GEOGRID WHEN ANGLE EXCEEDS 20' 4 e �� `\ REQUIRED OVERLAPPING GEOGRID FOR PROPER ANCHORAGE (TYP.) GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR \�6; DRAINS (UNIT CORE NOTE: MATERIAL) 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PLACE GEOGRID IN THE CORRECT DIRECTION OF ORIENTATION TO OBTAIN PROPER STRENGTH PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. cnroln IAICTAI I ATIMI nAl rl IQ\/CC N.T.S. MAXIMUM WATER'SURFACE DURING 30 MINUTE 6VERFLOW EVENT AT 4,000 GPM \EXISITNG GROUND SURFACE t EXISTING GROUND SURFACE TO BE RETA VED PROPOSED MSE y 448.0 — — — — — — — — — — — — — _ _ _ RETAINING WALL, SEE DETAILS ON DING N0. C11 PROPOSED GR'ND SURFACE 6' OF SEDIMENT STORAGE I f I POND SECTION A -A — UNIT FACE o kB EXCAVATION LIMITS 6" CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE LEVELING PAD, COMPACT TO FIRM AND UNYELDING CONDITION STANDARD UNIT/BASE PAD ISOMETRIC SECTION VIEW N.T.S. W�= STANDARD ELEVATION GEOGRID IS TO BE PLACED ON LEVEL BACKFILL AND EXTENDED 1 OVER THE FIBERGLASS PINS. 16" PLACE NEXT UNIT. PULL GRID STANDARD PLAN TAUGHT AND BACKFILL. STAKE AS REQUIRED. GRID k PIN CONNECTION C IAP UNIT ELEVATION CIAP UNIT ELEVATION c % CAP UNIT PLAN CAP UNIT PLAN UNIVERSAL 3—PLANE SPLIT CAP UNIT OPTION CAP UNIT OPTION BLOCK DETAILS N.T.S. SIGNED. 04/05A7 E%RIRES 2 25 2009 SIGNED: 04/05/07 D'� Y � V Z LZ �y ccLO 1 'O , � Q Z w Q 1' 1 OW C O Q V N O a O cr IL I. IN RH2 ENGINEERING. INC. htW://—w 2— moibo%Ah2.can 1.800.720.8052 BELLINGHAM OFFICE 360.676.OBJ6 454 West Horton Roof BOTHELLOFFICE 425.951.54W 12100 NE 195th Street, Suite 100 EAST WENIATCHEE OFFICE 509.806.2900 300 Simon Street, Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 Kilsep Street, Suite 101 CA : SHONM 0 1" 2" DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG wm: 2 00.0. EI19Rme DWB C11 lalaim TVP PAX APR 10, 2007 s14F1X0. atom REN in e9: 105-049 31 Rm t,HAZEN—D—CIV12 . . M A TC H L I N E 0E' �I t - PROPOSED LEVEL SPREADER I 13 N j-i._!iW MATCHLINE 05 451LIN— 3NlbW I 3 50 PROPOSED - CHAIN-K �9A 0 PROPOSED STORM 4� FENCE �p 452 OUTFALL PIPE I �I • � >z �2. PROPOSED PONDPROPOSED .,,, • STORMWATER OVERFLOW SPILLWAY 9 P . DETENTION POND 4 1 I' � I 3 '00 PROPOSED POND - FE 52 I I I I APPRO. STA, 2+61.5, 180.3' R, PROVIDE: I I I I (1) H4 " DI 221/2' BEND (M,,xW) WITH e I II 1 iTHRUST BLOCK c- Ng"5 I II WALL FOOTING I 2 50 I DRAIN I I I I 455 I PROPOSED I 1 f.� r QUARRY SPACES PROPOSED RESERVOIR 45\Q 455 R'S6 I I N j OVERFLOW/DRAIN POND OUTLET i5 I DECHLORINATION MANHOLE ( I II PROPOSED POND I I ') / I MAINTENANCE ACCESS ROAD PROPOSED RESERVOIR F k, OVERFLOW AIR -GAP MANHOLE I I y� I 2 DD a N i I PROPOSED POND 45 G' PROPOSED a 45 ❑ CONTROL '- QUARRY SPALLS i I STRUCTURE N£ • I J4 I M -455,_ SEE DWG NO. LINE ELT DRAIN m I M01 FOR % \ APPROX. STA. 1+52.0, 204.9' R, PROVIDE: CONTINUATION APPROX 18 LF (1) - 12" DI 111/4' BEND (MJxMJ) WITH I ph THRUST BLOCK f 12" DI PIPE PROPOSED WATER QUAUTY I I RO SED SEISMIC DAPPROX 15 LF f 16^ PIPE. (FLxPE) SAMPLING STATION, SEE DWG I ! RESERVOIR ISO L TION VALVE I II NO, M03 FOR DETAILS _ OVERFLOW VAULT _ .. __ __ _ _ I I n PROPOSED BUILDING • I 1 50 I RESERVOIR — — , PAD FOR FUTURE BPS I I SEE DWG N0. M02 I I RESERVOIR I FOR CONTINUATION RINGWALL i • I I APPROX. S A. 1+33.9, 2051 R, I PROPOSED STEEL RESERVOIR PROVIDE: OUTLINE OF RESERVOIR OUTLET — (2) - 12" DI G TEFVALVE (FLXMJ) RESERVOIR O ( H II RESERVOIR INLET I I 1 - 12` DI GATE VALVE FLXFL 0 ' I I FOOTING / 226 0 � I (1) - 16" x 12" DI REDUCER (FL>IMJ) i 45 \ PROPOSED FLOW METER 241 224 A PROPOSED BUILDING PAD FOR ELEC1RtCAlI I I VAULT - ' I BUILDING, SEE DWG NO. C04 FOR OETAIL9 a5 1 00 I \ 22 -fir' L- ,,,_ ,,._,. I PROPOSED 6.5'x10.5'x11' 0 I ��'�- I • I • -/J 20D PRE -CAST ELECTRICAL BUILDING. ate' I i �_-- SEE DWG NO. E02 FOR DETAILS. I I tau - s ftlM elk APPROX. STA. 0+84 7, 222.0' R, FUTURE IDE-IN TO a • I - P PROVIDE: I HOOUTAM I 0C 454 240 221 00 � 2 K) 5 RE)NTONIRE STANDARD DETAIHYDRANT L B102 PER SUBDIwSON i h 4 00 v I PROPOSED HOQUIAM SUBDIVISION ELECTRICAL NOTES 100 1. SEE DWG NO. E02 FOR CONDUCTOR/CONDUIT SCHEDULE. 200 2. SEE DWG NO. E05 FOR STANDARD CONDUCTOR/CONDUIT SCHEDULE. 3�3. PROPOSED OUTDOOR AREA LIGHT. SEE ON NO. E04 FOR OUTDOOR AREA LIGHT DETAILS. 4. EXISTING UTILITY POLE. ELECTRICAL UTIUTY POWER CONNECTION TO BE FINALIZED AFTER COMPLETION OF ELECTRICAL UTILITY COORDINATION. 5. PROPOSED 1" SPARE CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING TO PROPOSED ACCESS GATE ENTRY KEYPAD. CAP AND STUB -UP CONDUIT BELOW KEYPAD, 455 PROPOSED ACCESS • 200 1 ROAD ti. • APPROX 14 LF 7., of 12" DI PIPE I APPROX. STA. 0+70.9, 324.6' R. PR NDE: II (1) — 12` DI CAP WITH THRUST OCK 200 456 I • k . r • PROPOSED ACCESS - ' GATE AND V-GROOVE 200 APPROX 118 LF a if' � W W 1 � • �� a TRACK 100 I � 457 PROPOSED I EXISTING CHAIN4-41( FENCE 0 150 I ACCESS GATE MOTOR OPERATOR 4 v ... • r APPROX, STA. 0+68.0, 206.9' R, PROVIDE 1 ^ - 12" TEE I ' ' - ' - - - - - - - - - (1) (MJxFL) I I 46� PROPOSED ACCESS CORRIDOR ", � ��-, '- � - - - - - - - - - - - o _ ? • - (1) 12` GATE VALVE (FLXMJ) , AND OPEN SPACE FOR FUTURE APPROX. STA. 0+14.3. 208.1 - - - - - - - - - - -460- - - -I • I °59 i CELLULAR EQUIPMENT PROVIDE: o �6 4Sr�(1) - CONNECTION TO EXISTING .rlu • - SYSTEM, SEE DWG NO. C09 FOR DETAIL ^� 461 460 •�--�"61 �, 3 II D - — -- P r4 : 1_ 463 4F- 461 / r SEE DWG N0. FOR GOI 461 N6 ION SURVEY AND STATION LINE - CONTROL POINTS _ 462 00 OHP 463 464 TOE 0r SLOPE 464 ' GRAVEL DRIVE SE 112TH ST - — f'6P 6P-Stb't'E— aHP -#65— — — oHP . _ OHP 465 oHP aHP oHP axa DF SLOPE 462 — — — ——PRBPGSE9-GATE--ENT&kKEYEAD_M _ A oHP oHP 64 463 °M& PEDESTAL. STUB UP TELEMETRY CONDUIT TO KEYPAD FOR FUTURE USE, OHP OHP CUY MARRE,Z:OORDIRATE N 01+P / UTILITY FOR RELOCATION 465 PROPOSED UTILITY PLAN I 1"=20' NOTE: PROPOSED LANDSCAPING NOT SHOWN, SEE DWG NO, C07 FOR PROPOSED SITE AND LANDSCAPING PLAN. EXPIRES 8 2 06 SIGNED: 04105107 Olt MTLC e . 7OLW � EXPIRES 7 /5 2007 SIGNED: 04/05/07 G / '`Y o /.♦ RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. mitp.//w A2.— ofibo.•rh2.mm 1.1100 720.8052 BE W NGHAM OFFICE 360.676,0836 454 West Horton Road BOTHELLOFFICE 425.951,5400 12100 NE 195th Street, Suite too EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 509.886.29M 300 Simon Sheet, Suits 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 Kltsup Street, Suite 101 DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG nap 20 ow Na amen CDW COS III MLM wet: APR 10. 2007 am, REN 7 = xa: 105-049 31 *_-ENIE ZZ WEST EDGE OF m Frlp—._1 CONC. 0.2' EASTOa — — • ——OF LINEn � ya ----------- ���----------------- SIGNED: OI/06/07 a 50' WETLAND BUFFER, NO o WA CONSTRUCTION ACTINTIES 7 v • ` SHALL OCCUR INSIDE THIS • EXIS�G WEI�AND BUFFER. ti� P o • �l b Sn a c'S= • 9 bft"Lsp`' .7 O P • • ExP11aEe 1e ] • M ryb^� bhp b� a Ebb • SICKED 01/06/07 co O I b Y PROPOSED POND • n \ a� pry0 ;., • • • pti0 bMry pAro b� v bb �a OUTFACE PIPE WL • bo�po boW n P,'yb^'2� 9f 445 1 V 1 d • � b� boh � �' � aaa �br £aa Q3 6 4,42 a F o dryti o 1 b b 4 o cp Z PROPOSED LEVEL SPREADER, O 4£b 4I` SEE�C FOR DETAILS QJ ' o"� . :..b / ti Sys 8£a • 9£a aa� 4 fee-4a a rn QA jjJJ a ../ v e I £b • • F—I 0 a o a36 • • W === 6Za a bb� O a �P T / 11 b .. , r �/ •• • b <I a �n • ON y c n N APPROX. STA. 6+51.9a 2.6' R, PROVIDE • ° 11) - CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEM, °' N r. • • o p XE DWG NO. C09 OR DETAILS �. o c aI In ol I - •'00 cl a P v �a 20' SETBACK LINE, (TYP.) APPROX. STA. 4+73.3, 10.0' RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. mttV://—rh2— • � R, PROVIDE: clTo•aM can r - - - - - - - - - - - - ��n t ( r ) NTH THRUST BLOCK I_e00720.8052 (1) 12" DI 45- BEND n n MJ MJ W7 --- --'- 6EWNGMAM OFFICE o PROPERTY LINE. (TYP.) - — 0 —dt� L142� 423 424 — — — — — — e a + a = xo67608M — —•— — — — — — — PL — — — — — — — —Q 454 Weal Horton Rood d ----------M---------- O — — — -- — — — --- - _ � — 90THELL OFFICE - - - g • W �� w A�PR�Xw 76 LF of 12` DI PIPES a - - - - 025.95L5r0o $ - - - 8 w w �� w �� w 12100 NE 195m Street. S.R. too 8 8 g EAWT iNENATCHEE OFFICE 509.886.29M 300 Sin. St -I, Suite 5 6 '• a �"•""'r� = = pORT ORCHARD OFFICE • c0 Olry �n �`Y G Fa '• - n 360.876.7960 f (N O cm `zy 9ea n a •- eoo Klbap Suet. Suite 101 M 00 0 o O ^a ryW °r av ^µ O u=, --- SCA E: SHOWN CD CD 12" DI WATER MAIN, a Nor v `� BY DEVELOPER Fn _a LID L b _ - e W W DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IQ .%T Z_ Z IF BAR IS NOT 2' LONG 1211Q Z! COTTAGES AT HONEY ADJACENT J — rinr. 20 e'10 M0 CREEK, IN PROGRESS. EXISTING ROCKERY 449 PUT PLAN PROVIDED BY DEVELOPMENT, _ _ IN PROGRESS U U tx+meCDW COB DEVELOPER, AREA HAS ; I I— I— altraMlM NOT BEEN SURVEYED. I :�i I =� ax APR 10, 2007 •a PROPOSED UTILITY PLAN II aw REN 1" = 20' +os no"105-049 31 nlH.uo HAZEN-D-CIVO6 CONTROL POINTS POINT NORTHING EASTING ELEVATION O1 186378.2 1314151.2 456.3' 02 186395.4 1314141.4 456.3' Q3 186421.3 1314109.3 456.1' ® 186406.3 1314072.4 456.3' 05 186402.7 1314067.1 456.3' © 186370.9 1314048.0 456.3' O7 186322.0 1314137.4 456.3' O8 186324.3 1314155.8 457.0' O9 186314.8 1314181.9 458.0' 10 186296.0 1314195.0 459.4' 11 186243.4 1314189.0 463.2' 1© 186241.2 1314221.9 463.8' 1© 186366.9 1314178.4 457.4' 14 186353.7 1314141.3 456.6' 15 186351.1 1314153.2 456.6' 1® 186324.8 1314143.3 456.6' 1© 186298.9 1314113.2 457.5' 18 186305.5 1314068.4 457.6' 19 186265.1 1314068.4 459.2' ® 186265.1 1314110.0 459.2' ©1 186279.6 1314110.0 458.4' ® 186289.3 1314117.3 458.0' ® 186318.2 1314162.2 457.4' ® 186318.9 1314170.6 457.6' ® 186323.3 1314215.0 458.8' © 186323.3 1314250.0 458.8' © 186383.3 1314250.0 458.8' ® 186383.3 1314215.0 458.8' FENCE CORNER N 18655&0 E 1314005.7 PROPOSED POND MAINTENANCE ACCESS ROAD PROPOSED QUARRY SPALLS PROPOSED ACCESS ROAD, SEE DWG NO. C08 FOR DETAILS 0 ag'L a5� 454 455 456 FENCE CORNER 457 N 186253.9 EXISTING E 1313998.3 CHAIN.. --INK FENCE 419 I , PROPOSED CHAIN -LINK FENCE, SEE DWG NO, C08 FOR DETAILS I I I j �i • 4 I I I � " I u I i I I ayv PRS ST R--- I DE POND I ' I I ` PROPOSED POND OVERFLOW SPILLWAY, SEE DWG NO. C12 FOR DETAILS PROPOSED POND INLET RIP -RAP PAD, SEE DWG NO. C08 FOR DETAILS PROPOSED PERSONNEL GATE, SEE DWG NO. C08 FOR DETAILS GATE CORNER: N 186433.3 PROPOSED E 1314126.0 DECHLORINATION MANHOLE 1 I I j RESERVOIR OVERFLOW RESERVOIR DRAIN LEVEL SPREADER a I v50 <JLl" "W UV" I ULS' �I I 48S1 �s I RS2 POND OUTFACE PIPE 52 1 WATER MAIN � I • I � I PROPOSED CHAIN -LINK EXISTING TREE, I 'I POND FENCE SEE DWG DO NOT DISTURB I N0. COB FOR DETAILS (NP) QS PROPOSED ' POND OUTLE � � FS �455 / 6 I I ChN � l/f • "'VV" S� I /PROPOSED POND CONTROL I i i��STRUCTURE � ` PROPOSED VAULT DRAIN LINES P I RESERVOIR I RINGWALL ]j PROPOSED STEEL RESERVOIR I 1 RESERVOIR OUTLET __� �S RESERVOIR INLET 1 PROPOSED FLOW METER / I VAULT / •I 7 • 8 OUTLINE OF RESERVOIR JJi ' • I FOOTING \\ / RIO' +, 9 i •'� PROPOSED ACCESS CORRIDOR AND OPEN SPACE FOR FUTURE��' CELLULAR EQUIPMENT, SEE DWG _ _ Leyj) NO. C04 FOR -DETAILS _ _ FENCE CORNER CCA���NJ I • • N 186265.7 RIO' I Ny0 E 1314326.6 -- 21 + PROPOSED ACCESS GATE V-GROOVE - - - - • - TRACK - - - - - CORNER 9.0 Sg� 114194.8 460 - - `�'�461 ,�.��.� E 1314194.0+ 10 PR OSED SEISMIC IS T10N VALVE VAULT R2'.10 461 462 OHP _- - OHP OIIP 464 flip t+- S� -465- 464 TOE OF - gyp- - OHP 465 OHP- - II • PROPOSED BUILDING PAD FOR can_ FUTURE BPS, SEE DWG NO. C04 FOR < 7 DETAILS u I I I I I I I II 1 II I I -- - h� a PROPOSED BUILDING PAD FOR ELECTRICAL BUILDING, SEE DWG NO, C04 FOR DETAILS • PROPOSED ELECTRICAL 459PROPOSED ACCESS UILDING. { % ROAD, SEE DWG NO. CGB FOR DETAILS N PROPOSED VEHICLE ACCESS w W I GATE, SEE DWG NO, COB FOR - DETAILS 460FENCE CORNER I N 186264.9 E 1�14216.0 1 I' ---_--40----___--1 FENCE CORN ER• 4216Aj psi i • E}73 �4�6/3��_ ICI ._._. OF SLOPE lr " 46 W PROPOSED HOWIAM SUBDIVISION FENCE CORNER N Ia6558.0 E 1314334.4 1/2 HEIGHT - { OF TREE 6" RIM MULCH BERM L 6" MIN 2'z2" HEMLDCK/FIR STAKE, DRIVEN TO REFUSAL (24" MIN.). SECURE TO TREE WITH NON-CORRODABLE WIRE ENCASED IN REINFORCED DULL GREEN RUBBER HOSE AT POINT OF CONTACT WITH TREE. FINISHED i r GRADE CUT AND REMOVE BURLAP FROM TOP 1/2 OF BALL. BURLAP TO BE ROTTABLE AMENDED NATIVE SOIL -I 12" - AND FERTIUZER a�6 CONIFEROUS TREE PLANTING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE PROPOSED DOUGLAS FIR TREE, 12' O.C., STAGGERED AS SHOWN, (TYP. 79 TREES). SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET n b-0 459 A GRAVEL DRIVE SE 112TH ST.._,._ -- - - '-'F SLOPE 462 PROPOSED A CESS GA Eft-- OHP- _ _�64 463 KEPI' ADAND-PEDESTAL,-SEE - - - - - - - - _ - ",v oHv DWG NO. C08 FOR DETAILS - 465 PROPOSED SITE PLAN �- I"=20' NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO HYDROSEED ALL PERVIOUS DISTURBED AREAS NOT OTHERWISE IMPROVED. SIGNED. 041V51'07 M1LG or •4e4y to u ]RILL EMPIRES IB 3,)O] SIGNED: 04/05/07 CJ� Y V a U Z g Zg as W W O a m a 1p do RH2 ENGINEERING. INC. mta : w //,h2.00m Iboxph2.com 1800.720.8052 BELLINGHAM OFFICE 360.676.0836 454 West Hort. Road BOTHELL OFFICE 425.951,5400 12100 NE 195th Street, Suite 100 EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 509.8M.2900 300 Simon Street, Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 Kitsop Street. Suite 101 DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG Pm 20 mm m. E• COW C07 I om MLM D*x APR 10, 2007 •"" N0 nae REN 1-No.: 105-049 31 PROPOSED HOQUTAM SUBDIVISION PROPOSED CONNECTION TO FUTURE HOQUAIM PROPOSED CHAIN SUBDIVISION 00 N T LINK FENCE PROPOSETYP D -I ------------ .� Y — •S PROPOSED POND PROPOSED �. h yo osr °sY I OUTFALL PIPE ELECTRICAL gg qay po p ptih I BUILDING gl PROPOSED PROPOSED ACCESS BPS BUILDING PAD ROAD PROPOSED LEVEL I � � G� I PROPOSED VEHICLE ACCESS GATE SPREADER I O M°' y pnp p I 145 ST I t O T Q I lJf` o po p 011 S IN fop S6p ^�y 0r1 \V\l Z 00. ` I PROPOSED STORM WATER DETENTION POND PROPOSED I WATER MAIN 111` �1 ��- -- -- '-- _- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - W-- ----w -- - - - - -- --- - 4I-4rrt. �. •: �.• • -� � • s �.#s� :�-�c,-esa •:. rr_-s- �� �yi � ,� '.-,��-,,,. �� :.-ss. s-►s:er: �: � e PR SED 4502 CONNECT) N TO - --- -' — — - 091, 09r CO AGES AT EY REEK ; PROPOSED 4.2 MG STEEL RESERVOIR 12' WATER MAIN, BY COTTAGES AT HONEY CREEK. COTTAGES AT HONEY CREEK, IN PROGRESS. PLAT PLAN PROVIDED BY DEVELOPER, AREA HAS NOT BEEN SURVEYED. 0 0 0 — _ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PROPOSED OVERALL SITE PLAN t" = 50' PROPOSED OPEN SPACE FOR FUTURE CELLULAR EQUIPMENT SIGNED: 04/05/07 MILL L i B `bleiM�p9�y (aUL V•" EKPIRES 7 15 2007 SIGNED: 04105107 TS Y g Z a Ogg _ N� j `Q W Q .. M o O W V o a IN I A) i Ri ENGINEERING. INC. hllp: //w—rh2.cm moimox4rh2— 1800.720.8052 BELLINGHAM OFFICE 360.676.01IM 454 West Hortoo Road BOTHELL OFFICE 425.951.540D 12100 NE 1951h Street. Sidle 100 EAST WE14ATCHEE OFFICE 509.886.2900 300 Slmon St-t, Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 Kileap Street, Suite 101 SCALE: SHOWIJ 0 1" 2" DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG PLOT: 50 Do W. [MONme cow C16 lams MLM d.Te APR 10, 2007 i aw REN l in w.: 105-049 J2 Rm", HAZEN-D-CIV16 CRUSHED SURFACING (11/4" Qp H. SELECT CLASS B GRAVEL BACKFlLL IN MINUS IN CONFORMANCE WITH ) r r•epi CONFORMANCE WITH WSDOT 9-03.12DRY WSDOT COMPACTED TO COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DRY 95X OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY MAXIMUM DENSITY PER ASTM D1557 (STANDARD fOR TRAVELED AREAS AND PROCTOR), PROCEDURE B OR C. COMPACTED TO 90% OF MAXIMUM Is DRY DENSITY FOR UNTRAVELED WIDTH AND FINISH GRADE PER SITE PLAN AREAS PER ASTM D1557 (STANDARD PROCTOR), TRASH RACK ICNAL ' 8" PROCEDURE B OR C. A A WON PROVIDE V-NOTCHES IN E%PIRE9 a z De SlCN60.� 04/05/07 �- - OUIFALL PIPE GALAR2' 80' CENTER LUMBER TO DISTRIBUTE FLOW 3, TIP � "SX MtLI ..r reap, GRADE CLEAR ROADWAY OF TREES AND BRUSH, BOARD PROVIDE 1-}" MINUS - STRIP TOPSOIL TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 12". SOIL CONTAINING 5% ROCK, APPROX. uREMOVE MORE THAN 2"x12' PRESSUTED 18^ SECURE GRADE BOARD TO POSTSPROVIDE ORGANICS. COMPLETELY REMOVE LARGE ROOTS OR STUMPS IN THE PROPOSED AREA. GRADE BOARD AIL, PRESSURE USING 3/8" DIA. GALVANIZED TREATED 2x12 INSTAVEL BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS, TWOCONNECTIONS SIGNED.. 04/05/07 PER POSTLUMBER UNDISTURBED NATIVE MATERIAL, PROOF ROLLED TO A FIRM AND UNYIELDING 4"x4" SUPPOR8' CONDITION WITH A 10-TON VIBRATORY ROLLER OR OTHER METHOD APPROVED TER GRADE BOARD DETAIL Y BY THE ENGINEER. AREAS THAT ARE SOFT, LOOSE, OR YIELDING SHALL BE FILTEIC COMPACTED TO MEET THESE SPECIFICATIONS OR REMOVED AND REPLACED. IF BACKFlLL IS REQUIRED IT SHALL BE SELECT CLASS B GRAVEL BACKFlLL IN CLEAN (<5% FINES) 3/4" TO 1-1/2" WASHED pp CONFORMANCE WITH WSDOT 9-03.12(1)B, COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAXIMUM ROCK „ DRY DENSITY PER ASTM D1557 (STANDARD PROCTOR), PROCEDURE B OR C. NOTES'- SECTION A -A MAXIMUM LIFT THICKNESS 8'. PROOF ROLLING SHALL THEN BE PERFORMED TO I. THIS TRENCH SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED SO AS IY� VERIFY COMPACTION AND STABILIZATION. TO PREVENT POINT DISCHARGE AND/OR GRAVELED AREAS DETAIL 2. TRENCH AND GRADE BOARD MUST BE LEVEL ALIGN TO FOLLOW CONTOURS OF SITE. LEVEL NV 3. GRADE BOARD SUPPORT POST SPACING AS NOT TO SCALE DSPREADER. REQUIRED BY SOIL CONDITIONS (MIN. 6' D.C.). CO6 2" TO 4" Z OUARRY SPACES L -DISTANCE SUCH THAT 1� �1 L ELEVATIONS A k B ARE EQUAL VARIES 8" MIN SEED WITH MIXTURE PER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PROVIDE V-DITCH PER PROPOSED GRADING PLAN, SEE DWG N0. CO3 12' 6' 4" THICK OF CRUSHED SURFACE THE PRESENCE OF THE ENGINEER � BASE COURSE, PROOF ROLL IN F�����iiii Z Q (R J V A z_ `2 O 1 � 1 r 4" TO 6" MIN Q1 •I-r FINISHED GRADE O 1 12" IN 1' MIN, `'`' m SIDE PROFILE FRONT VIEW 1 W a cc EXISTING NATIVE MATERIAL uj O a ROCK CHECK DAMS INTERCEPTOR DITCH DETAIL POND ACCESS ROAD SECTION fs-I NOT TO SCALE W F-, NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE U 2 o O OUTFALL PIPE FROM �1 A DECHLORINATION MANHOLE PROPOSED LO --_ T RETAINING WALL CONTRACTOR 10 PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING AS NECESSARY TO RESIST 400 FRAME, GRATE AND SOLID LB BUOYANT FORCE ON THE TEE OUTLET COVER MARKED "DRAIN" WITH STRUCTURE. REMOVE BRACING AFTER LOCKING BOLTS, SEE NOTE 3 BOTTOM ORIFICE IS UNPLUGGED. PROVIDE 2' CLEARANCE FRAME, GRATE BETWEEN LADDER AND AND COVER INTERIOR PIPE AND NOT SHOWN PIPE PENETRATIONS PROVIDE V THICK OF QUARRY SPACES PER WSDOT 9-13.6 PROVIDE ROCK LINED DITCH PER PLANS WERE DITCH SLOPES EXCEED B.OX _ OUTLET CHECK VALVE PROVIDE RIP -RAP ' CONFORMING TO U FOR CLARITY APWA/WSDOT SECTION , 9-13.2 e 3 , i Qt f MIN. 2 T— 1 2' T PIPE SUPPORTS 3" x STEPS OR .090 GAGE STEEL, LADDER A�,.- A 2' MIN. PROVIDE DITCH LINING GEOTEXTILE FABRIC BETWEEN PROPOSED 2'(MIN). ; ` J PROVIDE SUFFICIENT PROVIDE DITCH LINING 'o� SEE NOTE 6 QUARRY SPALLS AND SOIL RETAINING A CLEARANCE TO ALLOW GEOTEXTILE FABRIC BETWEEN WALL VALVE BILL TO OPEN RIP -RAP AND SOIL UFT ROD W/HANDLE. ROCK LINED DITCH WITHOUT INTERFERENCE PROVIDE IV DIA. ORIFICE WITH SHEAR GATE CLOSED � PLAN SECTION A -A DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR HANDLE SHOULD ATTACH TO SEDIMENT POND OUTLET. TOP HANDHOLOAADDER PLAN VIEW (•D3 NOT TO SCALE RIP PAD IN DETENTION POND RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. mtP://ew..cm REPLACE WITH 4' DIA. RUNG. -RAP I8W.xOre252 1.e0o.7zo.ao52 ORIFICE AFTER UNPLUGGING NOT TO SCALE BOTTOM ORIFICE. 4 OUTLET INLET ' 448. BELLINGH C 448.V-X 45/ Weal Harlan R°a0 1-MAN ROCK 12' TO METAL OUTLET PIPE, 1.5' MI _vAucrDRwwPROVIDE ICE SEE NOTES 1 & 5 LINES IN (NOT �S:. I8' DEEP, SLOPE TO DRAIN, 42oB DOELL SHOWN) 1. USE A MINIMUM OF A 54' DIAMETER TYPE 2 CATCH SET RIP -RAP PAD SO THAT 12100 NE 195U Streel, SWt. 100 _ RESTRICTOR PLATE BASIN. TOP MATCHES SPILLWAY BLOCK OFFICE WITH 0.7" ORIFICE CLEANOUT SHEAR 2, OUTLET CAPACITY: 100-YEAR DEVELOPED PEAK ELEVATION. FILL GAPS IN i-MAN ROCKS WITH QUARRY EAST WENATCHEE 509.886.2900 a GATES 8" DIA. MIN. 54" MIN. DIA FLOW 3. METAL PARTS: CORROSION RESISTANT. SPALLS SO SURFACE VARIES BY 300 Smarr Street Sun. 5 REMOVABLE NON -GALVANIZED PARTS PREFERRED. GALVANIZED NO MORE THAN 4" OVER DITCH PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 380.878.7980 WATERTIGHT PIPE PARTS TO HAVE ASPHALT TREATMENT 1. UNING WOVEN GEOTEXTILE PER 60D KitwP St-L Suite 101 COUPLING EADTE DURING SECTION A -A CONSTRUCTION TPLUG BOTTOM OIFlCRE 4. FRAME AND LADDER OR STEPS TO OFFSET S0: A. FROM TOP. B. CLIMB DOWNASPACETE IS VISCLEAR OF RISER AND 1+' WSDOT 9-33. 1 SCALE: SHOWN SEDIMENT POND. UNPLUG ORIFICE PLATE WITH CLEANOUT GATE. FOLLOWING STABILIZATION OF ORIFICE AS -� C. FRAME IS CLEAR OF CURB. 0 1° 2" DISTURBED SITE AREAS. SPECIFIED 5. IF METAL OUTLET PIPE CONNECTS TO CEMENT DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE ELBOW DETAIL CONCRETE PIPE: OUTLET PIPE TO HAVE SMOOTH O.D. IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG EQUAL TO CONCRETE PIPE I.D. LESS 1/4". �• 1 Dw ea 6. PROVIDE AT LEAST ONE 3" X .090 GAGE SUPPORT 10' MIN. PROVIDE DITCH LINING FABRIC W BRACKET ANCHOR TO CONCRETE WALL. (MAXIMUM BETWEEN QUARRY BETWEEN Q Goa POND CONTROL STRUCTURE V ELBOWLRESTRICTOR RIP SPILLWAY DETAIL BALLS AND SOIL KwouM �M� 7. LOCATE AS NECESSARY TO o -RAP w•n qPR 11, 2007NO NOT TO SCALE PROVIDE MINIMUM CLEARANCE AS SHOWN. C1 NOT TO SCALE 8. LOCATE ADDITIONAL LADDER RUNGS IN STRUCTURES USED AS ACCESS TO TANKS OR VAULTS TO ALLOW 1 1 anrD REN ice w.: 105-049 ACCESS WHEN CATCH BASIN IS FILLED WITH WATER. 32 Rime HAZEN-D-CIVO4 1l" TOP 8' 0" 2W LINE POST 6 GAGE WIRE 0 10' O.C. MAX GENERAL FENCE DETAILS NOT TO SCALE 4" SCHED. 40 GUIDE POST CF CHAIN LINK FABRIC AS 20 PER SPECIFICATIONS t36" SCHED. 40 PIPE FRAME - TOP, BOTTOM, SIDES PAD MOUNTED SLIDE GATE OPERATOR ,NOSEE TE V-GROOVE TRACKWITH j - REBAR TRUSS EMBEDDED INTO CONCRETE CONCRETE PAD FOR V-GROVE TRACK. GRADE SITE AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE FLAT AND LEVEL SURFACE FOR FENCE TO OPERATE ON. 2' O.D. LINE POST MAX. 0 10' O.C. STRAPS, 0 14" , 3'-6" 11 GAUGE CORE WIRE FABRIC 9 GAGE WIRE 14 GAUGE GALVANIZED BARBS CUPS, 0 24" IN A 4-POINT PATTERN, 0 5'. 6 WIRES, 'V" SHAPE. 24" END POST GENERAL FENCE NOTES: PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY TRUSS RODS AND INTERMEDIATE RAILS FOR THE FENCE AND GATES AS REQUIRED PER 2006 WSDOT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT IN THESE DETAILS. FENCE AND GATE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO TYPE 1 STANDARD. SEE RENTON STANDARD PLAN L003 FOR 3' WIDE PEDESTRIAN GATE. MATCH GATE HEIGHT TIE WIRE AT WITH 8' FENCE AND INCLUDE BARB WIRE. BOTTOM OF FENCE 10' MAX. POST HOLE CONCRETE: MIN. DEPTH - 36' MIN. DIA. - 12' EMBED POST FULLY - 2' 4" SCHEDULE 40 STRIKE POST SITE FENCING NOT SHOWN THIS VIEW FOR CLARITY 1%- SCHED. 40 - PIPE INTERNAL SUPPORTS, TYP 4" V-GROOVE WHEEL, LOCATE AT 20X OF OPENING WIDTH, BOTH SIDES VEHICLE ACCESS GATE DETAIL NOT TO SCALE TOP AND BOTTOM HINGES 2" O.D. TOP RAIL SHALL SWING 180' PERSONNEL GATE WERE 2r O.D. END POST / SHOW ON PLANS, MIN 2" TIE WIR AT E BOTTOM OF 1Jj FENCE4 10'-0" MAX. —I— 3' --I POND FENCE DETAIL LOCKING CATCH, PROVIDE OWNER STANDARD PADLOCK VEHICLE ACCESS GATE NOTES: 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL AN AUTOMATIC LOCKING SUDE GATE, CONSTRUCTED OF CHAIN LINK FENCING WITH BARBED WIRE TOP TO MATCH PROPOSED SITE FENCING. 2. OPERATOR/MOTOR SHALL OPERATE ON llOV SINGLE PHASE POWER AND BE EQUAL TO HY-SECURITY BRAND 222-SS HYDRAULIC SLIDE GATE OPERATOR WITH 1/2 HP MOTOR. ROUTE POWER CONDUIT FROM FACIUTY TO GATES USING SEPARATE CIRCUIT BREAKER WITHIN FACILITY SIZED FOR POWER LOAD REQUIREMENTS, 3. OPERATOR SHALL BE ENCLOSED IN AN OUTDOOR RATED ENCLOSURE AND PAD MOUNTED. PROVIDE CONCRETE PAD AS REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER. LOCATE ON SECURED SIDE OF FENCE. 4. PROVIDE KEYPAD IN OUTDOOR RATED STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE WITH PROGRAMMABLE CODE MEMORY AND LIGHTED DISPLAY EQUAL TO WORKING 1506-080 MOUNTED ON PEDESTAL PER DETAIL THIS SHEET. 5. INSTALL PHOTO EYE SENSORS ON GATE POSTS AND CONNECT TO GATE OPERATOR. 6. INSTALL ALL COMPONENTS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SYSTEM INTEGRATION SHALL BE EQUAL TO THAT PROVIDED BY AUTOMATED GATES AND EQUIPMENT, SEATTLE, WA. POND FENCE NOTES: POST HOLE CONCRETE: 1) END POSTS MINIMUM DEPTH - 30" MINIMUM DIAMETER = 6" EMBED POST FULLY -2" LINE POSTS MINIMUM DEPTH - 24' MINIMUM DIAMETER - 6" EMBED POST FULLY -2" 2. PROVIDE BLACK POLYESTER COATING WITH UV INHIBITORS TO ALL METAL COMPONENTS IN ADDITION TO HOT DIP GALVANIZING. SUBMIT INFORMATION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER. 3. FENCE HEIGHT IS MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF FINISHED GRADE. 4. ADJUST FENCE POST LOCATIONS TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH UTIUTIES. MINIMUM 2' CLEARANCE. 5. AS MSE WALL IS CONSTRUCTED PUCE SONOTUBE AT POST LOCATION. CUT GEO-GRID NEATLY AT CONFLICT POINT WITH SONOTUBE. 4'x4'x.12' STEEL TUBE ENTRY KEYPAD, EQUAL TO DOORKING " MODEL 1506 8"x8'x%" STEEL 44' BASE PLATE COVER BASE PLATE WITH Xz" J-BOLTS, SHOETt,V ST TL FT(4) DOUBLE NUT. CONCRETE 24" FOOTING - 12' ENTRY KEYPAD PEDESTAL DETAIL .E 1EAC H VALVE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN ADJUSTABLE CAST IRON VALVE BOX OF 5' INSIDE DIAMETER. VALVE BOXES SHALL HAVE A TOP SECTION WITH AND 18" MINIMUM LENGTH. THE VALVE BOX SHALL BE RICH NO. 940 OR APPROVED EQUAL. VALVE BOX EARS SHALL BE PLACE IN LINE WITH THE PIPE IT SERVES. 2. 15" MINIMUM, 36" MAXIMUM FOR OPERATOR NUT. EXTENSION SHALL BE INSTALLED WHEN OPERATOR DEPTH EXCEEDS 36". VALVE BOX AND LID FLUSH WITH GRADE 3000 P.S.I. GONG. COLLAR (8" THICK) WITH WIRE FABRIC VALVE BOX CENTERED OVER OPERATING NUT VALVE NOT TO SCALE I� 3' SQUARE -y EMBEDDED LETTERING (MIN I I 2" HEIGHT, )¢' DEEP) IN CONCRETE, LABEL 'TANK DRAIN", 'DRAIN PUMP", 'FILL' AND 'DRAW". Is PLAN FINISHED GRADE Ig PROFILE VALVE MARKER DETAIL NOT TO SCALE MIN. 6 INCHES CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY AS DETERMINED BY ASTM D698 (STANDARD PROCTOR) SELECT BACKFlLL OR NATIVE MATERIAL SUBJECT TO ENGINEER APPROVAL, PROOF ROLLED TO A 2 INCHES ACP FIRM AND UNYIELDING CONDITION, WITH A CLASS B 10—TON VIBRATORY ROLLER OR OTHER METHOD APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER, AREAS THAT ARE — SOFT, LOOSE, OR YIELDING SHALL BE „ COMPACTED TO MEET THESE SPECIFICATIONS OR ' REMOVED AND REPLACED. IF BACKFILL IS L REQUIRED IT SHALL BE SELECT CLASS B GRAVEL BACKFlLL IN CONFORMANCE WITH 1=III=III=III=III=III=III=III=III=III- WSDOT 9-03.12(1)8, COMPACTED TO 95X OF -1 1 III I I I -I 1111-I 1-1 I III _ MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY PER ASTM D1557 -III=III=III=�=III =III-III=III= (STANDARD PROCTOR), PROCEDURE B OR C. III III III III III-III=1 I MAXIMUM UFT THICKNESS 8'. PROOF ROLU NG -III -III - III III -III III III -III III=III=III,,-I .} SHALL THEN BE PERFORMED TO VERIFY COMPACTION AND STABILIZATION WITH VISUAL INSPECTION OF PROOF ROLL BY A 1 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER OR ENGINEERING TT�� GEOLOGIST. `\ QUARRY SPALLS REMAINING ` EXISTING NATIVE SOIL FROM CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE ASPHALT ROAD TO RESERVOIR SECTION ROADWAY, ACCESS ROAD, OR LANDSCAPING PER PLAN I I=11 I -III 1=III= '�=III-III II III II �I I -III -III -III -I 11= =1 1=1 1=1 1=1 1=fir VARRIIES 48"41N. Q'=III=III-III-III✓ �I COMPACT AROUND AND UNDER MAIN TO NE USING A MECHANICAL HANDND COMPACTOR. HOE PACK MAY BE USED ABOVE SPRINGUNE. / — PROVIDE FOUNDATION J 12' _ GRAVEL IF REQUIRED. MAX. PIPE OD + 18" MIN PIPE GO + 24" MAX. NOTES: 1. ALL TRENCHING TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA AND WISHA STANDARDS. SELECT BACKFlLL OR NATIVE MATERIAL SUBJECT TO ENGINEER APPROVAL, COMPACTED TO 95X OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY PER ASTM D1557 (STANDARD PROCTOR) IN 6' UFTS LIFTS PER DOT STANDARD 2-09.3(1)E IN TRAVELED AREAS AND 90% IN UNTRAVELED AREAS, EMBANKMENTS AND DITCHES 'e 9 � 1 N fi" COVER OVER HIGHEST /��� F CONDUIT IN TRENCH 1 I SELECT BACKFlLL OR NATIVE MATERIAL SUBJECT TO ENGINEER APPROVAL, COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAXIMUM - DRY DENSITY PER ASTM D1557 (STANDARD PROCTOR)IN a S r 6' LIFTS LIFTS PER DOT STANDARD 2-09.3(1)E IN TRAVELED AREAS AND 90% IN UNTRAVELED AREAS, p 1e EMBANKMENTS AND DITCHES TRENCH DETAIL NOT TO SCALE APPROVED BEDDING GRAVEL COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY PER ASTM D1557 (STANDARD PROCTOR). ROCKS SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 1" IN LARGEST DIMENSION ExPIREB 6 z oe SIGNED: 04/05/07 ,p^.�`�" MIL< 1.t pe PIPE bo,� +breene MINIMUM DEPTH OF BEDDING I}.rAL �°` UNDER ANY PORTION OF PIPE: 0" FOR STABLE SOIL E%PIRES ] is zoo? 6" FOR ROCK EXCAVATION • SIGNED: 04105107 12" FOR CLAY, PEAT, OR OTHER UNSUITABLE MATERIAL ntAfto ' ANY ROCK OR GRANULAR MATERIAL OVER 3' DIAMETER RED ELECTRICAL WARNING TAPE CENTERED OVER EACH CONDUIT IN TRENCH (TYP) / FINISH SURFACE PER PLAN E Its i � U SAND BEDDING MATERIAL PER MINIMUM DEPTH BELOW BOTTOM WSDOT SPECIFICATION 9-03.13 OF DEEPEST CONDUIT INSTALLED 3 ELECTRICAL CONDUIT NUMBER AND SIZE IN TRENCH --- VARY AS PER SITE PLAN. MAINTAIN 12' SPACING BETWEEN INSTRUMENTATION CONDUITS AND POWER OR CONTROL CONDUITS. TYPICAL ELECTRICAL TRENCH DETAIL NOT TO SCALE NOTE: BURY DEPTH OF CONDUIT AND HORIZONTAL SPACING SHALL BE CONFIRMED WITH SERVING UTILITY BEFORE CONSTRUCTION. cn J Fa- W p 0 a W W a OM m IL MIN. 6 INCHES CRUSHED SURFACING RESERVOIR RING RESERVOIR SHELL Soo BASE COURSE COMPACTED TO 95X WALL OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY PER ASTM 2 INCHES ACP D1557 (STANDARD PROCTOR) CLASS B FILL PER DWG N0. 502 MIN. - 4" / FLOOR PLATE. RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. MAX. = 6" _.... mullbo,r.m2com oillrovftrh2.com SURFACE PER PLAN PER LAN - 1,800.7208052 -III III BELLINGHAM OFFICE RESERVOIR J60.676.0836 -III-III-I _ r —III 1 - III- III -III RINCOLL 454 Weel Hartm Road III -III -III -I -III-III-III-III-111 III=III=III=III- _I -III I BOTHELLOFFICE III -III -III- -III-III-III=11I-III-III-III-III-I �- III I -I 1OO NE 15 zth Street, Spite 100 I I-III=1 I I -I I i- I I-III-III-III=1 � 1=1 I I -I � 1=1 I I -III -I 1 1= _I- 1=1 I I- 111=III-III=III=III-III-III-III-III-III=III-III,,-I11- -I -III_ EAST MGHEE OFFICE 509.886,2900.2900 I 11 e 300 Si— Street Suite 5 = I I -I I =1 1= I I II -III 11= I-III=III- _I - I I I I I I II II - - II- I PORT ORCHARD OFFICE I -III -III III -III III I - -. 360.876.7960 T 600 Kiboy Street, Suite 101 + 4 •" SCALE:: SNOB 0 1" 2" DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG "t.. 1 Dw K t>fome CDW Cos RESERVOIR ACCESS ROAD DETAIL �MLM RESERVOIR wm APR 10, 2007 FOOTING 3/8- = V-0" FOUNDATION PER DWG N0. S02 1 aam REN .ne rt0: 105-049 31 RDW& HAZEN-D-CIV09 EXISTING 10" DI PIPE EXISTING 10" DI PIPE, TO BE REMOVED AFTER TESTING EXISTING 10" DI PIPE EXISTING 10" DI PIPE, TO BE REMOVED AFTER TESTING EXISTING CONFIGURATION PROPOSED 12" DI PIPE, PER PLAN TEMPORARY 12' DI CAP AND 2- BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLY PATH THRUST '•:V BLOCK, SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THRUST BLOCK SIZING TESTING CONFIGURATION PROPOSED 12" DI TEE, (FLxMJ) WITH THRUST BLOCK, SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THRUST BLOCK SIZING PROPOSED 12" x 10' DI REDUCER, (FLxFL) PROPOSED 10" DI EXISTING 10" GATE VALVE, (FLxMJ) DI PIPE 1 PROPOSED 10" DI LONG BODY SLEEVE PROPOSED 10' DI PIPE, LENGTH TO FIT PROPOSED 12' DI PIPE, PER PLAN PROPOSED 12" DI LONG BODY SLEEVE PROPOSED 12" DI PIPE, LENGTH TO FIT PROPOSED 12' x 10" DI REDUCER, (FLxFL) PROPOSED 10" DI % PIPE, LENGTH TO FIT / PROPOSED 10" DI LONG BODY SLEEVE FINAL CONFIGURATION STA. 0+14.3 CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEM )."=1' EXISTING 10' PROPOSED 10" DI DI PIPE GATE VALVE, (FLxMJ) EXISTING 12" PLUG WITH " PIPE, PROPOSED THRUST BLOCK, TO BE AFTER TESTING BY NEIGHBORING BY DEVELOPER I III' I ROCKERY, PROPOSED BY NEIGHBORING DEVELOPER EXISTING CONFIGURATION v EXISTING 12" DI PLUG PATH THRUST BLOCK, TO BE REMOVED AFTER TESTING EXISTING 12" PIPE �1 .' TEMPORARY 12' DI MJ PLUG EXISTING ROCKERY AND 2' BLOW —OFF ASSEMBLY WITH THRUST BLOCK, SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THRUST BLOCK SIZING PROPOSED 12' DI PIPE, PER PLAN TESTING CONFIGURATION PROPOSED 12" DI PIPE, LENGTH TO FIT EXISTING 12" PIPE L PROPOSED 12" DI EXISTING ROCKERY LONG BODY SLEEVE NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE AND RESTORE ROCKERY AS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE CONNECTION FINAL CONFIGURATION STA. 6+51.9 CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEM PROPOSED 12" DI 90' BEND, (MJxMJ) WITH THRUST BLOCK, SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THRUST BLOCK SIZING PROPOSED 12" DI PIPE, PER PLAN SIGNED. 04/05/07 °r M atiV�' 8 1 Ia4AL ExPIRES ] 15 200] SIGNED: 04106107 J_ Q 7 W Ox O _1 W 1� w a Ow w x F N � V o w cn O a O cc a RH2 ENGINEERING. INC. nitp://--m2.cmn moigovOA2.can 1.800.720.8052 BELLINGHAM OFFICE 360.676.08]6 454 Weet Haman Road BOTHELL OFFICE 425.951,5400 12100 NE 195th Street, SuIle 100 EAST WE NATCHEE OFFICE 50 8862900 000 Shan Street. Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360,876.7960 600 Kileap Street, Suite 101 SCALE: SHOWN 0 1" 2° DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG Ka I I Dom DQm CDW C09 xE wam MLM w1c APR 10, 2007' N0. am, REN m e 105-049 R-HAZEN—D—CIV10 �D H. 1s 70NAL INTERIOR HANDRAIL ROOF VENT EZR1 8/2/Oa RESERVOIR DOME ROOF, SIGNED 0I/O5/07 SEE DWG N0. S03 FOR _ DETAILS PERIMETER HANDRAIL V ROOF PLATE '0R`�6 �e 9 Such ROOF ROOF VENT THICKNESSES RESERVOIR ROOF HANDRAIL, QGL —Y, THICK SEE DWG NO. S05 FOR DETAILS E-KS s 29 07 OVER LOW ELE TION r SIGNEA 04/o6 7 r b RESERVOIR ROOF ACCESS Y" THICK I PLATFORM, SEE DWG NO. Y SO4 FOR DETAILSit r� SHELL HORIZONTAL JOINTS 0 RESERVOIR ROOF ACCESS Y°" THICK F4 SPIRAL STAIRWAY WITH rL & SHELL VERTICAL JOINTS 0 CABLE T. SEE DWG NO. S05FOR (DETAILS INTO THICK A36 STEEL THICK TOP 8 COURSES z o V THICK O �j� O Q F� W 46" THICK 11 SHELL rout W SHELL HT 'N6" THICK O W 0 14 COURSES 08 —0" N %6" THICK �i W V Ix OVERFLOW PIPE, SEE DWG RESERVOIR STAIRWAY LANDING, N0. M01 FOR DETAILS fit' THICK SEE DWG N0. S06 FOR DETAILS ')(e THICK THICK A573 GR. 70 STEEL BOT 7 COURSES GABLE TRAY RH3 ENGINEERING, INC. oilbo HICK Ah2.com 0 INLET PIPE, SEE DWG NO. 1.800.720,8052 04 M02 FOR DETAILS BE W NGHAM OFFICE 7i 1 OUTLET PIPE, SEE DWG NO. 360.676.0836 M02 FOR DETAILS '� 454 west HorW Rood I. T.-,�fK 4-- BOOFFICE 125.95'SW 951 ELL DRAIN PIPE, SEE DWG \ 12100 NE 1950 Street, Suite 100 NO. MOI FOR DETAILS ADJUST AN ORS TO PROVIDE EAST GHEE OFFICE 2" ClR BE EN ANCHOR AND2900 1.2" THICK 300 Sman Street, Suite 5 CABLE TRA EA SIDE. PORT ORCHARD OF 10E 360.876.7960 RING WALL RESERVOIR OBLIQUE 600 K",W Street wH"°1 457.00' OUTLET PIPE SCALE: SHOWN FLOC 0R ELEyATION NOT TO SCALE ANCHOR BOLT CHAIRS C619� 0 t" 2" INLET PIPE DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG SHELL ACCESS 96 Goa RESERVOIR FOUNDATION, SEE PORT (TYP. OF 2) COW1 Sol DWG NO. S02 FOR DETAILS. ei RESERVOIR ELEVATION Q APR ,D, 2007 1 aort REIN m - 105-049 31 mD HAZEN-0-STRO1 Y" FLOOR PLATE, TYP ADDL /8 0 6' D.C. EW, ALT W/ TYP RST FOR 3" SPCG. BOT MAT ONLY, TYP FULL / \ PERIMETER. R52'-9" PtE SNMI6 4?4ESW RING WALL, SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET I O� SEE ACCESS PORT DETAIL, DWG S07, TYP. ANNULAR RING, TYP. 1 I � T— EL 456.88' °.. FLOOR JOINTS 511 353'34" BETWEEN ANCHORS (APPROX w 2'-Be' O.C.). TYP EXCEPT AS ,t NOTED. ANCHORS MAY BE ADJUSTED +- 3' TO AVOID CONFLICTS. EL 457.00' TYP AT WALL EDGES. 08 / d 'v a DRAIN \® R33'-8' 12 SUMP �� ®p O CENTERLINE 2 0 / p R37'-8" ANNULAR RING \ +U ,____ ` 1 / / 1 m SEE W FOR SAMPLE LINE PENETRATIONS R38'-6' RING WALL R55'-O" MAT FOUNDATION R49'-9" R40'-O" q INSIDE SHELL I DI _ S 8571'28' E 7NC 783034 E� 7ER�N I �T�.,, Ql EL 457,51' 1.57ir PIPE SUPPORTS / 501/ / /1 MAT FOUNDATION, SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET ADDL 756 /9xl2'-9" EQUALLY SPACED, TYP FULL PERIMETER, BOT OF ADJUST ANCHOR LOCATION PER SLAB. ; DETAIL 504/S08 36' MANWAY, TYP OF 2. RESERVOIR RINGWALL RESERVOIR INLET AND OUTLET PIPES, SEE DWG NO. M02 FOR CONTINUATION PIPE SUPPORT BRACKETS. SEE MECHANICAL DWGS. RESERVOIR OVERFLOW PIPE, SEEkH DWG INU TIO FORCONTINUATION RESERVOIR FOUNDATION SIONID 04ID5/07 RESERVOIR DRAIN PIPE, SEE DWG N MOt FOR � SIGNED, 041ID5107 Y O RESERVOIR FLOOR AND FOUNDATION OBLIQUE Reinforcement Splice and Development Length Schedule: CONCRETE PIPE - SUPPORT BLOCK AND STRAPPING, TYP.� MINIMUM STRAIGHT DEVELOPMENT LENGTHS ( Gd )+ 1 MINIMUM LAP SPLICE LENGTHS (B6 )+ II MINIMUM EMBEDMENT LENGTHS ( NO 111 TENSION BARS TENSION BARS CUSS 8 FOR STANDARD END HOOKS BAR SIZE TOP BARS OTHER BARS BAR SIZE TOP BARS OTHER BARS BAR SIZE ALL BARS / 3 19" 15" / 3 25" 19" / 3 6' / 4 25" 19' / 4 33" 25' / 4 7" / 5 31' 24' / 5 41' 31" / 5 9' 4PIP / 6 37' 29' / 6 49' 31' / 6 10' 2 54" 42' / 7 71" 54" / 7 12' 097 / 8 62' 48" / 8 81' 62' /8 14"9 70'54" / 9 91' 70' / 9 15" / 10 79' 61" / 10 103' 79' i 10 17" 0.,0'0", E 1 0 +TOP BARS" ARE HORIZONTAL BARS WITH MORE THAN 12" DEPTH OF CONCRETE CAST BELOW THEM. 1. SIDE COVER EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 2-1/2'. 2. END COVER FOR 90' HOOKS MUST BE EQUAL IF CLEAR CONCRETE COVER IS LESS THAN 2x THE DIAMETER OF THE BAR OR THE CENTER -TO -CENTER TO OR GREATER THAN 2". ADJUST ANCHOR LOCATION PER DETAIL 4/SO6. TYP 2 r, ANCHORS. ADJUST ANCHOR LOCATION PER DETAIL 512/SO7. TYP 2 ANCHORS, EA MANWAY. SPACING IS LESS THAN (4) BAR DIAMETERS, THEN VALUES SHALL BE INCREASED BY 43X NATIVE OR STRUCTURAL FILL SURFACE ELEVATION COMPACTED TO 95% STD PER SITE PLAN �OCTOR IN MAX 8' LIFTS. I —I I I —I I I —I IT-7 NOTES:-1 I I-1 11-1 11--�--r, COATINGS PER DIVISION 9 OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. PAINT -I I1=1I 1=1 I I -I 11 q ALL EXTERIOR ITEMS, INCLUDING GALVANIZED ITEMS. THREADED PORTIONS OF BOLTS SHALL NOT BE PAINTED 4 =I I Ed I -I I I •' III III -I I'� UNTIL BOLTS HAVE BEEN TIGHTENED. PAINT ALL INTERIOR \509 81 e ITEMS EXCEPT GALVANIZED ITEMS. =1II RESERVOIR FLOOR AND FOUNDATION PLAN III=III STEEL REQUIREMENTS PER DIVISION 5 OF THE I I SPECIFICATIONS. �•• = t' o b I I l III=� SLOPE 1H:1V BELOW EL 454.0'. SLOPE 2H:1V ABOVE EL 454.0'. ANCHOR BOLT NOTES: +FIELD VERIFY HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT OF 7 0 6° O.C., EW, T&B TYP ANCHOR BOLTS WITHIN TOLERANCE REWIRED FOR CONNECTION TO RESERVOIR RST. SEE FOUNDATION PLAN SHELL PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE. FOR ADDL RST, THIS SHEET. 4 PROVIDE POSITIVE VERTICAL SUPPORT NOTE: PROOF ROWNG SHALL BE FOR BOLT TO ELIMINATE VERTICAL DONE WITH A 10-TON VIBRATORY DEFLECTION DURING CONCRETE ROLLER OR OTHER METHOD PLACEMENT. ApPROVE0 BY THE ENGINEER. ANCHOR CHAIR Soih RESERVOIR SHELL 0 2" NON -SHRINK GROUT. STRUCTURAL FILL COMPACTED TO 95% MODIFIED PROVIDE VENT HOLES IN PLATE PROCTOR IN MAX 6" LIFTS. NATIVE MATERIAL (90) 2j"6 ASTM A354-BD ANCHOR OR OTHER MEANS TO ENSURE MAY BE USED IF ALL ORGANICS, COBBLES AND BOLTS. SEE SPACING NOTE ON PLAN, COMPLETE GROUTING. ALSO SEE ANCHOR BOLT NOTES BELOW. BOULDERS >2"0 ARE REMOVED. FLOOR PLATE. 4" SAND /7 0 3 0 C VERTS FILL 4c` 5� 7 00 FLR EL AT SHELL 10I1 `�li=nl Itti(1 IIIi Ill`—Iil III II _ =1II-=II_0" _ N1111 I I II s /50,20.0=I _HORQ (RADAL), EF I- I�INcJTaL-III-III-III-III-III-ICI-III-III-III-I-1I I -III -III-_ 5-6" EMBEDMENT_- =III=III-III=III-III-III- MAT Fo 1N1DATI0114I-I I I -III -III -I -I i I- '°. �-III-11 I-III-III-III-III=III-I I -I I I -I I I -III -I I RL 5"Xs X2' THICK -I I -III -I I-III=III-III=III-I I I - I -III -III III-III-III-III=III-III-III-III-I I- -111= —III=III-III III=III=III- I=III=III=1 I=1 =i =III=III=III=III=III=III=III-III=III=III=III III-III-III-III-III-III-III-III-III=III-III- RH2ENGINEERING,INC. ..1.alllros..esrah2.cem Ah2.com 1.800.720,8052 . . • � , ►3'-D„ qw v BELLINGHAM OFPICE i q � v 17 'O p V D d' D 360.676.0836 '•O ► { V v v "• 454 West Halm Road ,► s. e. v - BOTHELLOFFICE 425.95.5400 v� v v 12100 HE 1951h Street. Suite 100 � � EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 509.886.2900 300 Sim. StreaL Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 Kilsop Street, Suite 101 6"-8" OF CLEAN CRUSHED SURFACING IN UNDISTURBED NATIVE MATERIAL, PROOF ROLLED CA E: SHOWN 6"-8" OF CLEAN SELECT SHOULDER CONFORMANCE WITH WSDOT 9-03.9(3). TO A FIRM AND UNYIELDING CONDITION. AREAS poom BALLAST IN CONFORMANCE WITH COMPACTED AND PROOF ROLLED TO FIRM THAT ARE SOFT, LOOSE, OR YIELDING SHALL 0 1" 2" WSDOT 9-03.9(2). COMPACTED AND AND UNYIELDING CONDITION WITH VISUAL BE COMPACTED TO MEET THESE DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE PROOF ROLLED TO A FIRM AND INSPECTION AND APPROVAL OF PROFF SPECIFICATIONS OR REMOVED AND REPLACED. IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG UNYIELDING CONDITION WITH VISUAL ROLL BY ENGINEERING GEOLOGIST OR IF BACKFILL IS REWIRED IT SHALL BE SELECT nm: 96 MINX INSPECTION AND APPROVAL OF PROOF GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER. MAINTAIN CLASS B GRAVEL BACKFILL IN CONFORMANCE ROLL BY AN ENGINEERING GEOLOGIST COMPACTED CONDITION DURING WITH WSDOT 9-03.12(1)0, COMPACTED TO 959 °1°1FD°COW S02 OR GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER. PLACEMENT OF FORMS AND REBAR WITH OF MAXIMU M DRY OEN IT 7 S Y PER VISUAL INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. (MODIFIED PROCTOR). PROCEDURE ORR C. C. MAX 8" LIFTS. PROOF ROLLING SHALL THEN BE TO VERIFY RESERVOIR FLOOR AND FOUNDATION SECTION PROOF0 STABIL�ROLO NTHBY A VISUAL NICALOTIONENGIOF xeq. MLM D61L APR 10. 2007PERFMED amx6. J l 31 OAND S-049 Reur:HAZEN-0-STR02 H. CATWALK 3Iz ff / �7C •ro,.r,..�, U = / 20NAL A 04 _ EXPIRES e 2 08 PLATFORM. = vNi RESERVOIR ROOF LANDING SIGNED: 04105107 STAIR LANDING � e INTERIOR HANDRAIL PLATFORM3UPPER LANDING 04 4F'� .1�8 N,S, ROOF -SHELL DETAIL 9 O SHELL ••+,arn*� 2aruu � - E%FIRES 6 2B 0] SIGNED: 0I/05/07 ACCE HATCH. SEE ' v DETAIL DWG S07 ROOF PERIMETER 1 HANDRAIL 0 G4_, OOF CATWALK ROOF INTERIOR A SPIRAL ACCESS HANDRAIL - CHAINED OPENING FOR STAIRS 1 00 ROOF ACCESS 04 505 ROOF PLATE �� JOINTS p O p PERIMETER HANDRAIL NV N ROOF PLATE DOUBLE OOF T CURVED TO RADIUS /301 SHELL RAIL 4 1T- C 0 RAIL 05 C VERFLOW J STAIR LANDING PLATFORM O F1.1 C WIDTH AS z DESIRED 4 LOWER LANDING 5 SHELL HANDRAIL CONTINUOUS Z PLATFORM 06 FROM LOWER LANDING TO ROOF RESERVOIR ROOF ACCESS OBLIQUE w W PERIMETER HANDRAIL CLIMB PREVENTION SHIELD NOT TO SCALE] a e wz w 4IS 5 a, 06 O W o M V O w cn w RESERVOIR STAIR AND ROOF PLAN Yo,. _ \ 1, N N ROOF PLATE RH1 ENGINEERING, INC. http://.—lh2.1om _11b.,Or 2...m 1.800. 720.8052 BEWNGHAM OFFICE 360.676,0836 L2%2)A7 451 West Horl.R Road BOTHELL OFFICE 425,951,5400 12100 NE 195tn Street. Suite 100 EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 509.886.2900 300 Sr.. Strael, Suite 5 INSIDE SHELL PORT ORCHARD OFFICE J60.876.7980 BD0 Kilup Street, Suite 101 SCALE: SHOWN ROOF -SHELL DETAIL , NOT TO SCALE 03 0 DRAWING 2" G IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2' LONG nor. 96 01 .O. RImtCDW S03 Rn[.m MLM a,,m APR 10, 2007 v�tc1 w. as : REN ,roe nu: 105-049 3, RFNeNe HAZEN-0-STR03 ROOF VENT HANDRAIL, TYP 0 OS BOARD A 581.70 TOPS OF GRgiING ACCESS STAIRS, Vj' RISE PER STEP. ®q SIM 0 s 5 GRATING STAIR LANDING NOTE: SPIRAL STAIRS AND RAILS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY RESERVOIR SHELL L2x2»Y'xO'-9',TYP OF 4 FOR TOE BOARD SUPPORT. PL 6x6xY', TYP OF 2 STAIR CONNECTION A i �ol.61 CATWALK GRATING SIGNED' 041D5107 LI LI LI U LI U _____ 4"X4' BEARING PLATE. THICKNESS -- -- AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN GRATING ELEVATION. SEAL WELD - - TO ROOF AND BEAM, TYP OF 2. 50 LANDING SUPPORT 0 BEAM CONNECTION. POST, OF 6. L2"X2'XY' SUPPORT LEGS, TYP 27-0' 1 � crsiR mFenc � 4'-6' 7'-4 \ tt I — /, ✓ / \ —AND STRINGERS * I I \ J \ _, ,C STAIR CONNECTION, RESERVOIR ROOF SIM A 05 ROOF ACCESS HATCH w PERIMETER HANDRAIL NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. INTERIOR LADDER p INTERIOR LANDING HANDRAIL AND CONNECTIONSIL SOS TOE BOARD TOP OF GRATING SEAL <INTERIORLANDINGSUPPOLATFORM \ SUPPORT, TYP OF 2 TOE 4' L2'x2'xY' BRACE, TIP. WELD TO CHANNEL TOP FLANGE, EA END EXTEND FRAME APPROX 8" FOR STAIR CONNECTION. C6x8.2 FRAMING FOR STAIR CONNECTION U u T SEE 5a5 FOR CONNECTION DETAILS CATWALK SUPPORT S05 POST, TYP OF 2 CONTINUOUS BEAM ��/ C6X8.2 PLATFORM SUPPORT BEAM, TYP. 45' BEVEL LCONTINUOUS SEE BEA CONNECTION CONNECTION, TYP DETAIL IS SHEET. --'� %-'j . L2x2�" SUPPORT, ,.. ....., . THIS END ONLY SIM LANDING SUPPORT BELOW, TYP NOTE: SPIRAL STAIRS AND LANDING NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY BEAM -SHELL 0 RESERVOIR CONNECTION, TYP. SHELL C6x8.2 SUPPORT, TYP ROOF AND INTERIOR LANDING ,._6. 45' BEVEL ELEVATION � 1 CONNECTION, TYP C6X8.2 SUPPORT BEAM, TYP 2'-8" BEAM CONNECTION, SPIRAL STAIRS TYP50 0 L2X2K4Y" BRACE. WELD TO BOTTOM FLANGE OF CHANNEL, ( / EA END. _ ACCESS HATCH C642 SUPPORTS 2,-8" OPENING (ABOVE) 8'-2' STAINLESS STEEL GRATING C f � EQUAL TO IKG BORDEN TYPE I INTERIOR LANDING ACCESS /I WIB 1h"Ofe BEARING BARS. LADDER F-- 2'-5" 10" INTERIOR LANDING PLAN t ROOF ACCESS HATCH/ / STAIR TREADS J/ GRATING SPAN, TYP, J 4'-8" � ROOF LANDING HANDRAIL GALVANIZED STEEL GRATING TO BE IKG BORDEN TYPE W/B OR APPROVED EQUAL. MIN BEARING BAR SIZE 1)4'x)(a". TYP EXTERIOR ACCESS LANDINGS. `L2XW VERTICAL BRACING, SIM g TYP \ 05 ROOF LANDING PLAN e V . 1'-0 03 CONDUIT SUPPORT BELOW UPPER ACCESS PLATFORM FRAMING STAIRS 4'-6' L24014" BRACE. WELD TO CHANNEL EA END. 4'-0" GRATING SPAN CHAINED OPENING 0 05 BEAM —SHELL CONNECTION, TYP. GRATING SPAN w STAIR LANDING PLAN 8 LANDING HANDRAIL, SEE DWG Y4• NO. S05 FOR DETAIL e 0 2 04 IXRRES 6 29 07 SIGNED. 041005107 `S Y c� O MR c TYP. Q Z z g O �y �O W zW U J Q w W W O W (L a D 0 V � Q W W I HANDRAIL, TYP . I Id N L ROOF PLATE SEAL, TYP RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. 1)¢" GRATING mcklboxOh2.com 1,800720.8052 BEAM SUPPORT PER PLAN BEWNGHAM OFFICE CONDUIT SUPPORT. 36o.e76.I"Z TRANSITION TO 0 454 west Nartm Rope 4"x2%y4* HANDRAIL BY OTHERS. BOTHELL OFFICE 425.951.5400 12100 NE 195th Skeet, Sexe 100 6' EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 509.886.2900 300 Smm Street. Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360,876.7960 600 Kilsop Street. Suite 101 L2"x2"xY" SUPPORTS, SCALE: SHOWN TYP OF 2 PL 4x4xY4" TYP OF 4. 0 2 WELD TO SHELL AND DRAWING IS N NOT ' SCALE 2 IF BAR IS NOT 2' LONG BEAM. two K nor. 96 a1Rml CDW S" mW»Fo MLM STAIR LANDING SECTION e APR 10, 2007 1 N° V-0" 04 REN 105-049 31 RIuuIc HAZEN-D-STRO4 PL LOWER LANDING HANDRAIL 0 OS 6'-0' SPIRAL STAIR WITH HANDRAIL 28" x 40" CHECKERED ATE HATCH SPIRAL STAIR WITH J a HANDRAIL SHROUD SUPPORT, Y' a ` O5 (a 470.60 _L PL (TYP. OF 6) METAL SHROUD NOT 1'_p•� FOR CLARITY SHOWN THIS NEW j SHRPOUSIEEL 11/2" HATCH BUTT HINGE, 1I� SEAL, TYP. (TYP. OF 2) 5-4 1/2- ACCESS HATCH SIDE PLATE, TYR OF 2 I I ---i 07 12'-0` Be TYP DOOR e•e eese LOCK TAB, TYP OF 2, SEE " e ••• DETA0. THIS SHEET s s e ANCHOR BOLT e 5'-4 1/24,_1T0 1/2. YP .e 3 ADJUST LOCATION OF ANCHOR AWAY FROM LADDER CENTERLINE 1 1/2' 4T2" RESERVOIR FOUNDATION YP BY 0'-6%", TYP EA SIDE LOWER LANDING AND CLIMB PREVENTION SHIELD ELEVATION e CHECKERED PLATE Y4' DECK, EXCEPT HATCH. NOTCH PLATE AT LADDER HANDRAIL POST ATTACHMENTS 16 3'-10" 1.3"x3"A"x0'-2'HA, TYP EA SIDE FOR TCH LOCK. t 4' -6. I ACCESS HATCH T"r STIFFENER 2" LADDER BEYOND - Y' PL SHROUD SUPPORT, TYP. OF 6. LOCATE APPROXIMATELY AS SHOWN ❑ [DID — O I A 000G U 0 ❑ ❑ [` 4'-0' ET ❑ ❑ O 28'x34"xi" HATCH o0r SPIRAL STAIR WITH ❑ ❑ BOX STRINGER IS 10'z2"xi(e' HANDRAIL WELD DIRECTLY TO TANK, TYP B I OF 4. HANDRAIL 2-1" 5 F-- �-15" 2-9" SHROUD 8'-4" 45' BEVEL CONNECTION CID05.3 FRAMING AROUND BUTT HINGE, HATCH. TYP OF 2 LOWER LANDING PLAN h. = 1'-0" e r s L •s•sss VANDAL SHIELD AND LADDER NOTE: ALL ADJACENT COMPONENTS OF CLIMB PREVENTION SHIELD COVER (INCLUDING ATTACHMENT BRACKETS, LOCK HANDRAIL MPONENTS OF UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS IS CLIMB APREVENTION SHIELD DOOR (INCLUDIND HINGES) AND ALL ADJACENT NG LOCK AB PROHIBITED VIOLATORS AND HINGES) SHALL BE WELDED TOGETHER 'NTH CONTINUOUS 1/8' FILLET WELDS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALOCK WILL BE PROSECUTED SIGN SHALL BE SHEET ALUMINUM AND CONSTRUCTED PER SECTION 9-28 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. INSTALL SIGN ON CLIMB PREVENTION SHIELD OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. 20" PLATFORM DECK SIGN DETAIL SEAL, TYP NOT TO SCALE TANK SHELL SEAL, TYP BOX STRINGER, (TYP. OF 4) WELD POST DIRECTLY TO i L 2"x2"x3/16" STRINGER. NOTCH PLATE AT TYR NAME PLATE POST, TYP. city Of Rntmn STAINLESS STEEL HIM R•omoir NAME PLATE NAME PLATE NOTES: G opy 4.4 MO ConU�tor ENGRAVED LETTERS SHALL BE 1/4" HIGH. j ANCHOR BOLT LOWER LANDING AND CLIMB PREVENTION SHIELD OBLIQUE NOT 4 SCALE 9" X" ROD HANDLE SGLE NOT SHOIWN ND JI I 'CtOx15.3, TYP A -A I' -0" HANDLE 0 ANGLE 0 PL Y'Xl' STIFFENER 1/4' C10x15.3. CUP FLANGES FOR END CONNECTIONS. SEAL WELD ALL AROUND B-B 1"- 1`-0" L2'x2"xYi xO'-6", TYP OF 6. STEEL SIDE PLATE, 1'-0' X 12'-0' X 1/4", TYP. OF 2 L2%2'44' FRAMING, CONTINUOUS AROUND PERIMETER OF SHIELD SIDE PLATES AND DOOR. SLOT AT HINGE LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED. SIGNED: 04/05/07 SIGNED: 04105107 Y G1. O w INSTALL NAME PLATE ADJACENT TO BOTTOM I.. OF LADDER, AT 5' ABOVE Q Z GROUND. D �m t10'-1' Enpinwr RNR EnnM°eAtq, Ina. Q Neutttl'o' Ywr Built e1pM FIELD RIVET ^ (TYPICAL OF 4) Floor 4tl7'-0' C°M AWWA D10P06 ENwtlan 0,.,/ F+V �/!fA LU NAME PLATE DETAIL C ZC U CD NOT TO SCALE W U J CLIMB PREVENTION SHIELD DOOR 2" --1 — — — — JS'0 HOLE FOR PADLOCK 2" L— — — II 1. 1/2" 47 SHIELD LOCK TAB DETAIL B6 6" = 1'-0" 2'-10" TANK SHELL -\ r VANDAL SHIELD PLAN D 2' - 1'-0" 506 W W "114 OW �: DOOR FRAMING V > 2" W 2I" 1/4"ITYP. I W 1 PROVIDE PADLOCK FITTING OWNER • STANDARD KEY 1 CLIMB PREVENTION SHIELD DOOR - - - C SHIELD LOCK TAB PLAN .,h2. RING, INC. http://RH2Eeev.m2.can 6 mmrooxOn2.00m 800.720.8052 6" = 1.-0 BELUNGHAM OFFICE 360.676.0836 454 Weal HortM Rood BOTHELL. OFFICE 425.951.5400 12100 NE 195tn Street, Suite 100 EA4T WENATCHEE OFFICE 509.8N.2900 300 Sinn Street. Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 KHeop Street Suite 101 DOOR FACE PLATE, 2'-10" X 12'-0' X 1/4" SCALE: SHOWN 0 1" 2 DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG nn6 96 on wa so mom COW TYPE 304L STAINLESS STEEL HINGES (TYP OF 3) NTH Y4' MIN DIA. PIN, 4" OPEN MOTH, Y4' THICK PLATES. LEAVES OFFSET APPROX $" TO ACCOMMODATE SHIELD BASE AND DOOR FRAMING. HINGES MUST HAVE 500-LB CAPACITY EA. HINGES SHALL BE PLACED TO ALLOW 180' DOOR SWING WITH MINIMUM HINGE PROFILE WHILE DOOR IS CLOSED. MLM gem APR 10, 2007 M0' 31 aw REN aeK9.: t05-049 Howe HAZEN-D-STR08 SHELL PLATE THICKNESS PER PLAN THICKNESS TO NOTE: BASE METAL SHALL BE PREHEATED TO A TEMPERATURE OF 1GOT WITHIN A DISTANCE OF FOUR TIMES THE PLATE THICKNESS FROM THE LOCATION OF THE WELD WHEN THE BASE METAL TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 32T gD H. ka. � q pJ peR °"•.� f 16 7WAL �' 3/4' DOUBLER PAD MATCH SHELL DOUBLER PLATECONNECTION PLAN DOUBLER PLATE / OOR PLATE FL/" %///INSIDE SHELL INSIDE SHELL INSIDE SHELL 1/8' MAX 1/8" MAX ExPIRE6 e 2 oe SICKED: 04A5/07 oI eA. �y • 3_ - I 0 THICKNESS TO MATCH SHELL r SHELL PLATE PIPE /\. 37.5 ' J7.5' / 37.5' LLLIIIbun�� 1/g" J�• 1/g• J I/g• 1/g• xPIREs s 29 m SICNED: 04ID5107 DOUBLER PAD BEVEL TO ACCOMODATE SHELLWELD 2 ANULAR RINDOUBLER PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL (TYP.) NOT TO SCALE e SHELL COURSES 14 SHELL COURSES 10.12 SHELLCOURM 1S•15 Y PLATE CONNECTION ELEVATION 8 SHELL HORIZONTAL JOINTS 09 NOT TO SCALE N T 3" = 1._O. V) J NOTE: LOCATION BASE METAL SHALL BE PREHEATED TO A TEMPERATURE OF TOOT WITHIN A DISTANCE OF FOUR TIMES THE PLATE THICKNESS FROM THE OF THE WELD WHEN THE BASE METAL TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 32T NOTE: BASE METAL SHALL BE PREHEATED TO A TEMPERATURE OF 1007 WITHIN A DISTANCE OF FOUR TIMES THE PLATE THICKNESS FROM THE LOCATION OF THE WELD WHEN THE BASE METAL TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 327 INSIDE SHELL 6 1/2• 1 2" GROUT PAD 1/2" ° d a, a ti, ' ° a. ! A G ° 4 CONCRETE RINGWALL ANNULAR RING TO SHELL SECURE WITH LOCKING HINGE COVER, 3'-0• LENGTHS MECHANISM WITH Y4" GAP BETWEEN COVERS SST BOLT TYP EA C45.4 CHANNEL END OF UNISTRUT \ 2'-0• UNISTRUT 0 6'-0. O.C. SUPPORT, TYP. MAX AND AS REWIRED TO SECURE TO TANK • O RESERVOIR SHELL ADJUST ANCHOR BOLT C3x5xO'-2. 0 6'-0. O.C. (TYP) LOCATIONS AWAY FROM CABLE BRACKET CENTERLINE BY 0'-414". TYP 2 ANCHORS CABLE TRAY 04 NOT TO SCALE ROOF PLATE, TYP. W I _ _ . , ==, ROOF JOINTS NOT TO SCALE INSIDE SHELL �1 TFSCd01l88 <" INSIDE SHELL 1/8• 1/6" a 60.0' Z Z O 11"++••••11 z W V W � _ Uj N THICKNESS > Ile W SHELL BUTT JOINTS O NOT TO SCALE . 1/4 TANK FLOOR PLATE, TYP. BOTTOM PLATE 1. 6i RESERVOIR SHELL PENETRATION DIAMETER = PROPOSED STEEL NIPPLE O.D. + 1/8", (TYP-) 1/4. 1/4 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE/ PROPOSED COMPRESSION FITTING PROPOSED COPPER OVER EACH END OF THREADED SAMPLING LINE. WRAP NIPPLE TO MAKE WATER TIGHT COPPER TO PREVENT AND SECURE PROPOSED SAMPLING DIRECT CONTACT WITH LINE INSIDE NIPPLE (TYP.) STEEL (TYP.) PROPOSED STEEL NIPPLE WITH THREADED ENDS, (TYPICAL FOR 6 1/2" 12• 3-1/4 +— PL 3T4"02•xW I }� III III 3-1/4"5/16" 2-5/6" TYP. �� I 1 /2" I h , 3'-O• JT FLOOR PLATE DURADEK 1-600011i" THICK FRP GRATING, GRATING SHALL BE FLUSH WITH FLOOR PLATE `\ `COMPACTED SAND FILL TYP FLOOR LAP WELD NOTE: SINGLE WELDED BOTTOM ANNULUS RADIAL JOINTS SHALL BE MADE USING A BACKING BAR AND ROOT OPENING TO ENSURE COMPLETE PENETRATION PER AWWA D100-05 14.3.2.9. ANNULAR RING PLATE, TYP. RH//_ NEERING.INc. R m2e �'77'•e Ix+oAn2.cm 7.SOD, 720,8052 BELLINGHAMOFFICE 360.676.08M 454 Wwt Hortm Road BOTHELLOFFICE 425.951,5400 12100 NE 195m Sleet, Suite 100 EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 509.ee6.29o0 PO TO CHA D 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876,7950 600 KitsW Street. Suite 101 L2x2rJ6" GRATING SUPPORT, CONT. SUMP WALL, 2 -0" SUMJ"PLATE PLATE 5/16 EACH SAMPLING LINE) IF 5-D• DIAL ALE: SH TYPICAL SHELL PENETRATION FOR SAMPLING LINES e NOT TO SCALE _ ANNULAR RING 4 1/2" 3" ELEVATION SEC110N DRAIN PIPE, PER PLAN \\ ` COMPACTED SAND FILL BACKING BAR ANNULAR RING BUTT JOINT SCALE O DRAWING IS NOT TO LONG IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONC eEOr 1 Dell xa SOS lmwmCDW ANCHOR BOLT CHAIR NOT TO SCALE SUMP DETAIL 5,2 V, _ ,' FLOOR JOINTS NOT TO SCALE Rnxelu MUM APR 10, 2007 J l 31 anm REN m No.: 105-049 RuwcHAZEN-D-STR07 DOUBLER PL (6'-9" O.D. x 3'-1" I.D.) r PL )�' (36" I.D. x 6" LONG) PL Y' (3'-8" O.D, x 3'-1' I.D.) PL 1Y" (Y-8" O.D.) 42 -Y" BOLTS EOUALLY SPACED ON A 40.O BOLT CIRCLE 36" DIA 3'-6" TO TANK BOT. 4— DOUBLER PLATE HINGES PL Y" W/ Y" BOLT, TYP O O O O O ° ° IIIr II ° O �� II O O p O SECTION THRU 36" 0 ACCESS PORT TYPICAL ACCESS PORT COVER ACCESS PORT DETAILS� 18' PL Y'X2"xB" PL Y"x1YT'x0'-6" BOLT )"9 X I)J' W/ NYLOCK NUT AND %*0 WASHER, TYP 2. 1)(e HOLE, TYP. PROVIDE STEEL PIN TO LOCK LID IN OPEN POSITION. ATTACH PIN TO iANDRAIL NTH CABLE LANYARD. PL Y"x1)i"xO'-6Y' Y" STEEL PLATE ACCESS HATCH LID. PROVIDE FULL PERIMETER RUBBER GASKET BETWEEN HATCH LID AND BODY. SIZE UD TO OVERHANG BODY 2' STEEL HINGE. SEE DETAIL T0� P OF GRATING - & LADDER RUNG INTERIOR ACCESS LADDER, SIM FB STANDOFF. WELD TO HATCH BODY, TYP am PL Y"x2'xO'-9' 45` / 4Y Y 3, II 3' 3' HATCH LID ROOF VENT TO BE NEWLIN 24'0 ALUMINUM CLOG -RESISTANT VENT OR APPROVED EQUAL. � HATCH BODY HINGE DETAIL 3' = 1'-0" RB 1"0, TYP OF 3. WIDTH AND 18' (MIN) SPACING TO MATCH LADDER RUNGS. WELD TO HATCH LID. 2' STEEL HANDLE, RB %"0, MAX 6' 'MDE, 3' DEEP. WELD TO UD (TYP. OF 2) 24' I.D. STEEL e THICK LID VENT BODY LOCK TABS 9WO 709 CLEAR VINYL COATED GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE ROPE FOR LANDING GRATING. LANYARD CONNECTION. CONNECT FRAMING NOT SHOWN ENDS WITH 3 CLIPS MIN. STRIP FOR CLARITY COA71NG WHERE CLIPS APPLIED. ACCESS HATCH BODY, Y" STEEL PLATE, 36' I.D. ROOF ACCESS HATCH 51 NOTE: SUPPORTS SHALL BE PLACED AT 10'-0" O.C. MAX SPACING, TYP. PL 4'x4"xY4" 316" SST BOLT, TYP. RESERVOIR ROOF L2'x4"xY' ANGLE 8" LONG, TYP OF 2. L2'x2"xY' SUPPORT ANGLE, LENGTH TO FIT. TYP OF 2 PIPE STRAP, FB 4"xy4" BENT TO PIPE RADIUS PROVIDE NEOPRENE PAD PATH 4"x4' FLAT TABS. BETWEEN STRAP AND PIPE PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL 8 NOT TO SCALE NOTE: ALL BOLTS TO BE STAINLESS STEEL, V ALUMINUM VENT BODY ALUMINUM PLATE M' NEOPRENE PAD BETWEEN ALUMINUM AND STEEL PLATES STEEL PLATE, 24" I.D RESERVOIR ROOF ROOF VENT 4 1• = r-0" FB —, 3", WxW STANDOFFS AT 8' O.C. MAX. VERTICAL SPACING ADDITIONAL DIAGONAL SUPPORT AT TOP CONNECTION STRINGERS, FB 2)'XW LADDER RAILS, PUNCH TO REMVE RUNGS RESERVOIR OR HATCH WALL I— 18" 7" MIN. A. RUNGS, EQUALLY Y" DI T _T SPACED VERTICALLY, 12" O.C. PLAN PROFILE TYPICAL LADDER DETAILNOT TO SCALE 5i6 1-0" MAX 2' TYP. SIGNED, 04105107 EMPIRES 5 2B D] SIGNED: 04/06/D7 �Y vA O J �j F_ F -L W 0 �.y O J f�--'1 � cc Q O W N V cc LJ rn LLJ cc RL IN G I IN L L RH2 ENGINEERI N G, INC. moo o,*b2.rh2.cam ma o 720,8052 R 1.800.720.8052 BEwNGHAM OFFICE 360.676.0836 454 Week Harlin Rood BOTHELL OFFICE 425.951.5400 1210D NE 1951h Slreel, Suite 100 EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 509.886.2900 300 Si— Stroet, Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 Kit-, Street, Suite 101 SCALE: SHOWN 0 1" 2" DRAWNG IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2' LONG ne*: 96 Mel D Deevve CDW S07 xtxExm MLM Dore APR 10, 20074 in ' N0' min REN xIe Nu: 105-049 31 RtxNrt: HAZEN-D-STRO6 7" TYP TYP MC 1045 STEEL STRINGERS 2'x12' PERFO GRIP 11 GAUGE STEEL PLANK STAIR TREADS AS MANUFACTURED BY MCNICHOLS OR APPROVED EOUAL TYP, STEP TO WEB STAIR ELEVATION e 1'2' = V—O" 1}" STD STEEL PIPE. HEIGHT TO MATCH OUTSIDE RAILING GRATING SHELL RAIL NOT SHOWN, SEE SIGNED, 0I/136/07 Ir STD STEEL PIPE. TYPICAL DETAIL. HEIGHT TO MATCH HANDRAIL, GALVANIZED OUTSIDE RAIL FULL LENGTH OF TANK WALLEHL� OUTSIDE RAIL 140_ olh 3/8" _ WALKWAY SUPPORT PER PLAN BALUSTERS, ONE EA STEP. TYP 04 STD STEEL PIPE BALUSTER 0 EXTERIOR EDGE OF STEPS 34" 1 OF NOSE TOF E O TO TOP RAILING TYPICAL SECTION AT CATWALK 1 d.-1, e I 11" TYP AT '.NTER OF STEP TANK WALL Vj" STD STEEL PIPE STANDOFF 0 6'-0. O.C. IX" UNISTRUT CHANNEL SIGNED: 04/b6/07 Y � 0 0 J TYP AT SHELL ROD HANGERS 7 En PL %"x10"xY4* EACH END rJ CONDUIT FOR STEP, TYP EVERY 3RD STEP. 8 �i ELECTRICAL Z SEE —ll. W DETAIL. 2"xl2"x36" PERF-0 GRIP 11 COAX BLOCK AND FUTURE CONDUIT, COAX BLOCK O 04 0 GAUGE STEEL STAIR TREADS AS HANGERS AND HANGERS BY OTHERS x--1 ,_I MANUFACTURED BY MCNICHOLS OR Q APPROVED EQUAL. CONDUIT, COAX BLOCK AND Q HANGERS. SEE DWG NO. E03 Z FOR MORE INFO. SECTION a cc SPIRAL STAIR 8 NOT TO SCALE e� ELEVATION U I ,._,. w TANK SHELL BEAM -SHELL CONNECTION DD TYPICAL BEAM CONNECTION 5Q, 3' - 1'-0" 4 CC 1i' SST EYEBOLT, TYP. 1r STD DAILY STEEL O W 6'-0" SPATYP RAILS, TYP.SPACING, 2' C RADIUS AT END OF RUN 0* v cc W cc WALKING SURFACE IVX—STRONG GALV STEEL ON PIPE POSTS, TYP SST WELDED CHAIN WITH TOE BOARD, SEE SEE DETAIL SST CLASP AT EACH END DETAIL HANDRAIL 16" PL TOEBOARD RH2 ENGINEERING. INC. http://ee rh2.com moilEoxMh2.com TANK SHELL HANDRAIL POST 1.800.720.8052 16" PL TOE �wOFFICE PL 3"z3'rYi BOARD 4^ Y.' CUR TOEBOARD 454 West Nartan Booe TYP. j TO GRATING BOTHELL OFFICE 125.951.5100 12100 NE 1951h Street. Suite too _ 4" , EASTWEATCHEE OFFICE 509.886N.2900 300 Sinn Streel, Suit. 5 ROOF PLATE PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 380.876.7960 t/a- OUR eoo xaxy street. swt. 101 SCALE: SHOWN TOEBOARD TO ROOF CHANNEL FRAME SHELL ATTACHMENT ROOF ATTACHMENT LANDING ATTACHMENT DRAWING AR IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG nor: 96 D1C w S05 aulml: COW MLA THREE -RAIL HANDRAIL APR 10, 2007 REN NOT TO SCALE L 31 +oe w: 105-049 R HAZEN-D-STROS A CABLE TRAY, H. r •"e 09 SEE DWG NO. S07 FOR DETAILS �• ' rY • R RESERVOIR SHELL FLOOR PENETRATION 3.-6• O SO 1 SHEET METAL SHROUD. BOLT TO CONCRETE, AVOID ANCHOR BOLTS FUTURE COAXIAL CA BLE 16 ° ' CNAL °"'"� � 6' E%PIKES e 2 OB PIPE STRAP AND CONCRETE SURFACE PER PLAN SIGNED. 04105107 KORN 12" STAINLESS STEEL SUPPORT BLOCK WELDED PIPE � 0 48' RADIUS BEND REINFORCING NOT • SHOWN FOR CLARITY EN r •�e4, VALVE 4 y 12' STAINLESS STEEL 12" DI SPOOL (FLxFL) 12' _ _ _ _ _ (- WELDED 90' BEND ° �——III—III—III—III—III—III—III—III—III—I __ I D PVC CONDUIT III III —III —III —I I1=1I I —I I1—I I =1 I I —III —III —III —III —I I I —I I I —I I I —III —III �� p -1 I I-11I—III—I11=III=III=1 III 111= I —III —III. ExFRES � 24 0, SIGNER 04ID5107 a p EXPANSION JOINT °. °. PIPE PENETRATION _ I=1 I I —III —I 1—I 1-1 I I —I I I I —III —I PVC CAP v °, D r 12" STAINLESS STEEL 12' STAINLESS r . WELDED PIPE STEEL FLANGE INLET PIPE PROFILE RESERVOIR FOOTING RESERVOIR RNGWALL o CONDUIT SECTION e N T General Structural Notes 50t A 9 RESERVOIR FLOOR N BASIS OF DESIGN Z GEOTECHNICAL PARAMETERS: 1 / _ O ° V RING WALL MAXIMUM NET BEARING 7,000 PSF STATIC, 9333 PSF SEISMIC SOIL PROFILE TYPE: C O2/ ((— FLOOR PENETRATION ° a FCy V Q SO u. � � ° ' EACH FACE SOILS REPORT REFERENCE: "GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES' PREPARED BY CEOENGINEERS, INC. 10-15-04 T^J `O� W 6" �17 � C t+ N 16' STAINLESS STEEL ° p. 7 x 8'-0" EACMFACE • a .PIPE k A .p '. OWNER LOADING PAR AME'TER& 'AND LOAD: 100 MPH PER AWWA DIDO SNOW LOAD: 30 PSF FF/-�-1 W rY• lOi WELDED PIPE PIPE STRAP AND CONCRETE 'D VALVE SUPPORT BLOCK ® °• ° T ° g' EARTHQUAKE LOAD: Sds-0.893g, Sd1-0.417g Cn Z 16' STAINLESS STEEL 16" DI SPOOL RzFL O REDUCER WELDED 90' BEND •° 12' I— ( ) � ° ° 'P •�, .' ° °p OTHER DlSIGNVALUES USED: OCCUPANCY CATEGORY: ESSENTIAL FACILITY 1•'�'•1 G ' p I : p ► CONCRETE: 4000 PSI NTH 60,000 PSI REINFORCING Ow cc STEEL: AS SPECIFIED ° � FOUNDATION PLATFORMS AND STAIRS: 100 PSF LIVE LOAD, 300 LB CONCENTRATED a P Dt> It p PIPE PENETRATION SECTION CRrrERu ~ W PIPE PENETRATION ° � ' ° ° � � EXPANSION JOINT � AL MATERIALS. WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, V N NOT TO SCALE 509 AWWA DIOO-05 AND IBC 2003. WW SPECIAL INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND OBSERVATIONS 16' STAINLESS STEEL 16' suINLEss WELDED PIPE STEEL FLANGE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING. REFER TO IBC SECTION 1704 AND 1707 FOR DETAILS. 1. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS BY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER FOR THE RESERVOIR INCLUDE: OUTLET PIPE PROFILE A. SITE EXCAVATION AND GRADING 3�' = 1'-0.. SO B. PLACEMENT OF STRUCTURAL FILL AND SOIL COMPACTION C. VERIFICATION OF SOIL -BEARING CAPACITY. D. ALSO SEE SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RETAINING WALL ON DWG NO C12 2. CONCRETE PLACEMENT AT CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION: CONTINUOUS. SEE ALSO IBC SECTION 1704.4 3. REINFORCEMENT AT CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION: PERIODIC. SEE ALSO SECTION 1704.4. 4. TESTING OF CONCRETE FOR SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (F'c), AIR CONTENT AND SLUMP. SEE IBC TABLE 1704.4 O6 A 5. RESERVOIR CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1704.3. WELD INSPECTION SHALL ALSO BE IN S08 S09 ACCORDANCE WITH AWWA DIOO-05 6. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION BY A REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN ACCORDANCE MATH IBC 1709 SHALL BE RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. PROVIDED BY THE OWNER. http;//w-.,h2.a— 5'-O"9 SUip-\\6'-4" STAINLESS STEEL STRAPS 2. )(e x4' GENERAL ieao°� o'� o5i LINES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS MAY BE ASSOCIATED WITH CAD MODELING AND MAY NOT REPRESENT REQUIRED OR B0676" MOFFICE 72" EACH SIDE ---�( � R•C� ALLOWED JOINTS. SEE DETAILS FOR CLARIFICATION ON REQUIRED AND ALLOWED JOINTS. .454 Wet H 45/ West Horton Road � �ci" � REINFORCED CONCRETE ° D' BOTHELL OFFICE PIPE STRAP AND CONCRETE AS REWIRED p MAT FOUNDATION REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DETAILED INCLUDING HOOKS AND BENDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 315-92 AND ( ) "REINFORCING 425,951.5400 1210D NE 195tK Street. Sidle 100 12" STAINLESS STEEL VALVE 'D SUPPORT BLOCK C LAP ALL REINFORCEMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPLICE AND DEVELOPMENT LENGTH B WELDED PIPE SCHEDULE' SCHEDULE' -SEE DWG 502. EAs-r1NFMwrcHEEOFFICE .° 12' j-- 12" DI SPOOL (FLxfL) 09 5MAN.2900 3w Smm Street. suite 5 p 15 CONCRETE ANCHORS 0 a NO BARS PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN HARDENED CONCRETE SHALL BE FIELD BENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED D I It EACH CORNER AND 0 18' O.C. OR APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. PO OR HARDOFFICE ,,. MAX ELSEWHERE 360.8763960 I I' CONCRETE PROTECTION (COVER) FOR REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: 600 Kiteap Street, Suite 101 12" STAINLESS STEEL D CONCRETE PIPE SUPPORT SCALE: SHOWN WEL ED 90' BEND DETAIL FOOTINGS AND OTHER UNFORMED SURFACES CAST AGAINST AND PERMANENTLY EXPOSED TO EARTH ...... 3" NOT TO SCALE S09 FORMED SURFACES EXPOSED TO EARTH (WALLS BELOW GRADE), WATER OR WEATHER (M6 BARS OR LARGER).. 2' °D EXPANSION JOINT ° DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE D ° D 6 D D IF BAR IS NOT 2' LONG PIPE PENETRATION D D. °, "10r: 96 ms m A 12" STAINLESS STEEL 12' STAINLESS S09 tetl CDW 09 WELDED PIPE STEEL FLANGE xmft MLM 10 2007 �1 DRAIN PIPE PROFILE art RAPR EN 3 ae Ro: 105-049 31 Rbum HAZEN-D-STROB RESERVOIR ROOF 13 RESERVOIR SHELL PROPOSED OVERFLOW PIPE SUPPORT, (TYP.) SEE DWG NO. S07 FOR DETAILS RESERVOIR FLOOR VOIR PROPOSED 48" TYPE I AIR -GAP MANHOLE, WITH GALVANIZED STEEL GRATE TOP, SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILS 18" OVERFLOW PIPE, SLOPE AT 15 TO DECHLORINATION MANHOLE -e RESERVOIR FOOTING RESERVOIR OVERFLOW SECTION Mot Yi = 1'-0" MECHANICAL LEGEND DRAIN OVERFLOW O1 12" ECCENTRIC VALVE, (FLxFL) ( 18" DI PIPE, APPROX. 29'-0" O 12" DI SPOOL, (FLxFL), APPROX. 11'-11" ( 18" DI PIPE, APPROX. ll'-7" O 12" EXPANSION JOINT, (FLxFL) 10 DECHLORINATION MANHOLE, SEE DWG NO. M03 FOR DETAILS ® 12" DI MJxFL ADAPTER lO 18" POND INLET CHECK VALVE O5 12" DI PIPE, APPROX. 8'-9" 1© 24" x 12' x 6" WELDED STEEL OVERFLOW FUNNEL © 12" SST SPOOL, SEE DWG NO. S09 FOR DETAILS 1® 12" WELDED STEEL PIPE, FABRICATE AS SHOWN O7 12" SST SPOOL, (FLxFL), FABRICATE AS SHOWN a 12" OVERFLOW CHECK VALVE 1® 12" WELDED STEEL COMPANION FLANGE WITH NO. 24 STAINLESS STEEL INSECT SCREEN BETWEEN FLANGES. NOTE: ALL PIPING BELOW RESERVOIR FLOOR OR WITHIN RESERVOIR FOUNDATION SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. ALL DRAIN SITE PIPING SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON. ALL ABOVE GRADE RESERVOIR PIPING SHALL BE EPDXY COATED WELDED STEEL. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC GASKET AND BOLTS FOR CONNECTIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS, PER SPECIFICATIONS. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, RESERVOIR RESERVOIR SUMP AND GRATE, SEE DWG NO. S07 FOR DETAILS NIK JHtLL RESERVOIR RINGWALL 452.70 CONCRETE PIPE SUPPORT, SEE CONCRETE PIPE SUPPORT, SEE RESERVOIR FOOTING PROPOSED DWG NO. S09 FOR DETAILS DWG NO. S09 FOR DETAILS OUTLET PIPE PROPOSED DETENTION POND D FENCE RETAINING WALL PROPOSED POND FENCE GATE , OUTLET PIPE, TO POND PROPOSED MANHOLE PROPOSED RESERVOIR ACCESS ROAD PROPOSED RESERVOIR GRAIN PIPE PROPOSED RESERVOIR FOOTING \ r� '+r 9 1 RESERVOIR ACCESS HATCH PROPOSED AIR -GAP MANHOLE RESERVOIR RINGWALL RESERVOIR SHELL \' — L RESERVOIR FLOOR \ RESERVOIR OVERFLOW AND DRAIN PLAN PROPOSED DETENTION POND RETAINING WALL PROPOSED SEE DWG NO. C12 FOR DRAIN PIPE � �.00, � DETAILS PROPOSED DECHLORINATION MANHOLE RESERVOIR DRAIN AND DECHLORINATION MANHOLE SECTION o I—'___ 7' 2.0" MIN CLEARANCE M PROPOSED RESERVOIR OVERFLOW PIPE E%PIPE6 6 2 OB SIGNED: 0I/06/07 E%PIPES) 15 200) SIGNED: 04/05/07 ck, Y �� ^� ® O fee-4 0 O W RESERVOIR RINGWALL V Z a cc Z Z ag �a oa LL cc W Z 0= U LLI 02 cc W cn u,i cc o" RH2 ENGINEERING. INC. htT //.—.rh2.— rrwilDox0rh2.can 1.8D0.720.8052 BEWNGHAM OFFICE 360.676.0836 454 Week Horloe Road BOTHEI.I. OFFICE 425.951.5400 12100 Ix: 195th Slreet, Suite IN EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 509.886.2900 300 Sm Street, Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 Kilwp Street, Suite 101 SCALE: SHOWN 0 1' 2" DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG plot; 48 M NO. IWWFpe COW MOt � MLM w1e APR 10, 2007't "a aaNr REN 105-049 11 MECHANICAL LEGEND INLET OUTLET O 16" ECCENTRIC VALVE, (FLxFL) 21 16" DI SPOOL, (FLxPE), 1'-3" 2Q 16' FCA © 16" x 12' DI REDUCER (FLxMJ) WITH THRUST BLOCK O 16' DI PIPE, APPROX. 5'-4" © 16" DI SPOOL, (FLxPE), 5'-0' ® 16' x 12" DI TEE, (MJXMJ) ®4 12' FCA 1 12' DI PIPE, APPROX. 3'-0' ®5 12" FLOW METER (FL41) © 16' DI 90' BEND, (MJxMJ) WITH THRUST BLOCK ® 16" DI SPOOL. (FLxPE). 4'-8" 7Q 12' DI SPOOL, (FLxPE), APPROX. 8'-0" ® 16" DI SPOOL, (FL.FL), l'-3' O 12' FLOW METER (FLxFL) ® 16" EXPANSION JOINT, (FLxFL) 09 12' FCA ®g 16" DI SPOOL, (FLxFL), 11'-7" 10 12' DI PIPE, APPROX. 10'-5' ® 16" ECCENTRIC VALVE, (FL.FL) 0 12" EXPANSION JOINT, (FLxFL) O 16" SST SPOOL, SEE DWG NO. S09 FOR DETAILS 0 12' DI SPOOL, (FLxFL), 12'-1" ® 16" SST PIPE, (FLxPE), FABRICATE AS SHOWN © 12" ECCENTRIC VALVE, (FL.FL) ® 16" WELDED STEEL TEE, (FLxFL) ® 12' SST SPOOL, SEE DWG NO. S09 FOR DETAILS ®4 16" OUTLET CHECK VALVE, (TYP. OF 2) ® 12' SST PIPE, (FLxPE), FABRICATE AS SHOWN ® 16" SST BUNG FLANGE WITH 2" NPT THREADED HOSE I6 12' WELDED STEEL SPOOL, FLxFL, 20'-0" (FLxFL), CONNECTION. TO BE KEPT IN TANK FOR ATTACHMENT TO OUTLET FLANGE FOR TANK WASHDOWN 1© 12" WELDED STEEL SPOOL, (FLXFL), 8'-0" 1® 12" WELDED STEEL 45' BEND, (FLxPE) I® 12" INLET CHECK VALVE ® 6" INLET CHECK VALVE RESERVOIR FLOOR I RESERVOIR OUTLET CHECK VALVES, PARALLEL TO TANK INLET CHE0( VALVES, AUGN PARALLEL TO TANK SHELL RESERVOIR RESERVOIR FOOTING 3" VAULT DRAIN LINE, TO POND CONTROL STRUCTURE, (TYP.) ICI■I■ � II■�—► ,III lu�� II `II II 110 PROPOSED FLOW METER VAULT, SEE VAULT TOPS NOT NOTE THIS SHEET SHOWN IN THIS NEW FOR CLARITY NOTESL ALL PIPING BELOW RESERVOIR FLOOR OR WITHIN RESERVOIR FOUNDATION INLET AND OUTLET PIPING PLAN SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. ALL SITE PIPING SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON. ALL ABOVE GRADE RESERVOIR PIPING SHALL BE EPDXY COATED WELDED PROPOSED SEISMIC SHUTOFF STEEL SYSTEM, SEE SPECIFICATIONS PROVIDE DIELECTRIC GASKET AND BOLTS FOR CONNECTIONS BETWEEN FOR DETAILS DISSIMILAR METALS, PER SPECIFICATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, PROPOSED VAULT PROPOSED VAULT VAULT NOTES: RESERVOIR SHELL ACCESS HATCH, SEE NOTE THIS SHEET ACCESS HATCH, SEE NOTE THIS SHEET FLOW METER VAULT SHALL BE PRE —CAST CONCRETE VAULT EQUAL TO UTILITY VAULT MODEL 612—LA OR APPROVED EQUAL STRUCTURAL GROUT PROPOSED FLOW ACCESS HATCH SHALL BE EQUAL TO UTILITY VAULT OPTIONAL TOPfRa METER VAULT SECTION NO. 612—TL-3-332P OR EOUIVALENT RESERVOIR RINGWALL A 4 PROPOSED.j:, SEISMIC ISOLATION VALVE VAULT SHALL BE PRE —CAST CONCRETE VAULT EQUAL TO UTILITY VAULT MODEL 687—LA OR APPROVED EQUAL. ACCESS HATCH SHALL BE EQUAL TO BILCO J-3AL';�}'..• —- .i ;��••"(' s 4 PROPOSED VAULT ACCESS LADDER, SEE IN PIPE RESERVOIR ® ' i.!' DWG N0. 507 FOR ACCESS HATCH NOTES: FLOOR ,''�. t DETAILS, (TYP.) ALL ACCESS HATCHES SHALL BE ALUMINUM DIAMOND PLATE WITH H-20 RESERVOIR DRAIN RATED DOOR, STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE AND FASTENERS. HATCH 452.70, MUST BE ABLE TO LOCK IN VERTICAL POSITION WITHOUT MOVEMENT AND J - SHALL HAVE SPRING OR PISTON ASSIST OPENING. MILL FINISH AND RECESSED HASP COVERED WITH HINGED LID. PROVIDE CITY STANDARD .ti;,„;,%;; '.` ",'•; S.:'., �,;��,', :" . ".t.•. ; `•:'r'I�:`,e'•r• KEY PADLOCK PATH EACH VAULT HATCH. Y. + r,• I ,pe X.-J 4 RESERVOIR FOOTING ,e,"+ ,r r t.. i tr ! (r r + 'c, r~.1. :,,1. f �-.+• ,'` ,r,:.;},.'�.2.•,",.:.,....L.. :,,•.y 1�':1•' ,• ,,;:T".y.,.�V,;-..,'y:.,l;.,, •�''e•'^'' 3" AREA DRAIN WI1H LOOSE 6' COMPACTED GRAVEL TOP "�'•� '' STRAINER EQUAL TO TYLER PIPE COURSE, COMPACTED TO 95X OF SERIES 300-IC, FURNISHED WITH MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY PER ASTM BACK WATER VALVE EQUAL TO D1557 STANDARD PROCTOR, CONCRETE PIPE SUPPORT, SEE CONCRETE PIPE SUPPORT, SEE MER PIPE SERIES 775, (TYP.) (TYP.) DWG NO. S09 FOR DETAILS DWG NO. S09 FOR DETAILS ELEVATION eOUTLET 0 X" v INLET PIPE SUPPORT, (TYP.) SEE DWG N0. IN SEE DWG N0. PROLET NLET PIPE PROPOSED VAULT 1 7, S07 FOR DETAILS M03 FOR ACCESS HATCH, SEE CONTINUATION NOTE THIS SHEET /- RESERVOIR SHELL OUTLET CHECK 465,27' VALVES STRUCTURAL GROUT A- �• RESERVOIR RINGWALL ,•�''/' PROVIDE LINK SEAL AT PIPE FLOW METER RESERVOIR r �`. : k PENETRATION (TYP.), SEE DWG VAULT FLOOR NO. M03 FOR OUTLET PIPING SEISMIC ISOLATION - �452,770 �— �DETAILS VALVE VAULT � ' •'; - ; :r -., :, 1 'Y'•t. 'C.� r It � ry t't t, •i' `7J '•.•'.I .tl 4µ, .•��% e'•• ;,"`• }�:: t„ +,��� ,.., 't �'1.1'• •;.: i' PROPOSED FLOW ' l:e,' ;••e.'. ':'C'" y + "•bi'( METER VAULT INLET PIPING CONCRETE PIPE SUPPORT, SEE CONCRETE PIPE SUPPORT, SEE DWG NO. S09 FOR DETAILS DWG NO. S09 FOR DETAILS INLET ELEVATION PIPE SUPPORT, (TYP.) o NLET AND OUTLET OBLIQUE PROPOSED TYPE I BOLLARD, (TYP. OF 4). PER CITY 16 STANDARD DETAIL H019 eG •+9� w�l 8' EXP RE 0 (') SIGNED: 04/06/07 n SEE DWG NO. CFOR MIG� CONTINUATION TINUATION r •et4: OEXFRES e �g �4b1 er++•O �?" 74WL �' 7 15 2007 SIGNED 04/05/07 PROPOSED SEISMIC ISOLATION VALVE VAULT, SEE NOTE THIS SHEET bA U.1 J o Oo g J U W z z OW Q 1 O W > V Uj PROPOSED SEISMIC ISOLATION VALVE CIO W VAULT Y VAULT D LINE, ROUTE TO PDRAIN CONTROL STRUCTURE, (TYP.) r1 RH2 ENGINEERING. INC. hltp: /1—M2.com m ft,6Uh2.c- 1.600.720.6052 EELLINGHAM OFFICE 360,676.0836 454 West Hortoo Rood BOTHELL OFFICE 425,9515400 12100 NE 195th Street, Suite 100 EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 509.8M.29M 300 Senn Sheet. Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 Kiteop Street. Suite 101 SCALE: SHO T 0 1" 2" DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2' LONG "T. 48 m 0 wamtCOW M02 e[,[em MLM ux. APR 10, 2007 x�ET M0 aert REIN m ILL 105-049 31 Ro1rI[: HAZEN-D-MECO2 PROPOSED 8" DI INLET CHECK VALVE, (TYP. OF TWO) 120' PROPOSED RESERVOIR INLET PIPE PROPOSED INLET PIPE SUPPORTS, SEE DWG NO, MO1 FOR DETAILS. RESERVOIR SHELL eA CENTER INLET PLAN NOT TO SCALE SAMPLE LINE L RESERVOIR SHELL SAMPLE LINE SST PIPE BOLT SST PIPE SUPPORT SUPPORT 8 8 VL3"x3" WELD TO SHELL PLACE WALL SUPPORTS AT 10 O.C. WATER QUALITY SAMPLING LINE WALL SUPPORTS RESERVOIR RINGWALL CONCRETE PAD -\ l WATER QUALITY SAMPUNG LINES WATER QUALITY SAMPUNG STATION EQUAL TO ECLIPSE NO. 88 SAMPLING STATION, (TYP. OF 3) }' THICK STEEL WATER QUALITY UNE ENCLOSURE PROVIDE 3" SST HINGES, (TYP. OF 2) RESERVOIR SHELL 1 -6" WATER QUALITY 4' SAMPLING LINES WELD ENCLOSURE TO RESERVOIR SHELL HANDLE I PROVIDE HASP AND LOCK WITH CITY'S STANDARD KEY RESERVOIR FLOOR HANDLE }' ISOLATIOVALVE, (TYP OF 3) FABRICATED STEEL ENCLOSURE }" COPPER WATER 3'-3' QUAUTY SAMPUNG LINE, (TYP. OF 3) 14 0 8" O.C. EW, CENTERED IN SLAB 48" WATER QUALITY SAMPLING LINES E%PI 6 6 2 Ofi SIGNED: 04AS107 CONCRETE WALL 7 MIZ` / a °� • eti CORE DRILL CONCRETE. OVERSIZE TO FIT LINKSEAL _ a PROVIDE UNKSEAL BETWEEN PIPE AND CONCRETE 6 4�or• aP°� PIPE 74U1. EKPIRE9 7 6 2007 SIGNED: 01/05/07 Y 0V15% LINK SEAL DETAIL NOT TO SCALE STRAIGHT EDGE CUT OPENING OF PIPE (TYP.) FABRICATED STEEL ENCLOSURE RESERVOIR RINGWALL PROVIDE INSULATION BOARD ON ALL INTERIOR WALLS (NOT SHOWN) WRAP ALL EXTERIOR SAMPLING LINES WITH INSULATION, INCLUDING INSIDE ENCLOSURE RESERVOIR FLOOR r GROUT CONCRETE PAD I !I STEEL ENCLOSURE CONCRETE L PROVIDE J" PJF BETWEEN SLAB RESERVOIR RING SUPPORT SLAB AND RINGWALL WALL PLAN PROPOSED SAMPLING LINES ENCLOSURE SECTION PROPOSED WATER QUALITY SAMPLING WATER QUALITY SAMPLING LINE, (TYP. OF 3) WATER QUALITY SAMPLING STATIONS RESERVOIR SHELL NOT SHOWN IN THIS VIEW PROPOSED SAMPLING STATION OBLIQUE J H 004 p Z� U Ix V O W r 0 V � STANDARD 36" MANHOLE W ACCESS LID U) W MANHOLE LADDER RUNGS, 12" O.C. }' SS CHAIN WITH CLEVIS GRAB 0-91-0 HOCKS EACH END, ATTACH TO TOP OF BASKET AND INSIDE OF MANHOLE TOP RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. http://° .,h2.com m lboxft2.com r: •r_.. 1.600.720.8052 PIPE CLAMP, SECURE HAM OFFICE - AROUND SCREEN AND 3BELLING HAM PIPE 454 west HoHm Rood 0836 DECHLORINATION MANHOLE OUTLET PIPE, TO BOTHELL OFFICE STORMWATER DETENTION 425.951.5400 POND 12100 NE 195tn 900 Street, Sulte 100 !'+ • EAST VVENATCHEE OFFICE 509.886.2 -- 300 Smm St-t. Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360,876.7960 600 Kitsop Slral, Suite 101 - SCALE: SHOWN t 0 1., 2„ DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG 1 two xQ 6' COMPACTED GRAVEL TOP 4x4 SST MESH SCREEN, FOLD Ito, COURSE, COMPACTED TO 95E OVER EDGES OF PIPE, SECURE °'p"tp°CDW MO$ OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY PER ASTM IN PIPE CLAMP D1557 STANDARD "�11F0'MLM PROCTOR DECHLORINATION MANHOLE DETAIL p.,E APR 10, 2007 2 dart REN NOT TO SCALE as Ro.: 105-049 31 Rowe HAZEN-D-MEO PROPOSED 48" TYPE I MANHOLE RESERVOIR OVERFLOW PIPE RESERVOIR DRAIN PIPE SST RECTANGULAR WIRE CLOTH BASKET WITH TOP TO HOLD DECHLORINATION TABLETS, .187" MESH OPENING, 24"L x 24"W x 12"D ONE -LINE DIAGRAM SYMBOLS PANELBOARDS, SWITCHES, AND EQUIPMENT CIRCUIT BREAKER SERVICE ENTRANCE, SWITCHGEAR, XXX/YY - CB SIZE & NO. OF POLES MOTOR CONTROL CENTER, OR ET - ELECTRONIC TRIP PANELBOARD TM - THERMAL MAGNETIC BREAKER MCP - MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR SE - SERVICE ENTRANCE SURFACE MOUNTED PANELBOARD OFT - GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER —®— FUSE FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH --�� PLUG-IN CONNECTION FLUSHED MOUNTED PANELBOARD RTM RUN TIME METER MOTOR OPERATION COUNTER NXX F-el FIELD CONTROL STATION WITH NEMA REQUIREMENTS. N1 - NEMA 1 N3R - NEMA 3R SSRVS N4 -NEMA 4 N4SS - NEMA 4 STAINLESS STEEI SSRVS -SOLID STATE REDUCED N4F - NEMA 4 FIBERGLASS VOLTAGE STARTER N6 -NEMA 6 N12 - NEMA 12 GASKETED VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE �- EQUIPMENT MOUNTING STAND HEATER ® MOTOR STARTER HEATER, WATTAGE NOTED A g MOTOR STARTER W/ OPERATOR 15 kW Lz C O DEVICES ® EQUIPMENT CONNECTION A - HAND -OFF -AUTO B - OPERATIONAL COUNTER C - RUN TIME METER SINGLE PHASE MOTOR. D - RUN LIGHT M HORSEPOWER AS NOTED E - FAIL LIGHT F - EMERGENCY STOP OK KIRK KEY INTERLOCK 100 THREE PHASE MOTOR. HORSEPOWER AS NOTED POWER TRANSFORMER M CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER HP SINGLE PHASE MOTOR. HORSEPOWER AS NOTED 11711 TRANSFORMER T ELECTRICAL PLUG CURRENT TRANSFORMER �r� t--J I 0I5CUNNU;I 5NIUM (AMPERAGE NOTED) -3 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER ID7 FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH CONTACTOR IDL CATION MOTOR STARTER -7 I�fl ANDND DISCONNECT SWITCH -L T CAPACITOR RECEPTACLES AND JUNCTION BOX SYMBOLS ENGINE GENERATOR CEILING JUNCTION BOX GENERATOR CONNECTION OJ WALL JUNCTION BOX ® RECEPTACLE S �J FLOOR JUNCTION BOX L SOLID NEUTRAL DUPLEX WALL RECEPTACLE , 120V ® TERMINAL BLOCK WP • WEATHERPROOF G • GROUNDED IG - ISOLATED GROUND OF - GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE 39 DOUBLE DUPLEX SUPPRESSOR TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE _G SINGLE RECEPTACLE, 120V 0 o SUPPRESSOR (ALTERNATIVE) SINGLE RECEPTACLE, 208V © GROUND BLOCK �N NEUTRAL BLOCK ® DUPLEX FLOOR RECEPTACLE, 120V SPECIAL PURPOSE WALL RECEPTACLE, RATING AS NOTED IT, POWER METER O QCLOCK TV TELEVISION GENERATOR BLOCK HEATER TELEPHONE PROPOSED EQUIPMENT - - ENCLOSURE TELEPHONE/DATA WITH CABLE EXISTING EQUIPMENT �1 ENCLOSURE Q TELEPHONE/DATA WITHOUT CABLE L GROUND METAL PIPE GROUND CONNECTION POINT, EXOTHERMIC WELD, ♦ CADWELD OR APPROVED EQUAL. ROD SIZED PER N.E.C. USE OGROUND • EXOTHERMIC WELD CONNECTION AT THE GROUND ROD. ink PIGTAIL, BARE COPPER, LENGTH AS �v REQUIRED, 8' MINIMUM. �— CONNECTION POINT, MECHANICAL, COMPRESSION TYPE. NO. GO1. s 3 ®3WAY HOA ®HOA %EE SINGLE -POLE Y DOUBLE -POLE S THREE WAY 3 S FOUR WAY 4 S DIMMER STANDARD SWITCH, 120VAC, 20 AMP 3-WAY SWATCH, 120VAC, 20 AMP 3-POSITION SWITCH, 120VAC, 20 AMP, LABEL SWITCH POSITION HAND -OFF -MOTION OR PHOTO S PILOT-UGHTED P St KEY -OPERATED S V LOW VOLTAGE S MASTER APUSHBUTTON LIGHTING FIXTURES/DEVICES FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WALL/CEILING MOUNTED FIXTURE ®� EMERGENCY LIGHT WITH SELF CONTAINED BATTERY O SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURE 0 RECESSED FIXTURE MD MOTION DETECTOR PC PHOTO CONTROL CELL HO HEAT DETECTOR OS SMOKE DETECTOR ❑D FIRE ALARM DISPATCH STROBE ALARM QA FIRE ALARM AUDIBLE/VISUAL ALARM ❑F FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION < SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKER SOUND SYSTEM VOLUME CONTROL DOORBELL -L� PILOT VALVE SOLENOID I�I VALVE I \ II CHECK VALVE II "X II CONTROL VALVE PID FORMAT !- SUPERSCRIPT � X X-MEASURED OR INITIATING VARIABLE Y-READOUT OR FUNCTION Z-MODIFIER ABC ABC -LOOP NUMBER INSTRUMENT BUBBLE ISA STANDARDS FOR Pi let LETTER (MEASURED 12nd LETTER (READOUTI 3rd LETTER OR INITIATING VARIABLE)I OR FUNCTION) I (MODIFIER) A ANALYSIS I ALARM B BURNER (BATTERY) C COMMUNICATION CONTROL CLOSED D DENSITY I (DELAY) E VOLTAGE ---------- -------- L------ F FLOW I I FAIL (FLOW) G GAS I I GREEN BULB H HAND I MANUAL I HIGH CURRENT (INTRUSION) I INDICATE J POWER (EQUIPMENT) I I --------7-------- r------ K TIME I CONTROL STATION I L LEVEL LIGHT LOW M MOTION i i MIDDLE N USERS CHOICE 0 USERS CHOICE I I OPEN ---------I--------!_ ------ P PRESSURE I (PUMP) I(PRESSURE) Q QUANTITY (EVENT) I TOTALIZE I R RADIATION (REDID) I RECORD RED BULB S SPEED(SMOKE) I SWITCH I SOLENOID T TEMPERATURE I TRANSMITTER I (TRANSMITTER) ---------- I-------- r------ U MULTI VARIABLE MULTI FUNCTION V VISCOSITY (pH) I VALVE I W WEIGHT I I X UNCLASSIFIED I I Y USERS CHOICE I RELAY (TRANSDUCER) I - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Z POSITION I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I EXISTING FUNCTION OINSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION BUBBLE OFIELD MOUNTED DEVICE OR INSTRUMENT e FRONT PANEL MOUNTED INSTRUMENT OR DEVICE (LOCAL PANEL) INDICATOR LIGHT INDICATOR LIGHT A - AMBER G - GREEN B - BLUE R - RED C - CLEAR LIMIT SWITCH O< O LIMIT SWATCH, NORMALLY OPEN LIMIT SWITCH -- BACK PANEL MOUNTED INSTRUMENT OR DEVICE (LOCAL PANEL) OQ--O LIMIT SWATCH, NORMALLY CLOSED FRONT PANEL (LAB ROOM PANEL) MOUNTED INSTRUMENT OR DEVICE I OPERATOR INTERFACE DISPLAY (LOCAL PANEL) OPERATOR INTERFACE DISPLAY (LAB ROOM PANEL) INDICATE TYPE BY LETTER INSTRUMENT METER AM - AMMETER VAR - VARMETER �� AH - AMPERE -HOUR VARH - VARHOUR METER PFM - POWER FACTOR MA - WATTMETER AM VIA - VOLTMETER WH - WATTHOUR METER VA - VOLT AMMETER 51fC ELM/ LCBCND SEE DWG NO. G02 FOR PROPOSED SITE LEGEND ONN INCDIIC-fA9 EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS 480 VOLT WIRING e GROUND WIRING NWIN6OR Fi1GV Y FL7W LCGCNO EXPOSED RACEWAY — — — — CONCEALED IN WALL OR CEILING CONCEALED IN OR BELOW FLOOR - - UNDERGROUND CONDUIT c GROUND PARING - HOME RUN TO PANELBOARD OR AS INDICATED ( CONDUIT RUN, BROKEN AND CONTINUED SAME SHEET OR AS NOTED FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONDUIT RUN, HATCH MARKS INDICATE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS CALLOUT INDICATING CONDUIT SIZE, TIME DELAY CONTACT TIME DELAY CONTACT, NORMALLY OPEN, TIME TO CLOSE TIME DELAY CONTACT TIME DELAY CONTACT, NORMALLY CLOSED, TIME TO OPEN TIME DELAY CONTACT ,� TIME DELAY CONTACT, NORMALLY OPEN, "���� TIME TO OPEN TIME DELAY CONTACT TIME DELAY CONTACT, NORMALLY I - CLOSED, TIME TO CLOSE RELAY CONTACT, NC �71•�L RELAY CONTACT, INSTANTANEOUS CHANGE RELAY CONTACT, NO PRESSURE SWITCH 0_� PRESSURE SWITCH, NORMALLY OPEN PRESSURE SWITCH PRESSURE SWITCH, NORMALLY CLOSED RELAY XYZ RELAY TR - Timed relay 123 CR - Control relay O� O 1` FLOAT SWATCH, NORMALLY OPEN S1CN6D, 01/06/07 FLOAT SWITCH OTO FLOAT SWITCH, NORMALLY CLOSED IJJ• e �ep1eT�� 7atyL >� PUSHBUTTON p__] L-D PUSHBUTTON, NORMALLY CLOSED Eza s s SIGNS6 041bp 77 USHQU P ,,�J PUSHBUTTON, NORMALLY OPEN Y 1 O O O �r� + I + THERMOSTAT �O THERMO SWITCH, NORMALLY OPEN 7�T �+ 1N 1 O� THERMOSTAT (}--- THERMO SWITCH, NORMALLY CLOSED -FLOWS`rl-'WITCH_ 0_� FLOWSWITCH, NORMALLY OPEN FLOWSWITCH 0_T FLOWSWITCH, NORMALLY CLOSED C) Z O FLU V J i 2 POLE SWITCH [�] W F�1 w O w Q 0 3 POLE SWITCHLU r, V J LU )f CRC, 2-p12 NUMBER AND SIZE OF WIRE. 1P - 1 POLE CALLOUT INDICATING CONDUIT PER SCHEDULE IPH - SINGLE PHASE NEMA - NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURING ASSOCIATION 2P - 2 POLE N.L. - NIGHT LIGHT 100 2PH - TWO PHASE mA - MIUAMP CONDUIT BENT UP OR TOWARD 3P - 3 POLE MCC - MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 3PH - THREE PHASE MCM - ONE THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS CONDUIT BENT DOWN OR AWAY AF - AMP FRAME P - POWER AN - AMP HOUR PB - PANIC BUTTON AL - ALUMINUM PC - POWER & CONTROL ] CAPPED CONDUIT ASTM AT ATS BPS - AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS - AMP TRIP -AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH - BOOSTER PUMP STATION pF PNE PSE PVC - POWER FACTOR - PANEL - PUGET SOUND ENERGY - POLYVINYL CHLORIDE CONDUIT ELECTRICAL & SIGNAL PLAN DEVICES SV SOLENOID VALVE COIL LE LEVEL ELEMENT C - CONTROL PWR - POWER MOTORIZED VALVE COIL FLOAT SWITCH LIMIT SWITCH PANIC BUTTON THERMOSTAT SWITCH INTRUSION SWITCH FLOW ELEMENT ANALYSIS ELEMENT CJ - CONTROL & INSTRUMENTATION RECP - RECEPTACLE CKT - CIRCUIT SPOT - SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW HE HEATING ELEMENT CO - CONDUIT ONLY SPST - SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW PS PRESSURE SWITCH OR - CONTROL RELAY CTRL - CONTROL SSRVS - SOLID STATE REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTER SUSE - SUITABLE FOR USE AS SERVICE ENTRANCE CU - COPPER TB - TERMINAL BLOCK DPST - DOUBLE POLE, SINGLE THROW TEMP - TEMPERATURE O TEMPERATURE INDICATION EG - ENGINE GENERATOR TVSS - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRSSOR OR - GROUND FAULT INTERRUPT TYP. - TYPICAL CRC - GALVANIZED RIGID CONDUIT U.L. - UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES TS TEMPERATURE SWATCH HOA - HAND -OFF -AUTO VAC - VOLTS AC HP - HORSE POWER VCP - VOLTS CONTROL POWER KAIC - THOUSAND AMP INTERRUPTING CAPACITY VDC - VOLTS DC KVA - KILOVOLT AMP VFD - VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE KVAR - KILOVOLT AMPS REACTIVE W - WATT KW - KILOWATT WP - WEATHER-PROOF NEC - NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE WSDOT - WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 1. THIS IS A STANDARD LEGEND. NOT ALL OF THE INFORMATION SHOWN ON THIS PAGE WILL APPEAR IN THIS SET OF PLANS. 2. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. EXACT LOCATIONS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD BY THE ENGINEER. THE INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS OR DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN THE LATEST EDITIONS OF ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND UTILITY COMPANY STANDARDS. CONTACT THE UTILITY COMPANY REPRESENTATIVES AND VERIFY THEIR REQUIREMENTS, 3. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF CONFLICTS IN EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS ARE DISCOVERED OR IF PROBLEMS ARISE DUE TO FIELD CONDITIONS. LACK OF INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER REASON. NO PAYMENT WILL BE MADE FOR CHANGES WHICH HAVE NOT BEEN FAVORABLY REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER. - 04 I -0, 'A RH2 ENGINEERING. INC. h1to //ere.rh2.— dtD.Oh2.can 1.600. 720.8052 BELLINGHAM OFFICE 360.676.0136 454 West Harlan Road BOTHELL OFFICE 425.951.5400 12100 ME 195th Street. Suite 100 EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE: 509*8M.2900 300 Stem Street. Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.87' 7960 600 XR.m 5treel, Suite 101 SCALE: SHOWN 0 1" 2" DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2' LONG Raf: 1 Do Ra alp CMR E01 DAm APR 10, 2007 W4tt N0' as REN a Ma: 105-049 32 Rowe HAZEN-D-ELEC01 PROPOSED UTIUTY METER. METER BASE AND ENCLOSURE BY CONTRACTOR TO SERVING UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. METER BY PUGET SOUND ENERGY, PRIMARY SERVICE PER SERVING UT REQUIREME 100 I I M I PROPOSED TRANMER BY PUGET SOUND:RGY. I 0/ 13-W INSTALL PER SERVING 1 UTILITY STANDARDS 10, -W I r I I I I _Z�ll ONLY CONNECTED EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN ON THE ONE -LINE DIAGRAM. SEE DWG NO. E05 FOR COMPLETE PANEL SCHEDULE. I 06 BARE COPPER GROUND ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR TO GROUND ELECTRODES PER N.E.C. SEE DWG EFOR I GROUNDININ G DETAILS. - - - PROPOSED GROUND RODS I (TYPICAL) PER N.E.C. SEE DWG NO. E04 FOR GROUND ROD DETAIL. RESERVOIR LIGHTING SPARE VENTILATION FAN BUILDING RECEPTACLES MOTORIZED GATE OPERATOR PROPOSED PRE -FABRICATED ELECTRICAL BUILDING �I I TIM MAIN DISCONNECT I I 20/1 SITE LIGHTING 20/1 TM SEISMIC CONTROL VALVE I TELEMETRY PANEL BUILDING UGHTING I 20/1 �� RESERVOIR RECEPTACLES 20/T I I j� SEWER TELEMETRY NEUTRAL I CONDUCTOR CONDUIT SCHEDULE 100 (1) 2 1/2' CONDUIT. CONDUIT SHALL CONTAIN (2)-/3/O AND (1)-#3/0 NEUTRAL INSTALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS PER NEC. 101 (1) 2 1/2' CONDUIT. CONDUIT SHALL CONTAIN (2)-/3/0, (1)-#3/0 NEUTRAL, (1)-14 GROUND. INSTALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS PER NEC. ONE-LINEDIAGRAM NO B ALE 0 6'-6' PROPOSED TELEMETRY ��II PANEL, `RTU', BY OTHERS. NP M PG INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, 1 0 200 GF 00 _ 1 "EFT* © 200 20 241 11 At 240 221 223 GFI 221 - - © 220y 10'-6' A2 "RTU" M 225 VENTILATOR W/ LOUVER & BACKDRAFT DAMPER, ACME n ENGINEERING F0098 OR EQUAL PROVIDED 'NTH CXT MD SCHWEITZER UTILITY BUILDING. Q 200 PROPOSED TVSS Q 1 Al 200 DO iRTU' D 200 200 200 — 1 PROVIDE AND ® s I GFI 101 INSTALL DOOR -' PROPOSED LIGHTING KICK -STOP PANELBOARD, "L" 1 DOUBLE GANG BOX SURFACE PROPOSED MOUNTED TO WALL UTILITY METER a 100 ELECTRICAL BUILDING ELECTRICAL PLANS 1/2" - 1'-0" 6,-0. x 6'- DOUBLE DC LB CONDUIT BODY WITH CORD GRIP BUSHING 1Y" GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL It 12" LONG MALLEABLE IRON OR STEEL REDUCER 1' GRS TO PROPOSED TO "RTU" TELEMETRY ANTENNA, ANTENNA POSITIONED 20' ABOVE FEED LINE GRADE. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER ON DIRECTION TO POINT ANTENNA. 3 200 Al 2" RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL 11 - 'U" CLAMP 2 CONDUIT 'T' FITTING EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL "U' CLAMP: FASTEN TO UNISTRUT, TYPICAL 06 BARE COPPER GROUND TO GROUNDING SYSTEM. STAINLESS STEEL UNISTRUT AND UNISTRUT BRACKET. FASTEN TO CONCRETE WALL AND PROVIDE UNISTRUT AS REQUIRED, TYPICAL OF 2 LOCATIONS. 4 RESERVOIR ELECTRICAL BUILDING ANTENNA INSTALLATION DETAIL o 6 1/2„ = l'-O KEY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH BEST ACCESS COMPANY (KENT, WASHINGTON) FOR DETAILS ON PROVIDING A CORE SYSTEM THAT MEETS CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. ELECTRICAL NOTES 1. SEE DWG NO. E05 FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION SCHEDULE. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE THE TOP 6" OF NATIVE MATERIAL. THE SUBGRADE SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF GRAVEL TO ENSURE THAT IT IS FIRM AND UNYIELDING. AT THE REPRESENTATIVE'S DISCRETION, ANY SOFT SPOTS SHALL BE EXCAVATED AND REPLACED WITH CLEAN CRUSHED ROCK IF OVER EXCAVATED DEPTH IS LESS THAN 24' THICKNESS OR CDF IS GREATER THAN 24'. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NOTICE FOR INSPECTION OF SUBGRADE THREE WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF GRAVEL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING EXPOSED SUBGRADE TO ENSURE A FIRM AND UNYIELDING SURFACE. 3. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS WATERTIGHT AND PROVIDE FLASHING WHERE APPLICABLE. PROVIDE ALUMINUM BUG SCREEN AT ALL VENTS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH PREFAB CONCRETE BUILDING MANUFACTURER TO LOCATE AND PROVIDE BLOCKOUTS FOR CONDUIT AND HVAC. CORE DRILLING IN FIELD SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED UNLESS PREVIOUSLY COORDINATED WITH MANUFACTURER. 5. PROPOSED SECONDARY SERVICE TO PROPOSED U71UTY TRANSFORMER CONNECTION. SEE PROPOSED SITE AND UTILITY PLAN 1 FOR CONTINUATION. 6. PROPOSED MOTORIZED INTAKE LOUVER ACTUATOR, 'LA-1', 120 VAC, 1s. 7. PROPOSED EXHAUST FAN, "EF-1", 120 VAC, 10. 8. SEE DWG NO. E05 FOR STANDARD CONDUCTOR/CONDUIT SCHEDULE. 9. SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON DWG NO. E05. 10. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO THE PROPOSED RESERVOIR LEVEL TRANSMITTER. SEE PROPOSED SITE AND UTILITY PLAN 1 FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG NO. E03 AND E04 FOR DETAILS, 11. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO THE RESERVOIR OVERFLOW FLOOD SWATCH AND INTRUSION SWITCHES. SEE SITE AND UTILITY PLAN 1 FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG NO. E03 AND E04 FOR DETAILS. - VANDAL SHIELD INTRUSION ALARM - RESERVOIR ACCESS HATCH INTRUSION ALARM - RESERVOIR OVERFLOW ALARM 12. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO THE INLET AND OUTLET FLOW METER LOCATED IN THE FLOW METER VAULT, SEE SITE UTILITY PLAN 1 FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG NO. E03 AND E04 FOR DETAILS. - RESERVOIR INLET FLOW 4-2OmA) - RESERVOIR INLET FLOW (TOTALIZER) - RESERVOIR INLET FLOW METER POWER (24 VDC) - RESERVOIR OUTLET FLOW (4-20mA) - RESERVOIR OUTLET FLOW (TOTALIZER) - RESERVOIR OUTLET FLOW METER POWER (24 VDC) 13. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO SEISMIC CONTROL VALVE LOCATED AT THE SEISMIC ISOLATION VALVE VAULT. SEE SITE UTILITY PLAN 1 FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG NO. E03 AND E04 FOR DETAILS. - VALVE FULL OPEN STATUS - VALVE FULL CLOSED STATUS - VALVE TRIPPED STATUS - VALVE ARMED STATUS - VALVE CLOSE CALL - VALVE RESET CALL 14. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO ACCESS GATE MOTORIZED OPERATOR. SEE PROPOSED SITE AND UTIUTY PLAN 1 FOR CONTINUATION. 15. CENTERLINE OF (2) PROPOSED CONDUITS CONTAINING CONDUCTORS TO RESERVOIR LIGHTING, RECEPTACLE, AND SEWER TELEMETRY RECEPTACLE. SEE PROPOSED SITE AND UTILITY PLAN 1 FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG NO. E03 AND ED4 FOR DETAILS. 16. CONDUIT AN0 CONDUCTORS TO SEISMIC CONTROL VALVE. SEE PROPOSED SITE AND UTILITY PLAN 1 FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG NO. E03 AND E04 FOR DETAILS. 17. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO SITE LIGHTING. SEE PROPOSED SITE AND UTILITY PLAN 1 FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG NO. E03 AND E04 FOR DETAILS. 18. STUB -OUT (3)-2" CONDUITS FROM BUILDING, STUB -OUT CONDUITS 36- DEEP, 4' FROM EDGE OF BUILDING, DOCUMENT POSITION AND DEPTH. PROVIDE PULL STRING IN CONDUIT STUB -OUTS. n DOOR NOT SHOWN THIS VIEW FOR CLARITY. HINGED DOOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL MOUNT SECURITY LOCK IN DOOR. 12' H x 10" W x 6' D LOCK SHALL BE A BEST LOCK MODEL NEMA 4 JUNCTION BOX. NO. IE7D4 WATH CONSTRUCTION HOFFMAN MODEL NO. CORE. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. L-P3025 OR EQUAL. PROPOSED UTILITY METER. INSTALL PER SERVING UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. MANUFACTURED CONCRETE WADS, SPUT FACED CMU TEXTURE, GRAY COLOR DPOSED KEYED SWITCH BOX. DETAIL THIS SHEET. PRE -MANUFACTURED ELECTRICAL BUILDING. CXT SCHWEITZER STYLE UTILITY BUILDING. SEE D SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILS. ELECTRICAL BUILDING OBLIQUE NOT TO SCALE SECURE BOX RIGIDLY TO BUILDING USING (4) 1/4' CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS, 1/2- GRC CONDUIT TO SIGNAL CABINET. 1/2' LB. 1/2' FLEX FROM KEY BOX TO RIGID CONDUIT. INTRUSION ALARM DISABLE KEY SWATCH AND KEY BOX. BEST MODEL NO. IW7B21NT WITH CONSTRUCTION CORE. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. SECURE JUNCTION BOX RIGIDLY TO HOFFMAN ENCLOSURE WITH A MINIMUM OF (1) NO. 10 SHEET METAL SCREWS EACH CORNER. KEYED SWITCH BOX OBLIQUE KEYED SWITCH BOX DETAIL NOT TO SCALE NOT TO KEYED SWITCH BOX DETAILS E NO SCALE PROPOSED INTAKE LOUVER SYSTEM (12" L, 12'H, 4`D). MOTOR AND THERMOSTAT PROVIDED WITH SCHNIETZER UTILITY im 4' THICK CONCRETE BUILDING. r ENTRANCE LANDING KITH 4x4 WI.4xW1.4 WWM. 2'_p• / 2% MIN. a PROVIDE MIN. 6" THICK GRAVEL BASE COMPACTED TO 95X OF MAXIMUM DRY UNDISTURBED NATIVE DENSITY PER ASTM 01557 (STANDARD MATERIAL, PROOF -ROLLED PROCTOR) ELECTRICAL BUILDING SECTION 1/2" = l'-O" exq s 6 z ofi SIGNED, 041061D7 ��C MILL bu� 4brers.� �� ICNAL czwrtl[s 7 s zoo? SIGNED: 04/06/07 z 004 O z� g�i �T� vo Ow V J U Fee J LU Z ch CQ J le— L Q W W Z J 1 LU Z O , IN I "Ll' 1. RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. hi to : //....rh2.com Wo,trh2.com 1.800. 720.8052 BELUNGHAM OFFICE 360.676.08M 454 Weel Horton Rood BOTHELLOFFICE 425.951,5400 12100 NE 1951h Street, Suite 100 EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 509.685.2900 300 Sinop Street Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 Kits% SOW, Suite 101 SCALE: SHOWN 0 1' 2" DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2' LONG wit 24 Iwo 9a a-m-CMR E02 mem MLM 41[: APR 10, 2007 men N0' xw.. REN cola 105-049 32 +awc HAZEN-D-ELECO2 WEATHERPROOF ON/OFF SWITCH FOR EXTERIOR UGHT. SECURE TO ROOF ACCESS RAVING NTH STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE. INSTALL CONDUIT TO JUNCTION BOX BENEATH GRATING. RESERVOIR INTERIOR ACCESS HATCH. ©INSTALL PROPOSED INTRUSION SWITCH ON ACCESS HATCH. RESERVOIR ROOF ACCESS PLATFORM i 6NDIN PLATFORM / ELEVATION � 569.30' OVERFLv OW ELEVAT10N PROPOSED CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS FOR PROPOSED RESERVOIR LEVEL TRANSMITTER. SEE RESERVOIR ROOF ELECTRICAL PLAN AND DWG NO. E04 FOR MORE INFORMATION. PROPOSED TELEMETRY CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS FOR RESERVOIR ACCESS HATCH INTRUSION SNATCH AND RESERVOIR OVERFLOW LEVEL FLOAT SNATCH. SEE RESERVOIR ROOF ELECTRICAL PLAN, THIS SHEET, AND DWG NO. E04 FOR MORE INFORMATION. PROPOSED CABLE CONDUITS AND CONDUIT SUPPORTS BELOW SPIRAL STAIRWAY CENTERLINE OF (2) PROPOSED POWER CONDUITS TO RESERVOIR ROOF FOR POWERING PROPOSED RESERVOIR ROOF LIGHTING, RESERVOIR INTERIOR LIGHTING, RESERVOIR STAIRWAY LIGHTING, RESERVOIR ROOF RECEPTACLE, AND SEWER TELEMETRY RECEPTACLE. SEE RESERVOIR ROOF ELECTRICAL PLAN, THIS SHEET, FOR MORE INFORMATION. n 45LQ MC FLOOR ELEVATION RESERVOIR INTERIOR LANDING RESERVOIR SPIRAL STAIRWAY / PROPOSED RESERVOIR LEVEL TRANSMITTER INSTALLED, SEE DWG NO. E04 FOR DETAIL. IRESERVOIR ROOF HANDRAIL RESERVOIR INTERIOR LADDER OVERFLOW PIPE PROPOSED OVERFLOW LEVEL FLOAT SNATCH SECURED TO RESERVOIR INTERIOR LADDER. SEE DWG NO. E04 FOR DETAIL PROPOSED EXTERIOR STAIRWAY LIGHT FIXTURE, TIP. OF 3. MOUNT FIXTURE TO STAIRWAY RAILING. SEE DETAIL ON DWG NO. E04. PROPOSED CONDUIT SECURED BELOW RESERVOIR EXTERIOR STAIRWAY PROPOSED UMIT SWITCH INSTALLED ON LOWER ACCESS PLATFORM ACCESS HATCH, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LEVER ARM BEST SUITED FOR THIS APPLICATION. LIGHTS SHALL TURN ON WHEN CABLE TRAY ACCESS HATCH IS OPENED. © RESERVOIR LOWER ACCESS PLATFORM \—j"/ RESERVOIR VANDAL SHIELD PROPOSED VANDAL SHIELD INTRUSION SWITCH. SEE DETAIL ON © THIS SHEET. TO ELECTRICAL TO "RTU' IN ELECTRICAL BUILDING BUILDING RESERVOIR ELECTRICAL ELEVATION 1/8" = l'_O„ PROPOSED TELEMETRY CONDUIT TO ELECTRICAL BUILDING. SEE RESERVOIR ELECTRICAL ELEVATION FOR CONTINUATION. CENTERLINE OF (2) PROPOSED POWER CONDUITS TO ELECTRICAL BUILDING. SEE RESERVOIR ELECTRICAL ELEVATION FOR CONTINUATION. 200 JUNCTION BOX SECURED TO INSIDE OF RAILING WITH STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE. R s a 2 oe SIGNED: 04/05/07 +eew 200 WEATHERPROOF ON/OFF r SWITCH FOR INTERIOR - — LIGHT. SECURE TO INSIDE - 200 6 OF RAILING WITH 0 STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE.. ACCESS HATCH TO A4 L::7 RESERVOIR INTERIOR 200 200 ExwRfis s zaoz —I _ _ SIGNED: 04/05/D7 PROPOSED LIGHT FIXTURE, "AY, AND POLE SECURED TO RAIUNG WITH STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE. DIRECT LIGHT FIXTURE TOWARD ACCESS HATCH. SEE DWG NO. E05 FOR UGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE. MOUNTING BRACKET WELDED TO TANK INTERIOR ROOF RESERVOIR ROOF ACCESS PLATFORM LOCATED ON RESERVOIR ROOF TANK INTERIOR ROOF PROPOSED TANK INTERIOR LIGHT A4 PROPOSED SHOCK FIXTURE. MOUNT FIXTURE NEXT TO MOUNT BASE KIT FOR ACCESS HATCH. CONTRACTOR TO ROTATING LIGHT ENSURE FIXTURE IS ACCESSIBLE FIXTURE. FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES, TANK INTERIOR LIGHT MOUNTING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE ROOF ACCESS LADDER VANDAL SHIELD INTRUSION SWITCH. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LEVER ARM BEST SUITED FOR THIS APPLICATION. CONTACT SHALL BREAK WHEN SHIELD IS OPENED. lO I FlJ II II II CONDUIT AND WRING TO II II II I RESERVOIR TELEMETRY PANEL. ROUTE CONDUIT INSIDE VANDAL SHIELD. VANDAL SHIELD VANDAL SHIELD INTRUSION SWITCH NOT TO SCALE GFCI RECEPTACLE IN I� NEMA 4X STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE WITH QUICK HASP LATCHES. SECURE TO RAILING WITH STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE. SEWER TELEMETRY GFCI RECEPTACLE IN J NEMA 4X STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE WITH QUICK HASP LATCHES. SECURE TO RAILING ACCESS i0 WITH STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE. RESERVOIR ROOF RESERVOIR ROOF ELECTRICAL PLAN 1 /2" = 1'-0" --------------------- 120 VAC CIRCUIT IN UGHTING PANEL H N LIGHT SWTCH TO EXTERIOR 20 AMP RESERVOIR UGHT LOCATED ON RESERVOIR ROOF ACCESS BREAKER C SWITCH PLATFORM. FIXTURE 'A3' o- LIGHT SWITCH TO INTERIOR RESERVOIR C} _ SWITCH UGHT LOCATED ON RESERVOIR ROOF ACCESS PLATFORM. FIXTURE "A4" LIGHT SWITCH TO EXTERIOR RESERVOIR STAIRWAY LIGHTING LOCATED ON LIMIT SINITCZ RESERVOIR LOWER ACCESS PLATFORM. FIXTURE 'A6' FIXTURE 'A6' _ L FIXTURE "A6' _----� -- RESERVOIR LIGHT SWITCH CIRCUIT NO SCALE 120 VAC CIRCUIT IN UGHTING PANEL H N 20 AMP OR RECEPTACLE ON BREAKER RESERVOIR ROOF RESERVOIR RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT NO SCALE ELECTRICAL NOTES OX 1. SEE DWG NO. E05 FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION SCHEDULE. 200 2. SEE DWG NO. E05 FOR STANDARD CONDUCTOR/CONDUIT SCHEDULE. �Al 3. SEE UGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON DWG NO. E05. 4, CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PROPOSED CONDUITS BETWEEN ELECTRICAL BUILDING AND RESERVOIR ROOF IN PROPOSED CABLE TRAY. 5 5, CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PROPOSED CONDUITS BETWEEN ELECTRICAL BUILDING AND RESERVOIR ROOF AS PART OF PROPOSED RESERVOIR CONDUIT SYSTEM BELOW RESERVOIR STAIRWAY. 6, INTERIOR RESERVOIR LIGHT FIXTURE, 'A4', MOUNTED TO RESERVOIR INTERIOR ROOF. PENETRATE RESERVOIR ROOF NTH RIGID CONDUIT BETWEEN LIGHT SWITCH AND FIXTURE AND SEAL WATERTIGHT, 7, PROPOSED TELEMETRY CONDUITS TO RESERVOIR INTERIOR. INSTALL RIGID CONDUITS BENEATH GRATING TO ACCESS HATCH PENETRATION. SEAL ACCESS HATCH PENETRATIONS WATERTIGHT. SEE DWG NO. E04 FOR CONTINUATION IN RESERVOIR INTERIOR. Z Q z 5 a J UJ U� JW C W O W W m Ri ENGINEERING, INC. http://wen 2.com molbo.ph2- 1.800.720.8052 BELLINGHAM OFFICE 360.676,08M 454 West Horton Rood BOTHELL OFFICE 425.951.5400 12100 NE 1951h Street, Suite 100 EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 509.8%.2900 300 Simon StrNL Suit. 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 Kite% Street, Suite 101 SCALE: SHOO 0 1." 2 DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG ewl•. 96 0M0 m eW.Im6 CMR E03 6cxt+Ia MLM "m APR 10, 2DO7 anm REN 105-049 32 RaHWI[ HAZEN—D—ELEC03 PROPOSED NEMA 4X, 12" SECURE 3/8" THICK IS PLATE X 12" JUNCTION BOX TO RAILING IN 2 LOCATIONS SECURED TO IS PLATE USING (3) 1/2' IS BOLTS. WITH 1/4" STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE FOR SPLICING FLOAT CABLE AND TRANSDUCER CABLE TO FIELD WIRE. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE JUNCTION BOX IS ACCESSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES. INSTALL PROPOSED LEVEL TRANSDUCER BREATHER BAG AND DESICCANT FILTER IN PROPOSED JUNCTION BOX. 18"W X 18% X 3/8" - THICK IS PLATE. 256 220 IIWIIIIOM EKTM1011 1 PROPOSED JUNCTION BOX. I COIL 5 FEET OF EXTRA CABLE IN JUNCTION BOX. -OVERFLOW ' OVERFLY RESERVOIR WALL TRANSDUCER CABLE. PROVIDE ENOUGH CABLE FOR TRANSDUCER TO REACH BOTTOM OF RESERVOIR. RESERVOIR INTERIOR RESERVOIR ROOF ACCESS ACCESS HATCH. PLATFORM 220 RESERVOIR ROOF ACCESS PLATFORM RAILING PROPOSED ACCESS HATCH INTRUSION Ilf�OM IN1�Itl011 SWITCH INSTALLED IN ACCESS HATCH INTERIOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LEVER ARM BEST SUITED FOR THIS RESERVOIR INTERIOR LADDER APPLICATION. CONTACT SHALL BREAK WHEN HATCH IS OPENED. SECURE CONDUIT TO LADDER IN 255 4 LOCATIONS WATH STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE SET FLOAT TO ACTUATE 6" RESERVOIR INTERIOR BELOW OVERFLOW ELEVATION. LANDING RAILING 1 I 2" DIA, SCH 40 PVC PIPE. LOCATE PIPE ADJACENT TO RESERVOIR INTERIOR LANDING I SO THAT LEVEL TRANSDUCER IS ACCESSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES. I � SECURE TO RESERVOIR WALL WTH STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS AND UNISTRUT AT 36' OC. rlllll 110111offoR 1 RESERVOIR INTERIOR LANDING END CONDUIT 1' ABOVE LEVEL TRANSDUCER RESERVOIR FLOOR. RESERVOIR FLOOR FL00� R ELEVATION -7_TI RESERVOIR INTERIOR ELECTRICAL DETAILS 1 /2" = 1'-0" PROPOSED OUTLET FLOW METER ACCESS OPENING PROPOSED SEISMIC CONTROLLER METER VAULT CHARGER AND POWERPAK LOCATED ABOVE SEISMIC VALVE VAULT. SEE RESERVOIR OUTLET PIPE I — SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE ACCESS OPENING I I INFORMATION. I I I 200 -- --(. I ---I 200 I I I - 226 \\\\6 O I O I 221 240 G I 5 220 PROPOSED SEISMIC CONTROLLER LOCATED ABOVE I SEISMIC VALVE VAULT. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR I MORE INFORMATION. _ _ SEISMIC VALVE VAULT I RESERVOIR INLET PIPE PROPOSED INLET M 240 221 J 2Y4 Y41 PROPOSED SEISMIC ACTUATOR CONDUIT AND FLOW METER CONDUCTORS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 220 PROPOSED MOTORIZED SEISMIC VALVE ACTUATOR. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. SEISMIC VALVE AND METER VAULT ELECTRICAL PLANS 1/4 = 1 -O" MA5 MOTION DETECTOR FOR ACTIVATING POLE -MOUNTED LIGHT. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 12'-6" 5" SQUARE x 16'H, SQUARE STRAIGHT STEEL OUTDOOR LIGHTING POLE. INSTALL PLUMB. OUTDOOR LIGHTING POLE SHALL BE HUBELL MODEL NO. SSS-16-50-7-TA-BL, OR EQUAL. 3'-6" OUTDOOR WEATHER PROOF LOCKABLE H-O-A LIGHT SWATCH. SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET CIRCUIT DIAGRAM. 4" DIAMETER CONCRETE CYLINDER FOR ,NCHORING STEEL POLE. ELECTRICAL NOTES Q 1. SEE DWG NO. E05 FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION SCHEDULE. 200 2. SEE DWG NO. E05 FOR STANDARD CONDUCTOR/CONDUIT SCHEDULE, Al 3. SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON DWG NO. E05. 44 4. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO THE TELEMETRY PANEL, 'RTU', LOCATED IN THE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL BUILDING. SEE SITE UTILITY PLAN 1 FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG NO. E02 FOR DETAILS. - RESERVOIR INLET FLOW 4-2OmA) - RESERVOIR INLET FLOW (TOTALIZER) - RESERVOIR INLET FLOW METER POWER (24 VOC) - RESERVOIR OUTLET FLOW (4-2DmA) - RESERVOIR OUTLET FLOW (TOTALIZER) - RESERVOIR OUTLET FLOW METER POWER (24 VDC) -VAULT FLOOD ALARM 5. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO THE TELEMETRY PANEL, 'RTU", LOCATED IN THE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL BUILDING. SEE SITE UTILITY PLAN 1 FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG NO. E02 FOR DETAILS. - VALVE FULL OPEN STATUS - VALVE FULL CLOSED STATUS - VALVE TRIPPED STATUS - VALVE ARMED STATUS - VALVE CLOSE CALL - VALVE RESET CALL - VAULT FLOOD ALARM 6. SEISMIC VALVE EQUIPMENT POWER SUPPLY CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO THE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL BUILDING. SEE PROPOSED SITE AND UTIUTY PLAN 1 FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG NO. E02 FOR DETAILS. L 120Y ON 0 HAND SWITCH OFF N i ANCHORING CONCRETE o MOTION MOTION DETECTOR PROVIDE ON/OFF/AUTO TOGGLE SWITCH WITH LOCKABLE COVER. POLE -MOUNTED OU OOR POST MOTION DETECTOR SHALL MOTION SENSOR. CONTROL LIGHTS IN ALIT, OUTDOOR LIGHTING CIRCUIT DIAGRAM MD POSITION, PLAN VIEW I" - 2'-0' OUTDOOR AREA LIGHT MOUNTING DETAIL SO CORD CONNECTOR SO TYPE CORD. CRC CONDUIT STRAPPED TO WALL WITH MINIMUM OF (2) STAINLESS STEEL PIPE CLAMPS SPACED EQUALLY APART. LIQUID LEVEL SWITCH. SET TO SWITCH WITH 1/2" OF WATER ON FLOOR. MOUNTED J-BOX. FLOOD SWITCH DETAIL NO SCALE GRADE __� PROPOSED CONCRETE COVER. PROPOSED CONCRETE GROUND ROD PROTECTOR 13" DEPTH X 12" HEIGHT WITH COVER. PIPE INC. /12R-12A & 12R-12T, OR EQUAL. PROPOSED 3/4"x8' LONG COPPER GROUND ROD. 8.-0" GROUND ROD CONNECTION DETAIL NO SCALE NO SCALE 24"W X 18% X 3/8" THICK IS PLATE. PROPOSED RESERVOIR STAIRWAY LIGHT FIXTURE SECURED TO IS PLATE RESERVOIR RAILING, TYP. OF 2. WITH IS HARDWARE CONTACTOR SHALL MOUNT IS PLATE TO RAILING IN 2 A6 LOCATIONS PER RAILING, SECURE 3/8" THICK IS PLATE TO RAILING IN 4 LOCATIONS IS U-BOLT, TYP, OF 4. USING IS U-BOLTS. RESERVOIR STAIRWAY LIGHT MOUNTING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE CADWELD TYPE RR. CADWELD END CABLE TO UPPER REBAR p6 COPPER CONNECTION. CONDUCTOR REBAR GROUND REBAR DETAIL NOT TO SCALE CADWELD TYPE XA. CADWELD CABLE TO CROSS ,TION. /6 COPPER CONDUCTOR (TYPICAL) GROUND CROSS DETAIL NOT TO SCALE CADWELD TYPE TA. CADWELD CABLE TO CABLE TEE CONNECTION. /6 COPPER CONDUCTOR GROUND TEE DETAIL NOT TO SCALE CADWELD TYPE GR /6 COPPER CADWELD CABLE TO CONDUCTOR GROUND ROD CONNECTION. 3/4" X 8' COPPER GROUND ROD. GROUND TEE DETAIL NOT TO SCALE SAGNBD: 01/1)5/07 mAL< d .t ...v E%FIRES 5 200) SIGNED 04/05/127 0 Z Q Z g J UN J UH W O W cn cc W 1 N L I I RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. ht 1p.//....m2.cam molUo.Orh2- 1.800.720.8052 BELUNIGHAM OFFICE 360.676.011M 454 Wml HM. R.d 00 M-LOFFICE 425,95'.5400 12100 NE 195th W.I. SO. 100 EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 5M 886.2900 300 Sinn St—t. Su11e 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 Kit W Strmt, Suit. 101 SCALE: HOW'N 0 1" 2" DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2' LONG nm. 96 an M0. txom¢ GMR E04 APR 10. 2007 o REN W. 105-049 H. c� ar. �•°x"� Q: 'r 6 '•arnaaao QUL 6t ExPIRES 0 2 OB S1CNdD: OI/OS/07 !L r u.d bole NAL ON4L ExMRE6 ] 15 2007 SIGNED: 04/05/07 Y ��� CIA rA�NT0 X%X RXR DENOTES CONDUCTORS SHARING A SINGLE CONDUIT. CONTRACTOR SHALL UPSIZE CONDUIT IF NECESSARY. ' CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OTHERS. Z W O 0 0 CY- _ w a Ow v U V W RH2 ENGINEERING. INC http://wm.rh2.com moilboxOrh2.com 1.800.720.8052 BELLINGHAM OFFICE 760.676,08J6 a54 West Horton Road BOTHELL OFFICE 425.951.5400 * NUMBER OF LIMPS PER FIXTURE 12100 NE 195th St-t, Suite 100 EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 509.8M,2900 300 Simon SOW. Suit. 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 Kitmp Stra.t, Suite 101 SCALE: SH 0 1" 2' DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG nm I two Kn r>q�CMR E05 Rnrwu MLM ws APR 10, 2007 "a mom REIN roe n9.: 105-049 32 Rn.ae HAZEN—O—ELEC04 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT LEGEND ITEM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER PART NO. BY OTHERS r SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE -SURGE PROTECTIVE UNIT WITH INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGIES P1X160-15101-SD-D o INTEGRAL DISCONNECT SNITCH IN A NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE.. OR EQUAL CONDUIT AND HARING PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. LIGHTING PANELBOARD — NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, SERVICE ENTRANCE SIEMENS TYPE P1 ® RATED, 200 AMP, 240/120 VOLT, Im, 3 W, 30 CIRCUIT. MOUNT OR EQUAL TOP OF ENCLOSURE 6'-0" FROM FLOOR. © INTRUSION ALARM SNITCH —HEAVY DUTY INTRUSION ALARM SNITCH. SQUARE D TYPE C, CLASS CONTRACTOR TO SELECT PLUNGER STYLE ACTUATOR. 9007 OR EQUAL PHOTO ELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR — 24 VDC, WITH LOCAL AUDIBLE SYSTEMS SENSOR 4WTAR—B OR O ALARM SIGNAL AND CONTACTS FOR REMOTE ANNUNCIATION EQUAL THROUGH FOUR WIRE CONNECTION TO TELEMETRY. INSTALL AT HIGHEST POINT. WIRE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE ACCESSORIES AS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE A FUNCTIONAL CIRCUIT WALL MOUNTED COOLING THERMOSTAT —SNAP ACTION, SPOT LINE HONEYWELL T631C1103 OR QE VOLTAGE AIR SWITCH CONTROLLER. RANGE: 30' — 1007, SET AT EQUAL 751:. MOUNT 4 FEET ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. © KEYED —SWITCH BOX. SEE SPECIFICATIONS DWG NO. E02 FOR MORE INFORMATION. O RESERVOIR LEVEL TRANSMITTER —SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND OWG N0, E04 FOR MORE INFORMATION, O RESERVOIR OVERFLOW LEVEL SWITCH —SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND DWG N0. E04 FOR MORE INFORMATION. © LIGHTING LIMIT SWITCH —HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SNITCH. CONTRACTOR SQUARE D TYPE C. CLASS TO SELECT PLUNGER STYLE ACTUATOR. 9007 OR EQUAL © FLOOD SWITCH — N.O. REED TYPE FLOAT SWITCH, 20 VA. SEE OMEGA MODEL LVN-20 OR E FACILITY LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MANUFACTURER * LAMP TYPE DESCRIPTION NAME CATALOG N0, OTY. CATALOG N0, REMARKS FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, 120 VAC, 4' LONG, HIGH -IMPACT Al ACRYLIC LENS, MOLDED FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER HOUSING, LITHONIA VRI 2 32 ARDP 120 CW 2 32WT8 (2)-32W LIMPS, ENERGY SAVING BALLAST, CEILING MOUNTED, U.L 32 WATT LISTED FOR DAMP LOCATIONS. FLUORESCENT OUTDOOR AREA LIGHT - 41W, 120V BALLAST, A2 DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING, POLYCARBONATE LENS, U.L. LISTED LITHONIA TWH 2/42 120 PE LPI 2 42 WAIT PHOTOCELL CONTROL FOR WET LOCATIONS. MOUNT BOTTOM OF FIXTURE 7'-2" FROM FINISHED GRADE. RESERVOIR ROOF METAL HALIDE POLE MOUNT WiD00R FLOOD LIGHT: A3 FlXTURE - 120V 200W PULSE START, METAL HALIDE LIMP, STANDARD UIHONIA KFL3-200M-HPN-120-TS-SCWA-LPI 1 200 WATT METAL DARK BRONZE FINISH, SUPER CWA PULSE START BALLAST. FURNISH POLE; WITH TENON SUPFITTER FOR POLE MOUNTING TO SPECIFIED POLE AND RSS-10-48-T20 HALIDE ON 10 FOOT TALL 4' ROUND POLE. MARINE QUARTZ FLOODLIGHT - SOOW, 120 VAC, 11 7/16' 500 WATT A4 H, 8 13/16" W. 6 15/16' D, COPPER FREE ALUMINUM, PHOENIX MS 500 OH 1 QUARTZ MARINE RAZED, U.L. LISTED FOR WET LOCATIONS. HALOGEN AS OUTDOOR AREA FLOODLIGHT- QUARTZ LIGHT FIXTURE, 120 HUBBELL 150 WATT VAC, 150 WATT, DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING, PATH CAST LIGHTING OD-150W 1 QUARTZ GUARD, ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL KNUCKLE. OUTDOOR LOW -MOUNT FLOODLIGHT- INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, AS 120 VAC, 150 WATT, DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING, 150 WATT POLYCARBONATE LENS, U.L LISTED FOR WET LOCATIONS, SURFACE LITHONIA KU A 120 LPI BBW OBL 1 INCANDESCENT MOUNT TO STAIRWAY RAILING PER DETAIL ON DWG N0. E04. STANDARD CONDUCTOR/CONDUIT SCHEDULE MARK CONDUCTORS GROUND CONDUIT MARK CONDUCTORS GROUND CONDUIT MARK CONDUCTORS CONDUIT 200 2 - 12 (1 - 12 1/2" 20 2 - 14 1 - 14 1 2" 240 (I)-2-CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE 3 4" 201 (3 - 2 (1 -%12 1 2' 221 4 - 4 1 - 4 1/2' 24I 2 -2-CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE J 4' 202 (2 - 0 (i)- 10 t 2' 2 (6 - 4 1 - 14 1/2" 242 (3)-2-CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE 3/4' 203 (3)- 10 (1)- 10 3/4" 223 (8 - 4 3 4" 243 (4)-2-CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE 3 4" 204 (2)- (1)- 10 3/4' 224 10 - 14 34"2445-2-CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE 1' 1-10 3/4'12-14 34' 2456-2-CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE 1 1/4' 206(2-t-10 1'14-14 [)-#14 1' 2467-2-CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE 1 1/2' 207(3)-1-101"22716-14 1" 2478-2-CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE 1 12' 2082)-1-1'22818-14 1' 248(9-2-CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE 2" J)-(1-1" 22920-4 - 1" 249 (10)-2-CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE 2" 210 (3)- (1)- 1 1 4' 230 24 - 14 1 - 4 1 1 4" 250 (I)-3-CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE 1' 211 (3)- 3 (1 - 1 1 4' 231 25 - 4 1 - 4 1 i 4" 251 (I)-4-CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE 1' 212 3)-N2 (1)- 1 1 2' 232 30 - 4 1 - 14 1 1 4' 25 MANUFACTURER'S CABLE 1' 213 (1 - 1 1 2' 33 32 - 14 1 - 14 1 1 4" 253 TELEPHONE CABLE (1-PAIR) 1/2" 214 (2)-pe 1 2' 36 - 4 1 - 4 1 Ile 254 TELEPHONE CABLE 2-PAIR) 1' 40)-/14 (1 - 4 1 1 4' 255 LEVEL TRANSDUCER CABLE 1' I 42)- 14 1 - 14 1 1 2" 256 FLOAT CABLES 1' 57 ANTENNA CABLE 1 1 2' HAZEN RESERVOIR PANEL SCHEDULE LOCATION: LIGHTING PANEL SERVING: RESERVOIR AB II 20oA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 $ 9 lO 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 120 200 240 AMP VOLTS 3 WIRE MAIN CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION KVA AMP AMP KVA CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION RESERVOIR LIGHTING 1.36 20 20 0.35 SITE LIGHTING SPARE 4.71 30 20 1.92 SEISMIC CONTROL VALVE 2P 20 0.50 TELEMETRY PANEL VENTILATION FAN 0.35 20 20 0.25 ELECTRICAL BUILDING !LIGHTING 20 0.70 RESERVOIR RECEPTACLE 20 0.50 SEWER TELEMETRY RECEPTACLE SPARE - 20 20 - SPARE SPARE 20 20 - SPARE SPACE - - - - SPACE CONNECTION LOAD: DEMAND: LIGHTING & MISC. LOAD DEMAND LOAD: 13.26 KVA 55.25 AMPS 13.26 KVA 55.25 AMPS I w Z � MN a 0 a °d i ; +R Z CONCRETE RESERVOIR GRASSA54 CONCRETE PAD NTH TANK SUPPORT, (TYP.)� 14"FIR \ PI M 14'.1C"&20"FIR } PIPE TO BE REMOVED GRASS WV . � TJB 4-WVs ;'0 K I CONCRETE vAULT c a COLUMN EJB r u ) 3.5" BRASS DIS - '4 �'BERT F NO. 2 1973" - 3 CONCRETE RESERVOIR v) GOROUNDING ROD FH - ; f COLUMN � J T n �I 3 Uv� CONCRETE PAD W/ #' ELECTRICAL BOXES, TYP GRAVEL ; a — F - - / BUILDING > � C\ a r GRASS \ / CONCRETE PAD / -WVs i CONCRETE ELECTRICAL BOX A ly I \ GRAVEL EASTERLY BROKEN EDCE 0 4-EJBs T' OF ASPHALT, ASPHALT 3 EJB 2p"PINE WMH DISAPPEARS INtO GRAVEL 9"FIR ELECTRICAL 10"FIR 2 WVa �+IMN PANELS v P ®® TE APPROXIMATE RIGHT OF WAY INE 7' CHAIN LINK TJB PP 'O Flr — '— — — — -- ••— + NE 12TH STREET D° oa oa 3-WVs SOUTH LINE SE 1/4 SEC. 4, T.23N., R.5E. W.M. EXISTING SITE PLAN 1"=20' HIGHLANDS RESERVOIR LEGEND EXISTING SYMBOLS SYMBOL SURVEY DESCRIPTION Cx}� QUARTER SECTION CORNER 9 ENCASED CONCRETE MONMENT ® SURFACE BRASS DISK MONUMENT SURFACE FEATURES SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 4 PP POWER POLE EJB® EJB ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX TJBBS TJB TELEPHONE JUNCTION BOX Yv CONIFER TREE ' HEDGE SYMBOL WATER DESCRIPTION N WATER VALVE FH FIRE HYDRANT LINETYPES SURFACEFEATURES EINFTYPF p SCRIPTION K-n FENCE LINE GRAVEL CONCRETE EXISTING STRUCTURE U"1 ILITIES IJ-TIP DESCRIPTION UNDERGROUND POWER LINE UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINE WATER LINE nn�n�c.-r OBJEDS DESCRIPTION } Y „T FITTINGS w — WATER MAIN W — WATER MAIN WTH SHACKLE RODS HIGHLANDS RESERVOIR SURVEY INFORMATION VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD 1988 BENCHMARK; CITY OF RENTON MONUMENT #1843, AT INTERSECTION OF NE 12TH STREET AND MONROE AVENUE NE (TO THE NORTH), BRASS PLUG IN CONCRETE, 1.25' DEEP. ELEVATION - 425.15 FEET UTILITIES SHOWN ARE BASED ON OBSERVATION OF SURFACE FEATURES. PAINT MARKS APPLIED BY AN UNDERGROUND UTILITY LOCATING SERVICE, AND AVAILABLE RECORD DRAWINGS. FIELD LOCATIONS MUST BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION. CALL 1-800-424-5555 FOR THIS VERIFICATION. THIS SURVEY MADE WITHOUT THE BENEFIT OF A TITLE REPORT AND DOES NOT PURPORT TO SHOW ALL ITEMS OF RECORD. ELEVATION PRECISION: 0.05' HARD SURFACES DIX NON -HARD SURFACES EXPIPES B 2 OB SIGNED: 04/05/07 boss 44aler..� 7auL �� RH2 ENGINEERING. INC. http://.-.rh2*c malbo.Qh2.mm 1.800.720.8052 BELLINGHAM OFFICE 360.676.0836 454 West Horton Raae BOTHELL OFFICE 425,951 5400 12100 NE 1951h Street, Suite 100 EAST WENATCHEE OFFICE 509.886.2900 300 Sinop Street, Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.876.7960 600 Kiteep Street, Suite 101 SCA : SH0NR1 0 t 2" DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG ewr. 20 Do K w mCDW C14 iv a MLM wx APR 10, 2007 KO' aw REN in Po. 105-049 12 ix W HIGH-D-HOI 0 STA. 0+00 N 186483.3 E 1668941.5 3+50 3+00 2+50 2 00 '4�-O 454 Wc,P i©O '\ b®�s 5 O 4-WVs O U ° \ \ ®3 " �_0 PROPOSED\ 1 ALTITUDE VALVE FH AULT, SEE DETAIL 11 THIS SHEET d 7,, I t a 1 F WVs �p W WMH WVg MH NE 12TH STREET FHH&_ _ 'F- PROPOSED SITE AND UTILITY PLAN 1" = 20' MECHANICAL LEGEND 16 APPROX. STA. 1+28.1, 84.8' R, PROVIDE CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEM: (1) - 16" x 12" DI TEE (MJxFL) (1) - 12" 01 45' BEND (FLxFL) (1) - 12" DI GATE VALVE (FLxMJ) (1) - 16"" DIP LTF (1) - 12' 01 LONG BODY SLEEVE ® APPROX 29 LF of 12" DI PIPE, WITH SHACKLE RODS ® APPROX. STA. 1+62.8, 87.2' R, PROVIDE: (1) - 12" DI 45' BEND (MJxMJ) WITH THRUST BLOCK APPROX 13 LF of 12" DI PIPE, WITH SHACKLE RODS APPROX, STA. 1+72.2. 78.3' R. PROVIDE: (1) - 12" DI 45' BEND (MJxMJ) WITH THRUST BLOCK 0 APPROX 15 LF of 12" DI PIPE, WITH SHACKLE RODS ©7 APPROX. STA. 1+72.4, 63.6' R, PROVIDE: (1) - 12" DI 45' BEND (MJxMJ) WITH THRUST BLOCK 0 APPROX. STA. 1+74.5. 61.7' R. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEM: (1) - 12' DI LONG BODY SLEEVE (1) - 12" DIP LT O APPROX. STA. 1+63.8, 53.5' R, PROVIDE: (1) - 16" PLUG WITH THRUST BLOCK 72" x 60" ACCESS HATCH EQUAL TO LW HATCH HD-38, SEE NOTE THIS SHEET PROPOSED 16" DI PIPE, APPROX. 4'-0" EXISTING 16" PIPE PROPOSED 16" LONG BODY SLEEVE PROPOSED 16" ALTITUDE VALVE PROPOSED ALTITUDE VALVE VAULT, SEE NOTE THIS SHEET PROPOSED VAULT LADDER NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CITY WITH 48HRS NOTICE PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK AT THE HIGHLANDS RESERVOIR SITE. 2. RESERVOIR IS TO BE FULLY OPERATIONAL AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 3. CITY CREWS SHALL OPEN AND CLOSE ALL VALUNG. 4. COORDINATE WITH CITY REGARDING DISCHARGE OF ANY WATER. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE DISTURBED AREAS BACK TO EXISTING OR BETTER CONDITIONS, INCLUDING HYDROSEEDED UNTRAVELED PERVIOUS AREAS AS NECESSARY, AT THE COMPLETION OF THE UNDERGROUND WORK. CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE: 1. PURIFY ALL PROPOSED PIPING USING A CHLORINE BATH; FULLY IMMERSE EACH LENGTH OF PIPE IN CHLORINE SOLUTION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 2. MANIPULATE APPROPRIATE VALUNG TO ISOLATE AND CLOSE EXISTING 16" WATER MAIN FROM THE RESERVOIR TO EXISTING SYSTEM AND ENABLE EXISTING 12" DIP WATER MAIN TO BE THE ONLY FEED TO AND FROM THE RESERVOIR INTO THE EXISTING SYSTEM. 3. REMOVE 16" CIP AS NECESSARY TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION OF PROPOSED ALTITUDE VALVE VAULT AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS. 4. INSTALL PROPOSED ALTITUDE VALVE VAULT AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS INCLUDING 12" GATE VALVE. 5. PLUG AND CLOSE NEWLY INSTALLED 12" GATE VALVE. 6. MANIPULATE VALUNG TO ISOLATE AND CLOSE EXISTING 12" DIP FROM RESERVOIR TO EXISTING SYSTEM WHILE ENABLING 16" WATER MAIN FLOWING THROUGH ALTITUDE VALVE TO BE THE ONLY FEED TO AND FROM THE RESERVOIR INTO THE EXISTING SYSTEM. 7. CLOSE AND PLUG EXISTING 12" VALVE AND REMOVE EXISTING 12" DIP AS SHOWN ON PLANS. 8. INSTALL PROPOSED 12" DIP AS SHOWN ON PLANS, 9. COORDINATE WITH CITY AND PRESSURE TEST 12" DIP PER CITY STANDARDS 10. MAKE CONNECTION TO EXISTING 12' DIP. I. MANIPULATE APPROPRIATE VALUING TO ALLOW BOTH THE 12" DIP AND 16" CIP WATER MAINS TO CONNECT AND FEED INTO THE EXISTING WATER SYSTEM. VAULT NOTES: ALTITUDE VALVE VAULT VAULT SHALL BE PRE -CAST CONCRETE VAULT EQUAL TO UTILITY VAULT MODEL 687-LA OR APPROVED EQUAL. VAULT SHALL HAVE GALVANIZED STEEL LADDER WITH 3/4" DIAMETER RUNGS EQUALLY SPACED AT 12" O.C. PROVIDE SIMILAR RUNGS ON UNDERSIDE OF HATCH TO ALIGN WITH LADDER IN VAULT. ACCESS HATCH NOTES: ACCESS HATCHES SHALL BE ALUMINUM DIAMOND PLATE WITH H-20 RATED DOOR, STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE AND FASTENERS. HATCH MUST BE ABLE TO LOCK IN VERTICAL POSITION WITHOUT MOVEMENT AND SHALL HAVE SPRING OR PISTON ASSIST OPENING. MILL FINISH AND RECESSED HASP COVERED WITH HINGED LID. PROVIDE CITY CTAAIn A Dn VCY DAnI APV WTLJ CAM! -III T AATnu PROVIDE LINK SEAL AT PIPE PENETRATION (TYP.), SEE DWG NO. M03 FOR DETAILS FITTINGS PER PLAN - - /- EXISTING 16" PIPE PROPOSED 16" DI PIPE, APPROX. 6'-0' ALTITUDE VALVE VAULT ELEVATION y"_I. ExnREs a z oe SIGNED: 04105107 `y-tires MI `y of 'A >4 4. 8 ]ow3. at EXPIRES 7 to 2W7 SIGNED: 04/05/07 W I... W O Ox a z O Za a W Ci O w > CW N W CC x � Na V Z TV �LILN fib i RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. http://,w.rh2.com malbo.wh2— L600.720.8052 BELLINGHAM OFFICE 360.676.067E 454 Weal Marton Rood BOTHELL OFFICE 425.95'.54W 12100NE 1951h Street, Suite IW EAST WENATCMEE OFFICE 509.M5.29W 300 Simon Streit. Suite 5 PORT ORCHARD OFFICE 360.676,7960 6W KK.* Streit, Suite 101 SCALE: SHOWN 0 1" 2' DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE IF BAR IS NOT 2" LONG nor. 20 on K6 IxaRIB: COW C15 RCR'1@ MLM Am APR 10, 2007 ww REN m eu 105-049 32 RnIWW, HIGH-D-HO7 t •I� 1. l l I y 1 Ir _ur - a - + .t � , •il.. :� {fir _ '+' 't� IM,'`� a �' � 3. •r� ry .a, s III ''� +t = i'i y, .I t tea" ,� = f `�„ � � ,. ; _ ��, , I• I •.+ . I 'k r� i^ .,1�` 4 ,. , �� 1, •SIT� , 8 •xy S � +� r77 ;��lk!,5 a r± _ lF k,ru+F F,.+ - L �- ' f .lT3j +} ,sf� � . �.: �� - `}ij '� f I t ,Y 7. ..I-. J `". 1. t Sp.� pill • iGll